Hyundai - IONIQ EV - Owners Manual - 2020 - 2020

OWNER'S MANUAL Operation Maintenance Specifications All information in this Owner's Manual is current at the time of publication. However, HYUNDAI reserves the right to make changes at any time so that our policy of continual product improvement may be carried out. This manual applies to all models of this vehicle and includes descriptions and explanations of optional as well as standard equipment. As a result, you may find material in this manual that does not apply to your specific vehicle. Please note that some models are equipped with Right-Hand Drive (RHD). The explanations and illustrations for some operations in RHD models are opposite of those written in this manual. CAUTION: MODIFICATIONS TO YOUR HYUNDAI Your HYUNDAI should not be modified in any way. Such modifications may adversely affect the performance, safety or durability of your HYUNDAI and may, in addition, violate conditions of the limited warranties covering the vehicle. Certain modifications may also be in violation of regulations established by the Department of Transportation and other government agencies in your country. TWO-WAY RADIO OR CELLULAR TELEPHONE INSTALLATION Your vehicle is equipped with electronic components. It is possible for an improperly installed/adjusted two-way radio or cellular telephone to adversely affect electronic systems. For this reason, we recommend that you carefully follow the radio manufacturer's instructions or consult your HYUNDAI dealer for precautionary measures or special instructions if you choose to install one of these devices. F2 SAFETY AND VEHICLE DAMAGE WARNING This manual includes information titled as DANGER, WARNING, CAUTION and NOTICE. These titles indicate the following: DANGER DANGER indicates a hazardous situation which, if not avoided, will result in death or serious injury. WARNING WARNING indicates a hazardous situation which, if not avoided, could result in death or serious injury. CAUTION CAUTION indicates a hazardous situation which, if not avoided, could result in minor or moderate injury. NOTICE NOTICE indicates a situation which, if not avoided, could result in vehicle damage. F3 FOREWORD Congratulations, and thank you for choosing HYUNDAI.We are pleased to welcome you to the growing number of discerning people who drive HYUNDAIs.We are very proud of the advanced engineering and high-quality construction of each HYUNDAI we build. Your Owner’s Manual will introduce you to the features and operation of your new HYUNDAI. To become familiar with your new HYUNDAI, so that you can fully enjoy it, read this Owner’s Manual carefully before driving your new vehicle. This manual contains important safety information and instructions intended to familiarize you with your vehicle’s controls and safety features so you can safely operate your vehicle. This manual also contains information on maintenance designed to enhance safe operation of the vehicle. It is recommended that all service and maintenance on your car be performed by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.HYUNDAI dealers are prepared to provide high-quality service, maintenance and any other assistance that may be required. This Owner’s Manual should be considered a permanent part of your vehicle, and should be kept in the vehicle so you can refer to it at any time. The manual should stay with the vehicle if you sell it to provide the next owner with important operating, safety and maintenance information. HYUNDAI MOTOR COMPANY CAUTION Severe vehicle damage may result from the use of poor quality lubricants that do not meet HYUNDAI specifications.You must always use high quality lubricants that meet the specifications listed on Page 8-6 in the Vehicle Specifications chapter of the Owner's Manual. Copyright 2019 HYUNDAI Motor Company. All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in any retrieval system or transmitted in any form or by any means without the prior written permission of HYUNDAI Motor Company. F4 Introduction HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL SAFETY MESSAGES We want to help you get the greatest possible driving pleasure from your vehicle. Your Owner’s Manual can assist you in many ways. We strongly recommend that you read the entire manual. In order to minimize the chance of death or injury, you must read the WARNING and CAUTION sections in the manual. Illustrations complement the words in this manual to best explain how to enjoy your vehicle. By reading your manual, you will learn about features, important safety information, and driving tips under various road conditions. The general layout of the manual is provided in the Table of Contents. Use the index when looking for a specific area or subject; it has an alphabetical listing of all information in your manual. Sections: This manual has eight chapters plus an index. Each chapter begins with a brief list of contents so you can tell at a glance if that section has the information you want. Your safety, and the safety of others, is very important. This Owner's Manual provides you with many safety precautions and operating procedures. This information alerts you to potential hazards that may hurt you or others, as well as damage to your vehicle. Safety messages found on vehicle labels and in this manual describe these hazards and what to do to avoid or reduce the risks. Warnings and instructions contained in this manual are for your safety. Failure to follow safety warnings and instructions can lead to serious injury or death. Throughout this manual DANGER, WARNING, CAUTION, NOTICE and the SAFETY ALERT SYMBOL will be used. This is the safety alert symbol. It is used to alert you to potential physical injury hazards. Obey all safety messages that follow this symbol to avoid possible injury or death. The safety alert symbol precedes the signal words DANGER, WARNING and CAUTION. DANGER DANGER indicates a hazardous situation which, if not avoided, will result in death or serious injury. WARNING WARNING indicates a hazardous situation which, if not avoided, could result in death or serious injury. F5 Introduction VEHICLE MODIFICATIONS CAUTION CAUTION indicates a hazardous situation which, if not avoided, could result in minor or moderate injury. NOTICE NOTICE indicates a situation which, if not avoided, could result in vehicle damage. F6 • This vehicle should not be modified. Modification of your vehicle could affect its performance, safety or durability and may even violate governmental safety and vehicle regulations. In addition, damage or performance problems resulting from any modification may not be covered under warranty. • If you use unauthorized electronic devices, it may cause the vehicle to operate abnormally, wire damage, battery discharge and fire. For your safety, do not use unauthorized electronic devices. RETURNING USED VEHICLES (FOR EUROPE) HYUNDAI promotes an environmentally sound treatment for end of life vehicles and offers to take back your HYUNDAI end of life vehicles in accordance with the European Union (EU) End of Life Vehicles Directive. You can get detailed information from your national HYUNDAI homepage. TABLE OF CONTENTS Your vehicle at a glance 1 Safety system of your vehicle 2 Convenient features of your vehicle 3 Infotainment system 4 Driving your vehicle 5 What to do in an emergency 6 Maintenance 7 Specifications & Consumer information 8 Index I Electric Vehicle System Overview Electric vehicle.........................................................H3 Charge indicator lamp for electric vehicle ........H17 Electric Vehicle ....................................................................H3 Characteristics of Electric Vehicles................................H3 Battery Information............................................................H3 Charging connector lock ......................................H18 Main components of electric vehicle ...................H4 Scheduled charging...............................................H19 Main Components of Electric Vehicle............................H4 High Voltage Battery (lithium-ion polymer).................H5 High Voltage Battery Warmer System...........................H6 Precautions for charging electric vehicle .........H20 EV mode ...................................................................H7 Nearby Stations...................................................................H7 Energy Information ............................................................H8 Charge Management ..........................................................H9 ECO Driving.........................................................................H11 EV Settings .........................................................................H12 Charge types for electric vehicle........................H14 Charging Charging Charging Charging Information .......................................................H14 Time Information.............................................H14 Types (Type A).................................................H15 Types (Type B).................................................H16 Charging Status .................................................................H17 Locking Charging Cable...................................................H18 Scheduled Charging..........................................................H19 Charging Precautions.......................................................H20 Charging electric vehicle (AC charge) - Type A..................................................................H22 AC Charge ...........................................................................H22 Charging electric vehicle (DC charge) - Type A..................................................................H28 DC Charge ...........................................................................H28 Charging electric vehicle (Trickle charge) - Type A..................................................................H33 Trickle Charge....................................................................H33 Charging electric vehicle (AC charge) - Type B..................................................................H45 AC Charge ...........................................................................H45 Charging electric vehicle (DC charge) - Type B..................................................................H52 DC Charge ...........................................................................H52 Charging electric vehicle (Trickle charge) - Type B..................................................................H57 Trickle Charge....................................................................H57 Charging the electric vehicle (Abrupt Stop) .....H69 Action to be taken when charging stops abruptly...H69 Driving electric vehicle .........................................H70 How to Start the Vehicle ................................................H70 How to Stop the Vehicle .................................................H71 Virtual Engine Sound System ........................................H71 Distance to Empty ............................................................H72 Tips for Improving Distance to Empty.........................H73 Power/Charge Gauge ......................................................H74 State of charge (SOC) gauge for high voltage battery.........................................................H74 Warning and Indicator Lights (related to electric vehicle) ............................................H75 LCD Display Messages.....................................................H77 Energy flow ......................................................................H84 Aux. Battery Saver+.........................................................H85 Utility Mode........................................................................H86 Safety precautions for electric vehicle .............H87 If an Accident Occurs ......................................................H87 Other Precautions for Electric Vehicle .......................H89 Service Plug .......................................................................H89 ELECTRIC VEHICLE Electric Vehicle An electric vehicle is driven using a battery and an electric motor. While general vehicles use an internal combustion engine and gasoline as fuel, electric vehicles use electrical energy that is charged inside the high voltage battery. As a result, electric vehicles are eco-friendly in that they do not require fuel and do not emit exhaust gases. Characteristics of Electric Vehicles 1.It is driven using the electrical energy that is charged inside the high voltage battery. This method prevents air pollution since fuel, like gasoline, is not required, negating the emission of exhaust gases. 2.A high performance motor is used in the vehicle as well. Compared to standard, internal combustion engine vehicles, engine noise and vibrations are much more minimal when driving. 3.When decelerating or driving downhill, regenerative braking is utilized to charge the high voltage battery. This minimizes energy loss and increases the distance to empty. 4.When the battery charge is not sufficient, AC charge, DC charge and trickle charge are available. (Refer to “Charge Types for Electric Vehicle” for details.) i Information What does regenerative braking do? It uses an electric motor when decelerating and braking and transforms kinetic energy to electrical energy in order to charge the high voltage battery. (Torque is applied in the opposite direction when decelerating to generate braking force and electric energy.) Battery Information • The vehicle is composed of a high voltage battery that drives the motor and air-conditioner, and an auxiliary battery (12 V) that drives the lamps, wipers, and audio system. • The auxiliary battery is automatically charged when the vehicle is in the ready ( ) mode or the high voltage battery is being charged. H3 MAIN COMPONENTS OF ELECTRIC VEHICLE Main Components of Electric Vehicle • On-Board Charger (OBC) : A device that charges the high voltage battery by converting AC power of the power grid to DC power. • Inverter : Transforms direct current into alternate current to supply power to the motor, and transforms alternate current into direct current to charge the high voltage battery. • LDC : Transforms power from the high voltage battery to low voltage (12 V) to supply power to the vehicle (DC-DC). • Motor : Uses electrical energy stored inside the high voltage battery to drive the vehicle (functions like an engine in a standard vehicle). • Reduction gear : Delivers rotational force of the motor to the tires at appropriate speeds and torque. • High voltage battery (lithium-ion polymer) : Stores and supplies power necessary for the electric vehicle to operate (12 V auxiliary battery provides power to the vehicle features such as lights and wipers). ❈ OBC : On-Board Charger ❈ LDC : Low Voltage DC-DC Converter H4 WARNING • Do not intentionally remove or disassemble high voltage components and high voltage battery connectors and wires. Also, be careful not to damage high voltage components and the high voltage battery. It may cause serious injury and significantly impact the performance and durability of the vehicle. • When inspection and maintenance is required for high voltage components and the high voltage battery, we recommend that you contact an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. High Voltage Battery (lithium-ion polymer) • The charge amount of the high voltage battery may gradually decrease when the vehicle is not driving. • The battery capacity of the high voltage battery may decrease when the vehicle is stored in high/low temperatures. • Distance to empty may vary depending on the driving conditions, even if the charge amount is the same. The high voltage battery may expend more energy when driving at high-speed or uphill. These actions may reduce the distance to empty. • The high voltage battery is used when using the air-conditioner / heater. This may reduce the distance to empty. Make sure to set moderate temperatures when using the air-conditioner/heater. • Natural degradation may occur with the high voltage battery depending on the number of years the vehicle is used. This may reduce the distance to empty. • When the charge capacity and distance to empty keep falling, we recommend that you contact an authorized HYUNDAI dealer for inspection and maintenance. • If the vehicle will not be in use for an extended period of time, charge the high voltage battery once every three months to prevent it from discharging. Also, if the charge amount is not enough, immediately charge to full and store the vehicle. • AC charge is recommended to keep the high voltage battery in optimal condition. If the high voltage battery charge amount is below 20%, you can keep the high voltage battery performance in optimal condition if you charge the high voltage battery to 100%. (Once a month or more is recommended.) CAUTION • Make sure to use a designated charger when charging the high voltage battery. Using different types of chargers may have a serious impact on vehicle durability. • Make sure that the high voltage battery charger gauge does not reach ''L (Low) or 0". If the vehicle is kept at ''L (Low) or 0" for a long period, it may damage the high voltage battery and the high voltage battery may have to be replaced depending on the level of degradation. • If the vehicle is in a collision, we recommend that you contact an authorized HYUNDAI dealer to inspect whether the high voltage battery is still connected. H5 MAIN COMPONENTS OF ELECTRIC VEHICLE (CONT.) High Voltage Battery Warmer System The high voltage battery warmer system prevents reduction of battery output when battery temperature is low. If the charging connector is connected, the warmer system automatically operate according to the battery temperature. Charging time may shorten compare to vehicles without the high voltage battery warmer system. But, electricity charge may increase because of high voltage battery warmer system operation. CAUTION The high voltage battery warmer system operates when the charging connector is connected to the vehicle. However, the high voltage warmer system may not operate when battery temperature drops below -35°C (-31°F). H6 EV MODE Nearby Stations If you select the "EV" menu at the home screen you can enter EV mode. For details on EV Mode, refer to the Multimedia manual that is provided separately. The EV mode has a total of 5 menus, Nearby station, Energy information, Charge management, ECO driving and EV settings. ❈ EV mode menu may vary depending on which functions are applicable to your vehicle. Select ‘EV → Map → Charging stations’ on the screen. Stations around the current location are searched. Select a station to see detail information of the station. H7 EV MODE (CONT.) H8 Energy Information Battery information Energy consumption Select ‘EV → Energy information’ on the screen. You can check battery information and energy consumption. You can check the reachable range, total battery power remaining, and expected charging time for each charge type. • The distance to empty is calculated based on the real-time fuel efficiency while driving. The distance may change if the driving pattern changes. • The distance to empty may vary according to the change of the driving pattern even if the same target battery charge level is set. You can check the current energy consumption for each system of the vehicle. ➀ ‘Driving’ shows the total power and energy consumption of the driving motor’s driving energy and regenerative energy. ➁ ‘Climate’ shows the power and energy consumption which are used by the heater or air conditioner. ➂ ‘Electronics’ shows the power and energy consumption which are used by the vehicle systems including the cluster, infotainment system (speaker and navigation), headlamp, vehicle control unit, etc. ➃ ‘Battery care’ shows the momentary power and energy consumption which are used when: • Operating the winter mode to increase the battery temperature during winter to improve the driving performance. • Cooling down the battery temperature during summer to prevent over temperature of the battery. Charge Management Charging and climate You can set the date and time of when to charge the battery and the climate control temperature. Also, you may select the time to start charging using the off-peak time setting. Departure time 1. Set anticipated departure time for scheduled charging and target temperature. 2. Select the day of the week to activate scheduled charging and target temperature for departure time. Select ‘EV → Charge management’ on the screen. You can set the date and time of when to charge the battery, climate control temperature, location-based charging options and other various functions. H9 EV MODE (CONT.) Charging location Target temperature settings 1. Set target temperature. ❈ Pre-schedule heating If the target temperature (1) is set with the cable connected, the cabin temperature will be adjusted to the target temperature at departure time. In cold weather, pre-schedule heating helps enhance electric vehicle performance by heating the vehicle in advance. H10 Off-peak time settings 1. If selected, starts charging only on the designated off-peak time If deselected, starts charging only on the scheduled time 2. Set the most inexpensive time to complete charging 3. • Off-peak tariffs priorised: If selected, starts charging at offpeak time (may keep on charging pass off-peak time to charge 100%) • Off-peak tariffs only: If selected, charges only within off-peak time (may not charge 100%) If location-based charging is selected, scheduled charging and target temperature will be activated at the location the driver has set. Also, the charging current can be selected when charged with AC charger. ❈ Scheduled charging function must be turned on to activate when location-based charging is selected. Charging limit • The target battery charge level can be selected when charged with AC charger or DC charger • The charging level can be changed by 10%. • If the target battery charge level is lower than the high voltage battery charge level, the battery will not be charged. Charging current ECO Driving • You can adjust the charging current for an AC charger. Select an appropriate charging current for the charger used. • If the charging process does not start or abruptly stops in the middle, re-select another proper current and re-try charging the vehicle. • Charging time varies depending on which charging current is selected Select ‘EV → ECO Driving’ on the screen. You can check the Eco contribution and Fuel economy history. Eco contribution You can check Eco contribution information compared to the gasoline vehicle of similar size. H11 EV MODE (CONT.) H12 Driving history EV Settings Winter mode You can check the date, driving distance and the energy efficient rating of the previous driving trips. The date with the highest energy efficient driving is marked with a star shaped icon. Select ‘EV → ECO settings’ on the screen. You can set the Winter mode, Warning and EV route functions. You can select or deselect the Winter mode. The Winter mode is efficient during the winter time when the high voltage battery temperature is low. This mode is recommended to improve driving and DC charging performances during winter by raising the battery temperature to an adequate level. However, the driving distance may be reduced as the energy is required to increase battery temperature. Also, if the battery temperature is low during driving or when scheduled air conditioner/heater is activated, this mode is operated to improve driving performance. However, the mode is not operated to ensure driving distance when the battery level is low. ❈ This mode is available for the vehicles equipped with the battery heater. Warning EV route You can select or deselect the Range Warning. If EV route is selected, EV related information will show on the route. You can check the distance the vehicle can be driven with the current battery amount along the route. An icon is also indicated so the driver is able to search for nearby charging stations. - Range Warning : If the destination set in the navigation cannot be reached with the remaining battery, a warning message is displayed. H13 CHARGE TYPES FOR ELECTRIC VEHICLE Charging Information • AC Charge : The electric vehicle is charged by plugging into a AC charger installed in your home or a public charging station. (For further details, refer to the 'AC Charge'.) • DC Charge (if equipped) : You can charge at high speeds at public charging stations. Refer to the respective company's manual that is provided for each DC charger type. Battery performance and durability can deteriorate if the DC charger is used constantly. Use of DC charge should be minimized in order to help prolong high voltage battery life. • Trickle Charge : The Electric vehicle can be charged by using household electricity. The electrical outlet in your home must comply with regulations and can safely accommodate the Voltage / Current (Amps) / Power (Watts) ratings specified on the portable charge. H14 Charging Time Information Charging type Takes approx. 6 hours 5 minutes at room temperature when charged to 100%. AC charge DC charge (if equipped) Economical battery type Takes about 54 minutes at room temperature 100 kW charger when charged to 80%. Can be charged to 100%. 50 kW charger Trickle charge Takes about 57 minutes at room temperature when charged to 80%. Can be charged to 100%. Takes approx. 17 hours 30 minutes at room temperature when charged to 100%. i Information Depending on the condition and durability of the high voltage battery, charger specifications, and ambient temperature, the time required for charging the high voltage battery may vary. Charging Types (Type A) Category Charging Inlet (Vehicle) Charging Connector Charging Outlet How to Charge Use AC charger installed in homes or public charging station AC Charge OAEEQ016020 OLFP0Q5006K Charging Time Approx. 6 hours 5 minutes (to fully charge, 100%) OLFP0Q5007K Use the DC charger 50 kw : approx. 57 min. at public charging 100 kw : approx. 54 min. station (to charge 80%) DC Charge (if equipped) OAEEQ016021 OAEEQ016022 OAEEQ016023 Approx. 17 hours 30 Use household curminutes (to fully charge, rent 100%) Trickle Charge OAEEQ016020 OLFP0Q5006K OAEEQ016024 • Depending on the condition and durability of the high voltage battery, charger specifications, and ambient temperature, the time required for charging the high voltage battery may vary. • Actual charger image and charging method may vary in accordance with the charger manufacturer. H15 CHARGE TYPES FOR ELECTRIC VEHICLE (CONT.) Charging Types (Type B) Category Charging Inlet (Vehicle) Charging Connector Charging Outlet How to Charge Use AC charger installed in homes or public charging station AC Charge OAEEQ016020L OAEEQ016078L Charging Time Approx. 6 hours 5 minutes (to fully charge, 100%) OLFP0Q5007K Use the DC charger 50 kw : approx. 57 min. at public charging 100 kw : approx. 54 min. station (to charge 80%) DC Charge (if equipped) OAEEQ016021L OAEEQ016022L OAEEQ016023 Approx. 17 hours 30 Use household curminutes (to fully charge, rent 100%) Trickle Charge OAEEQ016020L OAEEQ016078L OAEEQ016024 • Depending on the condition and durability of the high voltage battery, charger specifications, and ambient temperature, the time required for charging the high voltage battery may vary. • Actual charger image and charging method may vary in accordance with the charger manufacturer. H16 CHARGE INDICATOR LAMP FOR ELECTRIC VEHICLE Charging Status Operation of Charging Indicator Lamp Details OAEEQ016025 When charging the high voltage battery, the charge level can be checked from outside the vehicle. (1) (2) (3)  (OFF)  (OFF)  (OFF) Blink  (OFF)  (OFF)  (ON) Blink  (OFF)  (ON)  (ON) Blink  (ON)  (ON)  (ON) Blink Blink Blink Error while charging  (OFF)  (OFF) Blink Charging 12 V auxiliary battery or scheduled air conditioner is operating  (OFF) Blink  (OFF) Not Charged 0~33% Charging 34~66% 67~99% Fully charged (100%)(turns OFF in 5 seconds) - Reserved charging is operating (turns OFF after 3 minutes) - Charging is temporarily interrupted (e.g. power failure) H17 CHARGING CONNECTOR LOCK Locking Charging Cable When the Charging Connector is Locked While Do not lock Always charging (if equipped) OAEEQ019085R You may select when the charging connector can be locked and unlocked in the charging inlet. The driver can select the charge connector lock mode from the User Settings in the LCD display by selecting 'User Settings ➝ Convenience ➝ Locking Charging Cable'. H18 Before charging X O X While charging O O X Finished charging X O X • Always mode : The connector locks when the charging connector is plugged into the charging inlet. The connector is locked until all doors are unlocked by the driver. This mode can be used to prevent charging cable theft. - If the charging connector is unlocked when all doors are unlocked, but the charging cable is not disconnected within 15 seconds, the connector will be automatically locked again. - If the charging connector is unlocked when all doors are unlocked, but all doors are locked again, immediately, the connector will be automatically locked again. • While charging mode : The connector locks when charging starts. The connector unlocks when charging is complete. This mode can be used when charging in a public charging station. • Do not lock mode (if equipped) : The connector unlocks regardless of the state of charging. Press the charging connector release button, disconnect the connector. Be careful to theft of the charging cable. SCHEDULED CHARGING Scheduled Charging (if equipped) • You can set-up a charging schedule for your vehicle using the infotainment system or Blue Link application. Refer to the infotainment system manual or the Blue Link manual for detailed information about setting scheduled charging. • Scheduled charging can only be done when using a AC charger or the portable charger (ICCB: InCable Control Box). OAEEQ016026 OAEEQ019027 • When scheduled charging is set and the AC charger or the portable charger (ICCB: In-Cable Control Box) is connected for charging, the indicator lamp in the middle blinks (for 3 minutes) to indicate that scheduled charging is set. • When scheduled charging is set, charging is not initiated immediately when the AC charger or portable charger (ICCB: In-Cable Control Box) is connected. When immediate charging is required, use the infotainment system to deactivate the scheduled charge setting or press schedule charging deactivation ( ) button. • If you press the scheduled charging deactivation ( ) button to immediately charge the battery, charging must be initiated 3 minutes after the charging cable has been connected. When you press the scheduled charging deactivation ( ) for immediate charging, the scheduled charge setting is not completely deactivated. If you need to completely deactivate the scheduled charge setting, use the infotainment system to finalize the deactivation. Refer to "AC Charge or Trickle Charge" for details about connecting the AC charger and the portable charger (ICCB: In-Cable Control Box). H19 PRECAUTIONS FOR CHARGING ELECTRIC VEHICLE Charging Precautions WARNING ■ AC Charger OLFP0Q5007K ■ DC Charger OAEEQ016023 Actual charger image and charging method may vary in accordance with the charger manufacturer. H20 • Electromagnetic waves that are generated from the charger can seriously impact medical electric devices such as an implantable cardiac pacemaker. When using medical electric devices such as an implantable cardiac pacemaker, make sure to ask the medical team and manufacturer whether charging your electric vehicle will impact the operation of the medical electric devices such as an implantable cardiac pacemaker. • Check to make sure there is no water or dust on the charging cable connector and plug before connecting to the charger and charging inlet. Connecting while there is water or dust on the charging cable connector and plug may cause a fire or electric shock. WARNING • Be careful not to touch the charging connector, charging plug, and the charging inlet when connecting the cable to the charger and the charging inlet on the vehicle. • Comply with the following in order to prevent electrical shock when charging: - Use a waterproof charger. - Be careful when touching the charging connector and charging plug with your hands wet, or when standing in water or snow while connecting the charging cable. - Be careful when there is lightning. - Be careful when the charging connector and plug is wet. WARNING • Immediately stop charging when you find abnormal symptoms (odor, smoke). • Replace the charging cable if the cable coating is damaged to prevent electrical shock. • When connecting or removing the charging cable, make sure to hold the charging connector handle and charging plug. If you pull the cable itself (without using the handle), the internal wires may disconnect or get damaged. This may lead to electric shock or fire. CAUTION • Always keep the charging con- • • • • nector and charging plug in clean and dry condition. Be sure to keep the charging cable in a condition where there is no water or moisture. Make sure to use the designated charger for charging the electric vehicle. Using any other charger may cause failure. Before charging the battery, turn the vehicle OFF. When the vehicle is switched OFF while charging, the cooling fan inside the motor compartment may automatically operate. Do not touch the cooling fan while charging. Be careful not to drop the charging connector. The charging connector can be damaged. H21 CHARGING ELECTRIC VEHICLE (AC CHARGE) - TYPE A How to Connect AC Charger AC Charge 1.Depress the brake pedal and apply the parking brake. 2.Turn OFF all switches, shift to P (Park), and turn OFF the vehicle. If charging is initiated without the gear in P (Park), the charging will start after the gear is automatically shifted to P (Park). ■ AC Charger OLFP0Q5007K Actual charger image and charging method may vary in accordance with the charger manufacturer. OAEEQ016030 3.Press center edge of the charging door to open the charging door. i Information The charging door opens only when the door is unlocked. 4. Check if there is dust on the charging connector and charging inlet. H22 i Information OAEEQ016031 5. Hold the charging connector handle and connect it to the vehicle AC charging inlet. Push the connector until you hear a "clicking" sound. If the charging connector and charging terminal are not connected properly, this may cause a fire. Locking Charging Cable The charging connector is locked in the inlet at a different period according to which mode is selected. • Always mode : The connector locks when the charging connector is plugged into the charging inlet. • While charging mode : The connector locks when charging starts. • Do not lock mode (if equipped) : The connector unlocks regardless of the state of charging. For more details, refer to “Locking Charging Cable” in this chapter. ■ AC Charger OLFP0Q5007K 6. Connect the charging plug to the electric outlet at a AC charging station to start charging. H23 CHARGING ELECTRIC VEHICLE (AC CHARGE) - TYPE A (CONT.) i Information OAEEQ019032 7. Check if the charging indicator light of the high voltage battery in the instrument cluster is turned ON. Charging is not done when the charging indicator lamp is OFF. When the charging connector and charging plug are not connected properly, reconnect the charging cable to charge. • Even though charging is possible with the POWER button in the ON/START position, for your safety, start charging when the POWER button is in the OFF position and the vehicle shifted to P (Park). After charging has started, you can use electrical components such as the radio by pressing the POWER button to the ACC or ON position. • During AC charging, the radio reception may be bad. • During charging, the gear cannot be shifted from P (Park) to any other gear. OOSEV048133L 8. After charging has started, the estimated charging time is displayed on the instrument cluster for about 1 minute. If you open the driver seat door while charging, the estimated charging time is also displayed on the instrument cluster for about 1 minute. When scheduled charging is set, the estimated charging time is displayed as "--" . i Information Depending on the condition and durability of the high voltage battery, charger specifications, and ambient temperature, the time required for charging the battery may vary. H24 Checking Charging Status Operation of Charging Indicator Lamp Details OAEEQ016025 When charging the high voltage battery, the charge level can be checked from outside the vehicle. (1) (2) (3)  (OFF)  (OFF)  (OFF) Blink  (OFF)  (OFF)  (ON) Blink  (OFF)  (ON)  (ON) Blink  (ON)  (ON)  (ON) Blink Blink Blink Error while charging  (OFF)  (OFF) Blink Charging 12 V auxiliary battery or scheduled air conditioner is operating  (OFF) Blink  (OFF) Not Charged 0~33% Charging 34~66% 67~99% Fully charged (100%) (turns OFF in 5 seconds) - Reserved charging is operating (turns OFF after 3 minutes) - Charging is temporarily interrupted (e.g. power failure) H25 CHARGING ELECTRIC VEHICLE (AC CHARGE) - TYPE A (CONT.) How to Disconnect AC Charger i Information ■ AC Charger OAEEQ016033 OLFP0Q5007K 1.When charging is complete, remove the charging plug from the electrical outlet of the AC charging station. H26 2.Hold the charging connector handle and pull it while pressing the release button (1). To prevent charging cable theft, the charging connector cannot be disconnected from the inlet when the doors are locked. Unlock all doors to disconnect the charging connector from the inlet. However, if the vehicle is in the charging connector ‘While charging’ mode, the charging connector automatically unlocks from the inlet when charging is completed. For more details, refer to “Locking Charging Cable” in this chapter. Unlock Charging Connector in Emergency OAEEQ016060 OAEEQ016034 3. Make sure to completely close the charging door. If the charging connector does not disconnect due to battery discharge and failure of the electric wires, open the hood and slightly pull the emergency cable. The charging connector will then disconnect. H27 CHARGING ELECTRIC VEHICLE (DC CHARGE) - TYPE A i Information DC Charge How to Connect DC Charger If you use a DC charger when the vehicle is already fully charged, some DC chargers will send out an error message. When the vehicle is fully charged, do not charge the vehicle. ■ DC Charger OAEEQ016023 You can charge at high speeds at public charging stations. Refer to the respective company's manual that is provided for each DC charger type. Battery performance and durability can deteriorate if the DC charger is used constantly. Use of DC charge should be minimized in order to help prolong high voltage battery life. Actual charger image and charging method may vary in accordance with the charger manufacturer. H28 OAEEQ019063L 1.Depress the brake pedal and apply the parking brake. 2.Turn OFF all switches, shift to P (Park), and turn OFF the vehicle. 3.Press the charging door open switch ( ) to open the charging door. Charging door open switch can be operated only when vehicle is turned off. 4.If you cannot open the charging door due to freezing weather : 1) Remove any ice near the charging door. 2) Pull the emergency cable to open the charging door. (When the charging door does not open, refer to “How to Unlock Charging Door in Emergencies.”) OAEEQ016037 5.Remove the charging inlet cover. 6.Check whether there is dust or foreign substances inside the charging connector and charging inlet. OAEEQ016038 OAEEQ019032 7.Hold the charging connector handle and connect it to the vehicle DC charging inlet. Push the connector until you hear a "clicking" sound. If the charging connector and charging terminal are not connected properly, this may cause a fire. Refer to the manual for each type of DC charger for how to charge and remove the charger. 8.Check if the charging indicator light of the high voltage battery in the instrument cluster is turned ON. Charging is not done when the charging indicator lamp is OFF. When the charging connector is not connected properly, reconnect the charging cable to charge it again. During cold weather, DC charging may not be available to prevent high voltage battery degradation. H29 CHARGING ELECTRIC VEHICLE (DC CHARGE) - TYPE A (CONT.) Unlock Charging Door in Emergency i Information • Even though charging is possible with the POWER button in the ON/START position, for your safety, start charging when the POWER button is in the OFF position and the vehicle shifted to P (Park). After charging has started, you can use electrical components such as the radio by pressing the POWER button to ACC or ON position. • During charging, the gear cannot be shifted from P (Park) to any other gear. OOSEV048198L 9. After charging has started, the estimated charging time is displayed on the instrument cluster for about 1 minute. If you open the driver seat door while charging, the estimated charging time is also displayed on the instrument cluster for about 1 minute. i Information Depending on the condition and durability of the high voltage battery, charger specifications, and ambient temperature, the time required for charging the battery may vary. H30 OAEE046010 If the charging door does not open due to battery discharge and failure of the electric wires, open the tailgate and slightly pull the emergency cable as shown above. The charging door will then open. Checking Charging Status Operation of Charging Indicator Lamp Details OAEEQ016025 When charging the high voltage battery, the charge level can be checked from outside the vehicle. i Information Depending on the condition and durability of the high voltage battery, charger specifications, and ambient temperature, the time required for charging the battery may vary. (1) (2) (3)  (OFF)  (OFF)  (OFF) Blink  (OFF)  (OFF)  (ON) Blink  (OFF)  (ON)  (ON) Blink  (ON)  (ON)  (ON) Blink Blink Blink Error while charging  (OFF)  (OFF) Blink Charging 12 V auxiliary battery or scheduled air conditioner is operating  (OFF) Blink  (OFF) Not Charged 0~33% Charging 34~66% 67~99% Fully charged (100%)(turns OFF in 5 seconds) - Reserved charging is operating (turns OFF after 3 minutes) - Charging is temporarily interrupted (e.g. power failure) H31 CHARGING ELECTRIC VEHICLE (DC CHARGE) - TYPE A (CONT.) How to Disconnect DC Charger OAEEQ016040 1. Remove the charging connector when DC charging is completed, or after you stop charging using the DC charger. Refer to each respective DC charger manual for details about how to disconnect the charging connector. H32 OAEEQ016041 2. Make sure to install the charging inlet cover (1). 3. Make sure to completely close the charging door (2). CHARGING ELECTRIC VEHICLE (TRICKLE CHARGE) - TYPE A How to set the charge level of the portable charger Trickle Charge ■ Portable Charger Plug Electric Outlet OOSEVQ018054 OAEEQ016042N (1) Code and Plug (Code set) (2) Control Box (3) Charging Cable and Charging Connector Trickle Charge can be used when AC Charge or DC Charge is not available by using household electricity. OLFP0Q5020K 1. Check the rated current of the electric outlet prior to connecting the plug to the outlet. 2. Connect the plug to a household electric outlet. 3. Check the display window on the control box. 4. Press the button (1) on the back of the control box for more than 1 second to adjust the charge level. (Refer to charging cable type and example for setting the charge level.) 5. The display window on the control box changes from 12A and 10A to 8A every time you press the button (1). 6. When setting the charge level is complete, start charging according to the trickle charge procedure. H33 CHARGING ELECTRIC VEHICLE (TRICKLE CHARGE) - TYPE A (CONT.) * Example for setting the ICCB charge level (The example is only for reference and may vary according to the surrounding environment.) Outlet current ICCB charge level 14-16A 12A 13-12A 10A 11-10A 8A OLFP0Q5020K 6A 1. Connect the plug to a household electric outlet. 9-8A Control box display window Plug OOSEVQ018055 H34 How to Connect Portable Charger (ICCB: In-Cable Control Box) Electric Outlet OOSEVQ018056 OAEEQ016031 2. Check if the power lamp (green) illuminates on the control box. 3. Depress the brake pedal and apply the parking brake. 4. Turn OFF all switches, shift to P (Park), and turn OFF the vehicle. If charging is initiated without the gear in P (Park), the charging will start after the gear is automatically shifted to P (Park). 7. Hold the charging connector handle and connect it to the vehicle AC charging inlet. Push the connector until you hear a "clicking" sound. If the charging connector and charging terminal are not connected properly, this may cause a fire. OAEEQ016030 5. Press center edge of the charging door to open the charging door. i Information The charging door opens only when the door is unlocked. 6.Check if there is dust on the charging connector and charging inlet. H35 CHARGING ELECTRIC VEHICLE (TRICKLE CHARGE) - TYPE A (CONT.) i Information Locking Charging Cable The charging connector is locked in the inlet at a different period according to which mode is selected. • Always mode : The connector locks when the charging connector is plugged into the charging inlet. • While charging mode : The connector locks when charging starts. • Do not lock mode (if equipped) : The connector unlocks regardless of the state of charging. For more details, refer to “Locking Charging Cable” in this chapter. H36 OOSEVQ018057 OAEEQ019032 8. Charging starts automatically (charging lamp blinks). 9. Check if the charging indicator light of the high voltage battery in the instrument cluster is turned ON. Charging is not done when the charging indicator lamp is OFF. When the charging connector is not connected properly, reconnect the charging cable to charge it again. i Information • Even though charging is possible with the POWER button in the ON/START position, for your safety, start charging when the POWER button is in the OFF position and the vehicle shifted to P (Park). After charging has started, you can use electrical components such as the radio by pressing the POWER button to ACC or ON position. • During charging, the gear cannot be shifted from P (Park) to any other gear. i Information Depending on the condition and durability of the high voltage battery, charger specifications, and ambient temperature, the time required for charging the battery may vary. OOSEV048133L 10. After charging has started, the estimated charging time is displayed on the instrument cluster for about 1 minute. If you open the driver seat door while charging, the estimated charging time is also displayed on the instrument cluster for about 1 minute. When scheduled charging is set, the estimated charging time is displayed as “--" . H37 CHARGING ELECTRIC VEHICLE (TRICKLE CHARGE) - TYPE A (CONT.) Checking Charging Status Operation of Charging Indicator Lamp Details OAEEQ016025 When charging the high voltage battery, the charge level can be checked from outside the vehicle. (1) (2) (3)  (OFF)  (OFF)  (OFF) Blink  (OFF)  (OFF)  (ON) Blink  (OFF)  (ON)  (ON) Blink  (ON)  (ON)  (ON) Blink Blink Blink Error while charging  (OFF)  (OFF) Blink Charging 12 V auxiliary battery or scheduled air conditioner is operating  (OFF) H38 Blink  (OFF) Not Charged 0~33% Charging 34~66% 67~99% Fully charged (100%)(turns OFF in 5 seconds) - Reserved charging is operating (turns OFF after 3 minutes) - Charging is temporarily interrupted (e.g. power failure) Charging Status Indicator Lamp for Portable Charger Control Box Indicator PLUG Details (Green) (Red) On : Power on Blink : Plug temperature sensor failure On : Plug high temperature protection Blink : Plug high temperature warning POWER On : Power on CHARGE Blink : Charging In power saving mode, only the CHARGE indicator is illuminated. FAULT Blink : Charging interrupted CHARGE LEVEL Type A Type B Type C 12 A 10 A 8A 10 A 8A 7A 8A 6A 6A The charging current changes (3 level) whenever the button (1) is pressed for 1 sec with the charger plugged into an electrical outlet but not the vehicle. ❈ Back of the control box Charging connector plugged (Green) VEHICLE Charging (Blue) Blink : Charging impossible (Red) H39 CHARGING ELECTRIC VEHICLE (TRICKLE CHARGE) - TYPE A (CONT.) Charging Status Indicator Lamp for Portable Charger NO 1 Control Box Status / Diagnosis / Countermeasure • Charging connector plugged into vehicle (Green ON) • Plug temperature sensor failure (Green blink) • Plug high temperature protection (Red blink) • Plug high temperature warning (Red ON) NO Control Box Status / Diagnosis / Countermeasure 2 - Charging connector plugged into vehicle (Green ON) 4 - Before plugging charging connector into vehicle (Red blink) • Abnormal temperature • ICCB (In-Cable Control Box) failure We recommend that you contact an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. 3 - While charging • Charge indicator (Green blink) • Vehicle indicator (Blue ON) We recommend that you contact an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. H40 Charging Status Indicator Lamp for Portable Charger NO 5 Control Box Status / Diagnosis / Countermeasure - Plugged into vehicle (Red blink) • Diagnostic device failure • Current leakage • Abnormal temperature NO 7 Status / Diagnosis / Countermeasure - After plugging charging connector into vehicle (Red blink) • Communication failure 6 We recommend that you contact an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. We recommend that you contact an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. • Plug temperature sensor failure (Green blink) • Plug high temperature protection (Red blink) • Plug high temperature warning (Red ON) Control Box 8 - Power saving mode • 3 minutes after charging starts (Green blink) We recommend that you contact an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. H41 CHARGING ELECTRIC VEHICLE (TRICKLE CHARGE) - TYPE A (CONT.) How to Disconnect Portable Charger (ICCB: In-Cable Control Box) H42 i Information To prevent charging cable theft, the charging connector cannot be disconnected from the inlet when the doors are locked. Unlock all doors to disconnect the charging connector from the inlet. However, if the vehicle is in the charging connector ‘While charging’ mode, the charging connector automatically unlocks from the inlet when charging is completed. For more details, refer to “Locking Charging Cable” in this chapter. OAEEQ016033 OAEEQ016034 1.Hold the charging connector handle and pull it while pressing the release button (1). 2. Make sure to completely close the charging door. Unlock Charging Connector in Emergency Plug Electric Outlet OAEEQ016061 3.Disconnect the plug from the household electric outlet. Do not pull the cable when disconnecting the plug. 4.Close the protective cover for the charging connector so that foreign material cannot get into the terminal. 5.Put the charging cable inside the cable compartment to protect it. OAEEQ016060 If the charging connector does not disconnect due to battery discharge and failure of the electric wires, open the hood and slightly pull the emergency cable. The charging connector will then disconnect . Precautions for Portable Charger (ICCB: In-Cable Control Box) • Use the portable charger that is certified by HYUNDAI Motors. • Do not try to repair, disassemble, or adjust the portable charger. • Do not use an extension cord or adapter. • Stop using immediately when failure occurs. • Do not touch the plug and charging connector with wet hands. • Do not touch the terminal part of the AC charging connector and the AC charging inlet on the vehicle. • Do not connect the charging connector to voltage that does not comply with regulations. • Do not use the portable charger if it is worn out, exposed, or there exists any type of damage on the portable charger. H43 CHARGING ELECTRIC VEHICLE (TRICKLE CHARGE) - TYPE A (CONT.) • If the ICCB case and AC charging connector is damaged, cracked, or the wires are exposed in any way, do not use the portable charger. • Do not let children operate or touch the portable charger. • Keep the control box free of water. • Keep the AC charging connector or plug terminal free of foreign substances. • Do not step on the cable or cord. Do not pull the cable or cord and do not twist or bend it. • Do not charge when there is lightning. • Do not drop the control box or place a heavy object on the control box. • Do not place an object that can generate high temperatures near the charger when charging. • Charging with the worn out or damaged household electric outlet can result in a risk of electric shock. If you are in doubt to the household electric outlet condition, have it checked by a licensed electrician. H44 • Stop using the portable charger immediately if the household electric outlet or any components is overheated or you notice burnt odors. CHARGING ELECTRIC VEHICLE (AC CHARGE) - TYPE B How to Connect AC Charger AC Charge ■ AC Charge OLFP0Q5007K Actual charger image and charging method may vary in accordance with the charger manufacturer. 3. Press the charging door open switch ( ) to open the charging door. Charging door open switch can be operated only when vehicle is turned off. 4. If you cannot open the charging door due to freezing weather : 1) Remove any ice near the charging door. 2) Pull the emergency cable to open the charging door. (When the charging door does not open, refer to “How to Unlock Charging Door in Emergencies.”) OAEEQ019117L 1. Depress the brake pedal and apply the parking brake. 2. Turn OFF all switches, shift to P (Park), and turn OFF the vehicle. If charging is initiated without the gear in P (Park), the charging will start after the gear is automatically shifted to P (Park). H45 CHARGING ELECTRIC VEHICLE (AC CHARGE) - TYPE B (CONT.) i Information H46 OAEEQ016064L OAEEQ016031L 5. Remove the charging inlet cover (1). 6. Check if there is dust on the charging connector and charging inlet. 7. Hold the charging connector handle and connect it to the vehicle AC charging inlet. Push the connector until you hear a "clicking" sound. If the charging connector and charging terminal are not connected properly, this may cause a fire. Locking Charging Cable The charging connector is locked in the inlet at a different period according to which mode is selected. • Always mode : The connector locks when the charging connector is plugged into the charging inlet. • While charging mode : The connector locks when charging starts. For more details, refer to “Locking Charging Cable” in this chapter. i Information ■ AC Charger OLFP0Q5007K OAEEQ019032 8. Connect the charging plug to the electric outlet at a AC charging station to start charging. 9. Check if the charging indicator light of the high voltage battery in the instrument cluster is turned ON. Charging is not done when the charging indicator lamp is OFF. When the charging connector and charging plug are not connected properly, reconnect the charging cable to charge. • Even though charging is possible with the POWER button in the ON/START position, for your safety, start charging when the POWER button is in the OFF position and the vehicle shifted to P (Park). After charging has started, you can use electrical components such as the radio by pressing the POWER button to the ACC or ON position. • During AC charging, the radio reception may be bad. • During charging, the gear cannot be shifted from P (Park) to any other gear. H47 CHARGING ELECTRIC VEHICLE (AC CHARGE) - TYPE B (CONT.) i Information Depending on the condition and durability of the high voltage battery, charger specifications, and ambient temperature, the time required for charging the battery may vary. Unlock Charging Door in Emergency OOSEV048133L 10. After charging has started, the estimated charging time is displayed on the instrument cluster for about 1 minute. If you open the driver seat door while charging, the estimated charging time is also displayed on the instrument cluster for about 1 minute. When scheduled charging is set, the estimated charging time is displayed as “--" . H48 OAEE046010 If the charging door does not open due to battery discharge and failure of the electric wires, open the tailgate and slightly pull the emergency cable as shown above. The charging door will then open. Checking Charging Status Operation of Charging Indicator Lamp Details OAEEQ016025 When charging the high voltage battery, the charge level can be checked from outside the vehicle. (1) (2) (3)  (OFF)  (OFF)  (OFF) Blink  (OFF)  (OFF)  (ON) Blink  (OFF)  (ON)  (ON) Blink  (ON)  (ON)  (ON) Blink Blink Blink Error while charging  (OFF)  (OFF) Blink Charging 12 V auxiliary battery or scheduled air conditioner is operating  (OFF) Blink  (OFF) Not Charged 0~33% Charging 34~66% 67~99% Fully charged (100%)(turns OFF in 5 seconds) - Reserved charging is operating (turns OFF after 3 minutes) - Charging is temporarily interrupted (e.g. power failure) H49 CHARGING ELECTRIC VEHICLE (AC CHARGE) - TYPE B (CONT.) How to Disconnect AC Charger i Information ■ AC Charger OAEEQ016033L OLFP0Q5007K 1.When charging is complete, remove the charging plug from the electrical outlet of the AC charging station. H50 2.Hold the charging connector handle and pull it. To prevent charging cable theft, the charging connector cannot be disconnected from the inlet when the doors are locked. Unlock all doors to disconnect the charging connector from the inlet. However, if the vehicle is in the charging connector While charging mode, the charging connector automatically unlocks from the inlet when charging is completed. For more details, refer to “Locking Charging Cable” in this chapter. Unlock Charging Connector in Emergency OAEEQ016034L 3. Make sure to install the charging inlet cover. 4. Make sure to completely close the charging door. OAEEQ016057L If the charging connector does not disconnect due to battery discharge and failure of the electric wires, open the tailgate and slightly pull the emergency cable. The charging connector will then disconnect. H51 CHARGING ELECTRIC VEHICLE (DC CHARGE) - TYPE B DC Charge (if equipped) i Information How to Connect DC Charger If you use a DC charger when the vehicle is already fully charged, some DC chargers will send out an error message. When the vehicle is fully charged, do not charge the vehicle. ■ DC Charger OAEEQ016023 You can charge at high speeds at public charging stations. Refer to the respective company's manual that is provided for each DC charger type. Battery performance and durability can deteriorate if the DC charger is used constantly. Use of DC charge should be minimized in order to help prolong high voltage battery life. Actual charger image and charging method may vary in accordance with the charger manufacturer. H52 OAEEQ019117L 1.Depress the brake pedal and apply the parking brake. 2.Turn OFF all switches, shift to P (Park), and turn OFF the vehicle. 3.Press the charging door open switch ( ) to open the charging door. Charging door open switch can be operated only when vehicle is turned off. 4.If you cannot open the charging door due to freezing weather : 1) Remove any ice near the charging door. 2) Pull the emergency cable to open the charging door. (When the charging door does not open, refer to “How to Unlock Charging Door in Emergencies.”) OAEEQ016065L OAEEQ019032 5.Remove the charging inlet cover (1). 6.Check whether there is dust or foreign substances inside the charging connector and charging inlet. 7.Hold the charging connector handle and connect it to the vehicle DC charging inlet. Push the connector until you hear a "clicking" sound. If the charging connector and charging terminal are not connected properly, this may cause a fire. Refer to the manual for each type of DC charger for how to charge and remove the charger. 8.Check if the charging indicator light of the high voltage battery in the instrument cluster is turned ON. Charging is not done when the charging indicator lamp is OFF. When the charging connector is not connected properly, reconnect the charging cable to charge it again. During cold weather, DC charging may not be available to prevent high voltage battery degradation. H53 CHARGING ELECTRIC VEHICLE (DC CHARGE) - TYPE B (CONT.) Unlock Charging Door in Emergency i Information • Even though charging is possible with the POWER button in the ON/START position, for your safety, start charging when the POWER button is in the OFF position and the vehicle shifted to P (Park). After charging has started, you can use electrical components such as the radio by pressing the POWER button to ACC or ON position. • During charging, the gear cannot be shifted from P (Park) to any other gear. OOSEV048198L 9. After charging has started, the estimated charging time is displayed on the instrument cluster for about 1 minute. If you open the driver seat door while charging, the estimated charging time is also displayed on the instrument cluster for about 1 minute. i Information Depending on the condition and durability of the high voltage battery, charger specifications, and ambient temperature, the time required for charging the battery may vary. H54 OAEE046010 If the charging door does not open due to battery discharge and failure of the electric wires, open the tailgate and slightly pull the emergency cable as shown above. The charging door will then open. Checking Charging Status Operation of Charging Indicator Lamp Details OAEEQ016025 When charging the high voltage battery, the charge level can be checked from outside the vehicle. i Information Depending on the condition and durability of the high voltage battery, charger specifications, and ambient temperature, the time required for charging the battery may vary. (1) (2) (3)  (OFF)  (OFF)  (OFF) Blink  (OFF)  (OFF)  (ON) Blink  (OFF)  (ON)  (ON) Blink  (ON)  (ON)  (ON) Blink Blink Blink Error while charging  (OFF)  (OFF) Blink Charging 12 V auxiliary battery or scheduled air conditioner is operating  (OFF) Blink  (OFF) Not Charged 0~33% Charging 34~66% 67~99% Fully charged (100%)(turns OFF in 5 seconds) - Reserved charging is operating (turns OFF after 3 minutes) - Charging is temporarily interrupted (e.g. power failure) H55 CHARGING ELECTRIC VEHICLE (DC CHARGE) - TYPE B (CONT.) How to Disconnect DC Charger 1.Remove the charging connector when DC charging is completed, or after you stop charging using the DC charger. Refer to each respective DC charger manual for details about how to disconnect the charging connector. OAEEQ016034L 2.Make sure to install the charging inlet cover. 3.Make sure to completely close the charging door. H56 CHARGING ELECTRIC VEHICLE (TRICKLE CHARGE) - TYPE B How to set the charge level of the portable charger Trickle Charge ■ Portable Charger Plug Electric Outlet OOSEVQ01805 OAEEQ016042 (1) Code and Plug (Code set) (2) Control Box (3) Charging Cable and Charging Connector Trickle Charge can be used when AC Charge or DC Charge is not available by using household electricity. OLFP0Q5020K 1. Check the rated current of the electric outlet prior to connecting the plug to the outlet. 2. Connect the plug to a household electric outlet. 3. Check the display window on the control box. 4. Press the button (1) on the back of the control box for more than 1 second to adjust the charge level. (Refer to charging cable type and example for setting the charge level.) 5. The display window on the control box changes from 12A and 10A to 8A every time you press the button (1). 6. When setting the charge level is complete, start charging according to the trickle charge procedure. H57 CHARGING ELECTRIC VEHICLE (TRICKLE CHARGE) - TYPE B (CONT.) * Example for setting the ICCB charge level. (The example is only for reference and may vary according to the surrounding environment.) Outlet current ICCB charge level 14-16A 12A 13-12A 10A How to Connect Portable Charger (ICCB: In-Cable Control Box) Control box display window Plug 11-10A 8A 9-8A 6A OLFP0Q5020K OOSEVQ018055 H58 Electric Outlet 1.Connect the plug to a household electric outlet. 5.Press the charging door open switch ( ) to open the charging door. Charging door open switch can be operated only when vehicle is turned off. 6.If you cannot open the charging door due to freezing weather : 1) Remove any ice near the charging door. 2) Pull the emergency cable to open the charging door. (When the charging door does not open, refer to “How to Unlock Charging Door in Emergencies.”) OOSEVQ018056 2.Check if the power lamp (green) illuminates on the control box. OAEEQ019117L 3.Depress the brake pedal and apply the parking brake. 4.Turn OFF all switches, shift to P (Park), and turn OFF the vehicle. If charging is initiated without the gear in P (Park), the charging will start after the gear is automatically shifted to P (Park). H59 CHARGING ELECTRIC VEHICLE (TRICKLE CHARGE) - TYPE B (CONT.) i Information H60 OAEEQ016064L OAEEQ016031L 7. Remove the charging inlet cover (1). 8. Check if there is dust on the charging connector and charging inlet. 9. Hold the charging connector handle and connect it to the vehicle AC charging inlet. Push the connector until you hear a "clicking" sound. If the charging connector and charging terminal are not connected properly, this may cause a fire. Locking Charging Cable The charging connector is locked in the inlet at a different period according to which mode is selected. • Always mode : The connector locks when the charging connector is plugged into the charging inlet. • While charging mode : The connector locks when charging starts. For more details, refer to “Locking Charging Cable” in this chapter. i Information OOSEVQ018057 OAEEQ016032 10. Charging starts automatically (charging lamp blinks). 11. Check if the charging indicator light of the high voltage battery in the instrument cluster is turned ON. Charging is not done when the charging indicator lamp is OFF. When the charging connector is not connected properly, reconnect the charging cable to charge it again. • Even though charging is possible with the POWER button in the ON/START position, for your safety, start charging when the POWER button is in the OFF position and the vehicle shifted to P (Park). After charging has started, you can use electrical components such as the radio by pressing the POWER button to ACC or ON position. • During charging, the gear cannot be shifted from P (Park) to any other gear. H61 CHARGING ELECTRIC VEHICLE (TRICKLE CHARGE) - TYPE B (CONT.) i Information Depending on the condition and durability of the high voltage battery, charger specifications, and ambient temperature, the time required for charging the battery may vary. Unlock Charging Door in Emergency OOSEV048133L 12. After charging has started, the estimated charging time is displayed on the instrument cluster for about 1 minute. If you open the driver seat door while charging, the estimated charging time is also displayed on the instrument cluster for about 1 minute. When scheduled charging is set, the estimated charging time is displayed as “--" . H62 OAEE046010 If the charging door does not open due to battery discharge and failure of the electric wires, open the tailgate and slightly pull the emergency cable as shown above. The charging door will then open. Checking Charging Status Operation of Charging Indicator Lamp Details OAEEQ016025 When charging the high voltage battery, the charge level can be checked from outside the vehicle. (1) (2) (3)  (OFF)  (OFF)  (OFF) Blink  (OFF)  (OFF)  (ON) Blink  (OFF)  (ON)  (ON) Blink  (ON)  (ON)  (ON) Blink Blink Blink Error while charging  (OFF)  (OFF) Blink Charging 12 V auxiliary battery or scheduled air conditioner is operating  (OFF) Blink  (OFF) Not Charged 0~33% Charging 34~66% 67~99% Fully charged (100%)(turns OFF in 5 seconds) - Reserved charging is operating (turns OFF after 3 minutes) - Charging is temporarily interrupted (e.g. power failure) H63 CHARGING ELECTRIC VEHICLE (TRICKLE CHARGE) - TYPE B (CONT.) Charging Status Indicator Lamp for Portable Charger Control Box Indicator PLUG Details (Green) (Red) On : Power on Blink : Plug temperature sensor failure On : Plug high temperature protection Blink : Plug high temperature warning POWER On : Power on CHARGE Blink : Charging In power saving mode, only the CHARGE indicator is illuminated. FAULT Blink : Charging interrupted CHARGE LEVEL Type A Type B Type C 12 A 10 A 8A 10 A 8A 7A 8A 6A 6A The charging current changes (3 level) whenever the button (1) is pressed for 1 sec with the charger plugged into an electrical outlet but not the vehicle. Charging connector plugged (Green) VEHICLE Charging (Blue) Blink : Charging impossible (Red) H64 ❈ Back of the control box Charging Status Indicator Lamp for Portable Charger NO 1 Control Box Status / Diagnosis / Countermeasure • Charging connector plugged into vehicle (Green ON) • Plug temperature sensor failure (Green blink) • Plug high temperature protection (Red blink) • Plug high temperature warning (Red ON) NO Control Box Status / Diagnosis / Countermeasure 2 - Charging connector plugged into vehicle (Green ON) 4 - Before plugging charging connector into vehicle (Red blink) • Abnormal temperature • ICCB (In-Cable Control Box) failure We recommend that you contact an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. 3 - While charging • Charge indicator (Green blink) • Vehicle indicator (Blue ON) We recommend that you contact an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. H65 CHARGING ELECTRIC VEHICLE (TRICKLE CHARGE) - TYPE B (CONT.) Charging Status Indicator Lamp for Portable Charger NO 5 Control Box Status / Diagnosis / Countermeasure - Plugged into vehicle (Red blink) • Diagnostic device failure • Current leakage • Abnormal temperature NO 7 We recommend that you contact an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. H66 Status / Diagnosis / Countermeasure - After plugging charging connector into vehicle (Red blink) • Communication failure 6 We recommend that you contact an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. We recommend that you contact an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. • Plug temperature sensor failure (Green blink) • Plug high temperature protection (Red blink) • Plug high temperature warning (Red ON) Control Box 8 - Power saving mode • 3 minutes after charging starts (Green blink) How to Disconnect Portable Charger (ICCB: In-Cable Control Box) For more details, refer to “Locking Charging Cable” in this chapter. Plug Electric Outlet OAEEQ016061 OAEEQ016033L OAEEQ016034L 1. Hold the charging connector handle and pull it. 2. Make sure to install the charging inlet cover. 3. Make sure to completely close the charging door. i Information To prevent charging cable theft, the charging connector cannot be disconnected from the inlet when the doors are locked. Unlock all doors to disconnect the charging connector from the inlet. However, if the vehicle is in the charging connector ‘While driving’ mode, the charging connector automatically unlocks from the inlet when charging is completed. 4. Disconnect the plug from the household electric outlet. Do not pull the cable when disconnecting the plug. 5. Close the protective cover for the charging connector so that foreign material cannot get into the terminal. 6. Put the charging cable inside the cable compartment to protect it. H67 CHARGING ELECTRIC VEHICLE (TRICKLE CHARGE) - TYPE B (CONT.) Unlock Charging Connector in Emergency OAEEQ016057L If the charging connector does not disconnect due to battery discharge and failure of the electric wires, open the tailgate and slightly pull the emergency cable. The charging connector will then disconnect . H68 Precautions for Portable Charger (ICCB: In-Cable Control Box) • Use the portable charger that is certified by HYUNDAI Motors. • Do not try to repair, disassemble, or adjust the portable charger. • Do not use an extension cord or adapter. • Stop using immediately when failure occurs. • Do not touch the plug and charging connector with wet hands. • Do not touch the terminal part of the AC charging connector and the AC charging inlet on the vehicle. • Do not connect the charging connector to voltage that does not comply with regulations. • Do not use the portable charger if it is worn out, exposed, or there exists any type of damage on the portable charger. • If the ICCB case and AC charging connector is damaged, cracked, or the wires are exposed in any way, do not use the portable charger. • Do not let children operate or touch the portable charger. • Keep the control box free of water. • Keep the AC charging connector or plug terminal free of foreign substances. • Do not step on the cable or cord. Do not pull the cable or cord and do not twist or bend it. • Do not charge when there is lightning. • Do not drop the control box or place a heavy object on the control box. • Do not place an object that can generate high temperatures near the charger when charging. • Charging with the worn out or damaged household electric outlet can result in a risk of electric shock. If you are in doubt to the household electric outlet condition, have it checked by a licensed electrician. • Stop using the portable charger immediately if the household electric outlet or any components is overheated or you notice burnt odors. CHARGING THE ELECTRIC VEHICLE (ABRUPT STOP) Action to be taken when charging stops abruptly When the high voltage battery does not charge, check the followings: 1. Check the charging setting for the vehicle. Refer to “Charge Management”, in this chapter (e.g. When scheduled charging is set, charging is not initiated immediately when the AC charger or portable charger (ICCB: In-Cable Control Box) is connected.) 2. Check the operation status of AC charger, portable charger and DC charger. (Charging Status Indicator Lamp for Portable Charger, refer to “Checking Charging Status” for trickle charge in this chapter.) ❈ Actual method for indicating the charging status may vary in accordance with the charger manufacturer. 3. When the vehicle does not charge and a warning message appears on the cluster, check the corresponding message. Refer to “LCD Display Messages”, in this chapter. 4. If the vehicle is properly charged when charged with another normally working charger, contact the charger manufacturer. 5. If the vehicle does not charge when charged with another normally working charger, we recommend that you contact an authorized HYUNDAI dealer for inspection. H69 DRIVING ELECTRIC VEHICLE i Information How to Start the Vehicle 1.Holding the smart key, sit in the driver's seat. 2.Fasten the seat belt before starting the vehicle. 3.Make sure to engage the parking brake. 4.Turn OFF all electrical devices. 5.Make sure to depress and hold the brake pedal. 6.While depressing the brake pedal, shift to P (Park). 7.Depress and hold the brake while pressing the Power button. H70 While the charging cable is connected, the gear cannot be shift from P (Park) to any other gear for safety reasons. 10.Release the parking brake and slowly release the brake pedal. Check if the vehicle slowly moves forward, then depress the accelerator pedal. OAEEQ019054 8.When the " " indicator is ON, you can drive the vehicle. When the " " indicator is OFF, you cannot drive the vehicle. Start the vehicle again. 9.Depress and hold the brake pedal and shift to the desired position. How to Stop the Vehicle Virtual Engine Sound System 1. Hold down the brake pedal while the vehicle is parked. 2. While depressing the brake pedal, shift to P (Park). 3. While depressing the brake pedal, engage the parking brake. 4. While depressing the brake pedal, press the POWER button and turn off the vehicle. OAEEQ019055 5. Check if the " " indicator is turned OFF on the instrument cluster. When the " " indicator is ON and the gear is in a position other than P (Park), the driver can accidently depress the accelerator pedal, causing the vehicle to move unexpectedly. OAEPHQ049858L The Virtual Engine Sound System generates engine sound for pedestrians to hear vehicle sound because there is no sound while the Electric Vehicle (EV) is operating. • The VESS may be turned ON or OFF by pressing the VESS button. (if equipped) • If the vehicle is moving at low speed, the VESS will operate. • When the gear is shifted to R (Reverse), an additional warning sound will be heard. H71 DRIVING ELECTRIC VEHICLE (CONT.) CAUTION When destination is not set Distance to Empty • For safety reasons, do not turn off the VESS system. If you are in a situation that the system needs to be turned off, check whether there are pedestrians around the vehicle. • The vehicle is much quieter while driving than a conventional gasoline-powered vehicle. Be aware of your surroundings and always drive safely. • After you park the vehicle or while you are waiting at a traffic light, check whether there are children or obstacles around the vehicle. • Check if there is something behind the vehicle when driving in reverse. Pedestrians may not hear the sound of the vehicle. H72 OAEE049215 The distance to empty is displayed differently according to the selected drive mode in the Drive Mode Integrated Control System. For more information, refer to “Drive Mode Integrated Control System” in chapter 5. • On average, a vehicle can drive about 271 km (168 miles). Under certain circumstances where the air conditioner/heater is ON, the distance to empty is impacted, resulting in a possible distance range from 190~350 km (118~217 miles). When using the heater during cold weather or driving at high speed, the high voltage battery consumes a lot more electricity. This may reduce the distance to empty significantly. • After “---” has been displayed, the vehicle may be stopped depending on heater/air conditioner, weather, driving style, and other factors. • Distance to empty that is displayed on the instrument cluster after completing a recharge may vary significantly depending on previous operating patterns. When previous driving patterns include high speed driving, resulting in the high voltage battery using more electricity than usual, the estimated distance to empty is reduced. When the high voltage battery uses little electricity in ECO mode, the estimated distance to empty increases. • Distance to empty may depend on many factors such as the charge amount of the high voltage battery, weather, temperature, durability of the battery, geographical features, and driving style. • Natural degradation may occur with the high voltage battery depending on the number of years the vehicle is used. This may reduce the distance to empty. When destination is set When the destination is set, the distance to empty may change. The distance to empty is recalculated using the information of the destination. However, the distance to empty may vary significantly based on traffic conditions, driving habits, and condition of the vehicle. Tips for Improving Distance to Empty • If you operate the air conditioner /heater too much, the driving battery uses too much electricity. This may reduce the distance to empty. Therefore, it is recommended that you set the cabin temperature to 23°C AUTO. This setting that has been certified by various assessment tests to maintain optimal energy consumption rates while keeping the temperature fresh. Turn OFF the heater and air conditioner if you do not need them. • Depress and hold the accelerator pedal to maintain speed and drive economically. • Gradually depress and release the accelerator pedal when accelerating or decelerating. • Always maintain specified tire pressures. • Do not use unnecessary electrical components while driving. • Do not load unnecessary items in the vehicle. • Do not mount parts that may increase air resistance. H73 DRIVING ELECTRIC VEHICLE (CONT.) • CHARGE : It shows the charging status of the battery when it is being charged by the regenerative brakes (decelerating or driving on a downhill road). The more electric energy is charged, the lower the gauge level. Power/Charge Gauge State of charge (SOC) gauge for high voltage battery ■ Except Europe ■ For Europe OAEEQ019087 The Power/Charge gauge shows the energy consumption rate of the vehicle and the charge/discharge status of the regenerative brakes. • POWER : It shows the energy consumption rate of the vehicle when driving uphill or accelerating. The more electric energy is used, the higher the gauge level. H74 OAEEQ019088/OAEE049678L • The SOC gauge shows the charging status of the high voltage battery. “L (Low) or 0" position on the indicator indicates that there is not enough energy in the high voltage battery. “H (High) or 1“ position indicates that the driving battery is fully charged. • When driving on highways or motorways, make sure to check in advance if the driving battery is charged enough. NOTICE When the high voltage battery level is low, the power down warning illuminates and the power output from the vehicle is limited. Charge the battery immediately since your vehicle may not drive uphill or skid on a slope with the warning light ON. OAEEQ019089 When there are 4~5 gauge bars (near the “L (Low) or 0" area) on the SOC gauge, the warning lamp turns ON to alert you of the battery level. When the warning lamp turns ON, the vehicle can drive an additional 30~40 km (18~25 miles) depending on the driving speed, heater/air conditioner, weather, driving style, and other factors. Charging is required. Warning and Indicator Lights (related to electric vehicle) Ready Indicator This indicator illuminates : When the vehicle is ready to be driven. - ON : Normal driving is possible. - OFF : Normal driving is not possible, or a problem has occurred. - Blinking : Emergency driving. When the ready indicator goes OFF or blinks, there is a problem with the system. In this case, we recommend that you have your vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. H75 DRIVING ELECTRIC VEHICLE (CONT.) Service Warning Light This warning light illuminates : • When the POWER button is in the ON position. - It illuminates for approximately 3 seconds and then goes off. • When there is a problem with related parts of the electric vehicle control system, such as sensors, etc. When the warning light illuminates while driving, or does not go OFF after starting the vehicle, we recommend that you have your vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. H76 Power Down Warning Light This warning light illuminates : • When the POWER button is in the ON position. - It illuminates for approximately 3 seconds and then goes off. • When the power is limited for the safety of the electric vehicle. The power is limited for the following reasons. - The high voltage battery level is below a certain level or voltage is decreasing - The temperature of the motor or high voltage battery is too high or too low - There is a problem with the cooling system, or a failure that may interrupt normal driving NOTICE • Do not accelerate or start the vehicle suddenly when the power down warning light is ON. • When the high voltage battery level is low, the power down warning illuminates and the power output from the vehicle is limited. Charge the battery immediately since your vehicle may not drive uphill or skid on a slope with the warning light ON. Charging Indicator Light Regenerative Brake Warning Light (yellow) This warning light illuminates : • [RED] When charging the high voltage battery. High Voltage Battery Level Warning Light This warning light illuminates : • When the high voltage battery level low. When the warning light turns ON, charge the battery immediately. This warning light illuminates : When the regenerative brake does not operate and the brake does not perform well. This causes the Brake Warning light (red) and Regenerative Brake Warning Light (yellow) to illuminate simultaneously. In this case, drive safely and we recommend that you have your vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. The operation of the brake pedal may be more difficult than normal and the braking distance can increase. LCD Display Messages Shift to P to charge OAEPHQ049833L This message is displayed if you connect the charging cable without the gear in the P (Park) position. Shift to P (Park) before connecting the charging cable . H77 DRIVING ELECTRIC VEHICLE (CONT.) Remaining time ■ AC charge H78 Charging Door Open Charging stopped. Check the AC/DC charger ■ DC charge OOSEV048133L/OOSEV048198L OOSEV048130L This message is displayed to notify the remaining time to charge the battery to the selected target battery charge level. This message is displayed when the vehicle is driven with the charging door opened. Close the charging door and then start driving. OOSEV048131L/OOSEV048132L • This warning message is displayed when charging is stopped for the reasons below: - There is a problem with the external AC charger or DC charger charger - The external AC charger stopped charging - The charging cable is damaged In this case, check whether there is any problem with the external AC or DC charger and charging cable. If the same problem occurs when charging the vehicle with a normally operating AC charger or genuine HYUNDAI portable charger, we recommend that you have your vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. Charging stopped. Check the cable connection If the same problem occurs when charging the vehicle with a replaced charging cable or genuine HYUNDAI portable charger, we recommend that you have your vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. OOSEV048196L This warning message is displayed when charging is stopped because the charging connector is not correctly connected to the charging inlet In this case, separate the charging connector and re-connect it and check whether there is any problem (external damage, foreign substances, etc.) with the charging connector and charging inlet. H79 DRIVING ELECTRIC VEHICLE (CONT.) Check regenerative brakes / Stop vehicle and check brakes Low Battery Charge immediately. Power limited OOSEV048121L OOSEV048118L/OOSEV048117L This warning message is displayed when the regenerative brake system does not work properly. In this case, we recommend that you have the vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. H80 When the high voltage battery level reaches below 10%, this warning message is displayed. The warning light on the instrument cluster ( ) will turn ON simultaneously. Charge the high voltage battery immediately. OOSEV048122L When the high voltage battery level reaches below 6%, this warning message is displayed. The warning light on the instrument cluster ( ) and the power down warning light ( ) will turn on simultaneously. The vehicle’s power will be reduced to minimize the energy consumption of the high voltage battery. Charge the battery immediately. Low outside temp. may limit power output. Charge EV battery/ Low battery temperature. Power limited A B NOTICE Battery overheated! Stop safely If this warning message is still displayed even after the ambient temperature has increased, we recommend that you have the vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. OOSEV048213L OOSEV048199L/OOSEV048126L [A] : Displays when turning off vehicle. [B] : Displays when turning on vehicle. Both warning messages are displayed to protect electric vehicle system when outside temperature is low. If the high voltage battery charging level is low and parked outside in low temperature for a long time, vehicle power could be limited. Charging the battery before driving helps increase power. This warning message is displayed to protect battery and electric vehicle system when the high voltage battery temperature is too high. Turn off the POWER button and stop the vehicle so that the battery temperature decreases. H81 DRIVING ELECTRIC VEHICLE (CONT.) Power limited NOTICE • When this warning message is displayed, do not accelerate or start the vehicle suddenly. • When the high voltage battery level is low, the power down warning illuminates and the power output from the vehicle is limited. Charge the battery immediately since your vehicle may not drive uphill or skid on a slope with the warning light ON. Stop vehicle and check power supply OOSEV048125L In the following cases, this warning message is displayed when the vehicle’s power is limited for safety. • When the high voltage battery is below a certain level, or voltage is decreasing. • When the temperature of the motor or high voltage battery is too high or too low. • When there is a problem with the cooling system or a failure that may interrupt normal driving. H82 OOSEV048200L This warning message is displayed when a failure occurs in the power supply system. In this case, park the vehicle in a safe location and recommend that you tow your vehicle to the nearest authorized HYUNDAI dealer and have the vehicle inspected. Check Active Air Flap System Check Virtual Engine Sound System OOSEV048201L This warning message is displayed in the following situations: - There is a malfunction with the actuator flap - There is a malfunction with the actuator air flap controller - The air flap does not open Check electric vehicle system OOSEV048124L OOSEV048116L This message is displayed when there is a problem with the Virtual Engine Sound System (VESS). In this case, we recommend that you have your vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. This warning message is displayed when there is a problem with the electric vehicle control system. Refrain from driving when the warning message is displayed. In this case, we recommend that you have your vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. When all of the above conditions are fixed, the warning will disappear. H83 DRIVING ELECTRIC VEHICLE (CONT.) EV Propulsion Energy flow Regeneration The electric vehicle system informs the drivers its energy flow in various operating modes. While driving, the current energy flow is specified in 3 modes. Vehicle Stop OAEPHQ049843L The vehicle is stopped. (No energy flow) H84 OAEPHQ049844L OAEPHQ049848L Only the motor power is used to drive the vehicle. (Battery ➞ Wheel) The high-voltage battery is charged up by the regenerative brake system. (Wheel ➞ Battery) Aux. Battery Saver+ The Aux. Battery Saver+ is a function that monitors the charging status of the 12 V auxiliary battery. If the auxiliary battery level is low, the main high voltage battery charges the auxiliary battery. i Information The Aux. Battery Saver+ function will be ON when the vehicle is delivered. If the function is not needed, you may turn it off in the Users Settings mode on the cluster. For more information, refer to the following page. Mode • Cycle Mode : When the vehicle is OFF with all doors, hood and tailgate closed, the Aux. Battery Saver+ periodically activates according to the auxiliary battery status. • Automatic Mode : When the POWER button is in the ON position with the charging connector plugged in, the function activates according to the auxiliary battery status to prevent overdischarge of the auxiliary battery. System Setting i Information • The Aux. Battery Saver+ activates maximum of 20 minutes. If the Aux. Battery Saver+ function activates more than 10 times consecutively, in the Automatic Mode the function will stop activating, judging that there is a problem with the auxiliary battery. In this case, drive the vehicle for some period of time. The function will start activating if the auxiliary battery returns to normal. • The Aux. Battery Saver+ function cannot prevent battery discharge if the auxiliary battery is damaged, worn out, used as a power supply or unauthorized electronic devises are used. • If the Aux. Battery Saver+ function was activated, the high voltage battery level may have decreased. OAEPHQ049855L The driver can activate the Aux. Battery Saver+ function by placing the POWER button to the ON position and by selecting: 'User Settings → Other → Aux. Battery Saver+' The Aux. Battery Saver+ function deactivates, when the driver cancels the system setting. H85 DRIVING ELECTRIC VEHICLE (CONT.) WARNING OAEEQ016025 When the function is activating the third Charging Indicator Lamp will blink and high voltage electricity will be flowing in the vehicle. Do not touch the high voltage electric wire (orange), connector, and all electric components and devices. This may cause electric shock and lead to injuries. Also, do not modify your vehicle in any way. This may affect your vehicle performance and lead to an accident. H86 Utility Mode The high voltage battery is used instead of the 12V auxiliary battery for operating the convenient features of the vehicle. When driving is not necessary such as while camping or when stopping the vehicle for a long time, it is possible to use the electrical devices (audio, lights, etc.) for long hours. System Setting and Activation System setting The driver can activate the Utility Mode function when the following conditions are satisfied. • The vehicle is in the ready ( ) mode and the gear is shifted to P (Park). • The EPB (Electronic Parking Brake) is applied. • 'User Settings → Convenience → Utility Mode' is selected in the cluster. System Activation When the system is activated: • The indicator will turn off and the indicator will illuminate on the cluster. • All electric devices are usable but the vehicle cannot be driven. • The EPB can be cancelled by pressing the EBP switch. • Gear cannot be shifted out of P (Park). If a shift attempt is made, a message “Shifting conditions not met” will be displayed on the cluster. System Deactivation The Utility Mode can be deactivated by pressing the POWER button to the OFF position. The function cannot be deactivated from the User Settings mode. SAFETY PRECAUTIONS FOR ELECTRIC VEHICLE If an Accident Occurs WARNING • When a vehicle accident occurs, move the vehicle to a safe place, turn OFF the vehicle and remove the auxiliary battery (12 V) terminal to prevent high voltage electricity from flowing. • If electric wires are exposed from inside or outside the vehicle, do not touch the wires. Also, do not touch the high voltage electric wire (orange), connector, and all electric components and devices. This may cause electric shock and lead to injuries. WARNING • When a vehicle accident occurs and the high voltage battery is damaged, harmful gas and electrolytes may leak. Be careful not to touch the leaked liquid. When you suspect leakage of inflammable gas and other harmful gases, open the windows and evacuate to a safe place. If any leaked fluid comes in contact with your eyes or skin, immediately clean the affected area thoroughly with tap water or saline solution and have doctors inspect it as soon as possible. WARNING • If a small scale fire occurs, use a fire extinguisher (ABC, BC) that is meant for electrical fires. If it is impossible to extinguish the fire in the early stage, remain a safe distance from the vehicle and immediately call your local fire emergency responders. Also, advise them that an electric vehicle is involved. If the fire spreads to the high voltage battery, large amount of water is needed to put out the fire. Using small amount of water or fire extinguishers not meant for electrical fires could cause serious injury or death from electrical shocks. H87 SAFETY PRECAUTIONS FOR ELECTRIC VEHICLE (CONT.) WARNING If you cannot put out the fire immediately, the high voltage battery may explode. Evacuate to a safe place and do not let other people approach the site. Contact the fire department and notify them of an electric vehicle fire. • If the vehicle is flooded with water, immediately turn OFF the vehicle and evacuate to a safe place. Contact the fire department or an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. WARNING WARNING • Flatbed Towing • Tires Locked Towing OAEE069019 Dolly • Tires Locked Towing Dolly OAEE069018 • If towing is required, lift all four wheels off the ground and tow the vehicle. If you must tow the vehicle using only two wheels, lift the front wheels off the ground and tow the vehicle. H88 • If you tow the vehicle while the front wheels are touching the ground, the vehicle motor may generate electricity and the motor components may be damaged or a fire may occur. • When a vehicle fire occurs due to the battery, there is a risk of a second fire. Contact the fire department when towing the vehicle. Other Precautions for Electric Vehicle • When you paint or apply heat treatment to the vehicle as a result of an accident, the performance of the high voltage battery can be reduced. If heat treatment is required, we recommend that you contact an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. • When you clean the motor compartment, do not use high pressure water to wash. This may cause an electric shock due to a discharge in high voltage electricity, or damage the vehicle's electric system. • Do not use, remodel, or install nongenuine parts. This may damage the electric power system. Service Plug OAEEQ016057 DANGER Never touch the service plug in the luggage compartment. The service plug is attached to high voltage battery system. Touching the service plug will result in death or serious injury. Service personnel should follow procedures in service manual. H89 Your vehicle at a glance 1 Your vehicle at a glance Exterior overview (front view) ............................1-2 Exterior overview (rear view)..............................1-4 Interior overview (I) ..............................................1-6 Interior overview (II) .............................................1-7 Instrument panel overview (I)..............................1-8 Instrument panel overview (II).............................1-9 Motor compartment.............................................1-10 Your vehicle at a glance EXTERIOR OVERVIEW (FRONT VIEW) ■ Type A 1. Hood ..................................................3-32 2. Headlamp ..........................................7-55 3. Daytime running light (DRL) ....3-89, 7-63 4. Tires and wheels ........................7-28, 8-4 5. Outside rearview mirror .....................3-19 6. Sunroof ..............................................3-27 7. Front windshield wiper blades ...........7-22 8. Windows ............................................3-22 9. Forward/Reverse Parking Distance Warning system...............................3-104 10. AC charge ........................................H22 The actual shape may differ from the illustration. OAEE019001L 1-2 EXTERIOR OVERVIEW (FRONT VIEW) ■ Type B 1 2. Headlamp ..........................................7-55 3. Daytime running light (DRL) ....3-89, 7-63 4. Tires and wheels ........................7-28, 8-4 5. Outside rearview mirror .....................3-19 6. Sunroof ..............................................3-27 7. Front windshield wiper blades ...........7-22 8. Windows ............................................3-22 9. Forward/Reverse Parking Distance Warning system...............................3-104 The actual shape may differ from the illustration. OAEE019014L 1-3 Your vehicle at a glance 1. Hood ..................................................3-32 Your vehicle at a glance EXTERIOR OVERVIEW (REAR VIEW) ■ Type A 1. Antenna ...............................................4-2 2. Doors ...................................................3-8 3. Forward/Reverse Parking Distance Warning system...............................3-104 Reverse Parking Distance Warning system .............................................3-100 4. Rear combination lamp .....................7-63 5. High mounted stop lamp ...................7-66 6. Rear view monitor .............................3-98 7. Tailgate ..............................................3-33 8. Towing hook.......................................6-23 9. DC charge ..........................................H28 The actual shape may differ from the illustration. OAEE019002L 1-4 EXTERIOR OVERVIEW (REAR VIEW) ■ Type B 1 2. Doors ...................................................3-8 3. Forward/Reverse Parking Distance Warning system...............................3-104 Reverse Parking Distance Warning system .............................................3-100 4. Rear combination lamp .....................7-63 5. High mounted stop lamp ...................7-66 6. Rear view monitor .............................3-98 7. Tailgate ..............................................3-33 8. Towing hook.......................................6-23 9. AC/DC charge ............................H45/H52 The actual shape may differ from the illustration. OAEE019013L 1-5 Your vehicle at a glance 1. Antenna ...............................................4-2 Your vehicle at a glance INTERIOR OVERVIEW (I) ■ Left-hand drive 1. Door lock/unlock button ......................3-9 2. Driver position memory system ........3-13 3. Outside rearview mirror folding switch ................................................3-21 4. Outside rearview mirror control switch ................................................3-20 5. Central door lock switch ....................3-10 6. Power window switches ....................3-22 7. Power window lock switch ................3-26 8. Headlight leveling device ..................3-90 9. Instrument panel illumination control switch ......................................3-36 10. Blind-Spot Collision Warning (BCW)..5-73 11. Lane Keeping Assist (LKA) ..............5-65 12. ESC OFF button..............................5-39 13. VESS (Vehicle Engine Sound System) button ..............................................H71 14. Charging door opener....H27, 45, 52, 59 15. Scheduled charging deactivation button ..............................................H19 16. Hood release lever ..........................3-31 17. Fuse box..........................................7-41 18. Steering wheel tilt/telescope lever......3-16 19. Steering wheel ................................3-15 20. Seat ..................................................2-4 The actual shape may differ from the illustration. OAEE019003L 1-6 INTERIOR OVERVIEW (II) ■ Right-hand drive 1 The actual shape may differ from the illustration. OAEE019003R 1-7 Your vehicle at a glance 1. Door lock/unlock button ......................3-9 2. Driver position memory system ........3-13 3. Outside rearview mirror folding switch ................................................3-21 4. Outside rearview mirror control switch ................................................3-20 5. Central door lock switch ....................3-10 6. Power window switches ....................3-22 7. Power window lock switch ................3-26 8. Headlight leveling device ..................3-90 9. Instrument panel illumination control switch ......................................3-36 10. Blind-Spot Collision Warning (BCW)..5-73 11. Lane Keeping Assist (LKA) ..............5-65 12. ESC OFF button..............................5-31 13. VESS (Vehicle Engine Sound System) button ..............................................H71 14. Charging door opener....H27, 45, 52, 59 15. Scheduled charging deactivation button ..............................................H19 16. Hood release lever ........................3-31 17. Fuse box..........................................7-41 18. Steering wheel ................................3-15 19. Seat ..................................................2-4 Your vehicle at a glance INSTRUMENT PANEL OVERVIEW (I) ■ Left-hand drive The actual shape may differ from the illustration. 1-8 1. Instrument cluster ....................................3-35 2. Horn .........................................................3-17 3. Driver's front air bag ................................2-53 4. POWER button ..........................................5-4 5. Light control/Turn signals .........................3-81 6. Wiper/Washer ..........................................3-95 7. Infotainment system...................................4-2 8. Hazard warning flasher..............................6-2 9. Automatic climate control system ............3-110 10. Passenger's front air bag .......................2-53 11. Driver’s knee air bag..............................2-53 12. Glove box .............................................3-128 13. Reduction gear (shift button) ................ 5-11 14. Wireless cellular phone charging system .3-133 15. Cigarette lighter ...................................3-135 16. USB and iPod® port .................................4-2 17. Power outlet .........................................3-132 18. Seat warmer/Air ventilation seat ............2-22 19. Heated steering wheel ...........................3-16 20. Auto hold ...............................................5-33 21. Forward/Reverse Parking Distance Warning ON button.............................................3-104 Reverse Parking Distance Warning OFF button ............................................3-102 22. Drive mode integrated control system ...5-46 23. Electronic Parking Brake (EPB).............5-28 24. Cup holder ...........................................3-130 25. Steering wheel audio controls/ ................4-3 Bluetooth® wireless technology hands-free controls ..................................4-4 26. Speed limiter/...................................... 5-133 Cruise controls/......................................5-91 Smart Cruise Control (SCC) (stop&go)....5-97 OAEE019004L INSTRUMENT PANEL OVERVIEW (II) ■ Right-hand drive 1-9 1 Your vehicle at a glance The actual shape may differ from the illustration. 1. Instrument cluster ....................................3-35 2. Horn .........................................................3-17 3. Driver's front air bag ................................2-53 4. POWER button ..........................................5-4 5. Light control/Turn signals .........................3-81 6. Wiper/Washer ..........................................3-95 7. Infotainment system...................................4-2 8. Hazard warning flasher..............................6-2 9. Automatic climate control system ............3-110 10. Passenger's front air bag .......................2-53 11. Driver’s knee air bag..............................2-53 12. Glove box .............................................3-128 13. Reduction gear (shift button) ................ 5-11 14. Wireless cellular phone charging system .3-133 15. Cigarette lighter ...................................3-135 16. USB and iPod® port .................................4-2 17. Power outlet .........................................3-132 18. Seat warmer/Air ventilation seat ............2-22 19. Heated steering wheel ...........................3-16 20. Auto hold ...............................................5-33 21. Forward/Reverse Parking Distance Warning ON button.............................................3-104 Reverse Parking Distance Warning OFF button ............................................3-102 22. Drive mode integrated control system ...5-46 23. Electronic Parking Brake (EPB).............5-28 24. Cup holder ...........................................3-130 25. Steering wheel audio controls/ ................4-3 Bluetooth® wireless technology hands-free controls ..................................4-4 26. Speed limiter/...................................... 5-133 Cruise controls/......................................5-91 Smart Cruise Control (SCC) (stop&go)....5-97 OAEE019004R Your vehicle at a glance MOTOR COMPARTMENT 1. Coolant reservoir ..............................7-17 2. Brake fluid reservoir..........................7-18 3. Fuse box ...........................................7-41 4. Battery (12 volt) ...............................7-25 5. Coolant cap.......................................7-17 6. Windshield washer fluid reservoir .....7-19 The actual motor compartment in the vehicle may differ from the illustration. OAEE076001N 1-10 Safety system of your vehicle This chapter provides you with important information about how to protect yourself and your passengers. It explains how to properly use your seats and seat belts, and how your air bags work. Additionally, this chapter explains how to properly restrain infants and children in your vehicle. 2 Important safety precautions .............................2-2 Child restraint system (CRS) .............................2-37 Always wear your seat belt ..........................................2-2 Restrain all children .........................................................2-2 Air bag hazards ................................................................2-2 Driver distraction .............................................................2-2 Control your speed ..........................................................2-3 Keep your vehicle in safe condition ............................2-3 Our recommendation:Children always in the rear ...2-37 Selecting a Child Restraint System (CRS) ................2-38 Installing a Child Restraint System (CRS)..................2-40 Seats ........................................................................2-4 Safety precautions ..........................................................2-6 Front seats..........................................................................2-7 Rear seats .........................................................................2-13 Headrest ...........................................................................2-16 Seat warmers and air ventilation seats.....................2-21 Seat belts ..............................................................2-25 Seat belt safety precautions ......................................2-25 Seat belt warning light .................................................2-26 Seat belt restraint system ...........................................2-29 Additional seat belt safety precautions ...................2-34 Care of seat belts ..........................................................2-36 Air bag - supplemental restraint system .........2-50 Where are the air bags? ..............................................2-53 How does the air bags system operate? .................2-58 What to expect after an air bag inflates ................2-62 Why didn't my air bag go off in a collision? ...........2-64 SRS care ...........................................................................2-69 Additional safety precautions .....................................2-70 Air bag warning labels ................................................2-71 Safety system of your vehicle IMPORTANT SAFETY PRECAUTIONS You will find many safety precautions and recommendations throughout this section, and throughout this manual. The safety precautions in this section are among the most important. Always wear your seat belt A seat belt is your best protection in all types of accidents. Air bags are designed to supplement seat belts, not replace them. So even though your vehicle is equipped with air bags, ALWAYS make sure you and your passengers wear your seat belts, and wear them properly. 2-2 Restrain all children Driver distraction All children under age 13 should ride in your vehicle properly restrained in a rear seat, not the front seat. Infants and small children should be restrained in an appropriate Child Restraint System. Larger children should use a booster seat with the lap/shoulder belt until they can use the seat belt properly without a booster seat. Driver distraction presents a serious and potentially deadly danger, especially for inexperienced drivers. Safety should be the first concern when behind the wheel and drivers need to be aware of the wide array of potential distractions, such as drowsiness, reaching for objects, eating, personal grooming, other passengers, and using cellular phones. Drivers can become distracted when they take their eyes and attention off the road or their hands off the wheel to focus on activities other than driving. To reduce your risk of distraction and an accident: • ALWAYS set up your mobile devices (i.e., MP3 players, phones, navigation units, etc.) when your vehicle is parked or safely stopped. • ONLY use your mobile device when allowed by laws and conditions permit safe use. NEVER text or email while driving. Most countries have laws prohibiting drivers from texting. Some countries and cities also prohibit drivers from using handheld phones. Air bag hazards While air bags can save lives, they can also cause serious or fatal injuries to occupants who sit too close to them, or who are not properly restrained. Infants, young children, and short adults are at the greatest risk of being injured by an inflating air bag. Follow all instructions and warnings in this manual. Keep your vehicle in safe condition Having a tire blowout or a mechanical failure can be extremely hazardous. To reduce the possibility of such problems, check your tire pressures and condition frequently, and perform all regularly scheduled maintenance. 2 Safety system of your vehicle • NEVER let the use of a mobile device distract you from driving. You have a responsibility to your passengers and others on the road to always drive safely, with your hands on the wheel as well as your eyes and attention on the road. Control your speed Excessive speed is a major factor in crash injuries and deaths. Generally, the higher the speed, the greater the risk, but serious injuries can also occur at lower speeds. Never drive faster than is safe for current conditions, regardless of the maximum speed posted. 2-3 Safety system of your vehicle SEATS ■ Left-hand drive Front seat (1) Forward and backward (2) Seatback angle (3) Seat cushion height* (4) Lumbar support (Driver’s seat)* (5) Seat warmer */ Air ventilation seat * (6) Headrest 2nd row seat (7) Seat warmer* (8) Armrest (9) Headrest (10) Seatback angle and folding * : if equipped OAEE039001 2-4 ■ Right-hand drive 2nd row seat (7) Seat warmer* (8) Armrest (9) Headrest (10) Seatback angle and folding * : if equipped OAEE039001R 2-5 2 Safety system of your vehicle Front seat (1) Forward and backward (2) Seatback angle (3) Seat cushion height* (4) Lumbar support (Driver’s seat)* (5) Seat warmer */ Air ventilation seat * (6) Headrest Safety system of your vehicle Safety precautions Air bags Adjusting the seats so that you are sitting in a safe, comfortable position plays an important role in driver and passenger safety together with the seat belts and air bags in an accident. You can take steps to reduce the risk of being injured by an inflating air bag. Sitting too close to an air bag greatly increases the risk of injury in the event the air bag inflates. Move your seat as far back as possible from front air bags, while still maintaining control of the vehicle. WARNING Do not use a cushion that reduces friction between the seat and the passenger.The passenger's hips may slide under the lap portion of the seat belt during an accident or a sudden stop. Serious or fatal internal injuries could result because the seat belt cannot operate properly. 2-6 WARNING To reduce the risk of serious injury or death from an inflating air bag, take the following precautions: • Adjust the driver’s seat as far to the rear as possible maintaining the ability to control of the vehicle. • Adjust the front passenger seat as far to the rear as possible. (Continued) (Continued) • Hold the steering wheel by the rim with hands at the 9 o’clock and 3 o’clock positions to minimize the risk of injuries to your hands and arms. • NEVER place anything or anyone between the air bag. • Do not allow the front passenger to place feet or legs on the dashboard to minimize the risk of leg injuries. Seat belts (Continued) • Do not route the seat belt across your neck, across sharp edges, or reroute the shoulder strap away from your body. • Do not allow the seat belt to become caught or jammed. Front seats The front seat can be adjusted by using the control lever or switches located on the outside of the seat cushion. Before driving, adjust the seat to the proper position so that you can easily control the steering wheel, foot pedals and controls on the instrument panel. WARNING WARNING Take the following precautions when adjusting your seat belt: • NEVER use one seat belt for more than one occupant. • Always position the seatback upright with the lap portion of the seat belt snug and low across the hips. • NEVER allow children or small infants to ride in a passenger’s lap. (Continued) Take the following precautions when adjusting your seat: • NEVER attempt to adjust the seat while the vehicle is moving. The seat could respond with unexpected movement and may cause loss of vehicle control resulting in an accident. • Do not place anything under the front seats. Loose objects in the driver’s foot area could interfere with the operation of the foot pedals, causing an accident. (Continued) 2-7 2 Safety system of your vehicle Always fasten your seat belt before starting any trip. At all times, passengers should sit upright and be properly restrained. Infants and small children must be restrained in appropriate Child Restraint Systems. Children who have outgrown a booster seat and adults must be restrained using the seat belts. Safety system of your vehicle (Continued) • Do not allow anything to interfere with the normal position and proper locking of the seatback. • Do not place a cigarette lighter on the floor or seat. When you operate the seat, gas may exit out of the lighter causing a fire. • Use extreme caution when picking small objects trapped under the seats or between the seat and the center console. Your hands might be cut or injured by the sharp edges of the seat mechanism. • If there are occupants in the rear seats, be careful while adjusting the front seat position. 2-8 CAUTION Manual adjustment To prevent injury: • Do not adjust your seat while wearing your seat belt. Moving the seat cushion forward may cause strong pressure on your abdomen. • Do not allow your hands or fingers to get caught in the seat mechanisms while the seat is moving. OAE036002 Forward and rearward adjustment To move the seat forward or rearward: 1. Pull up the seat slide adjustment lever and hold it. 2. Slide the seat to the position you desire. 3. Release the lever and make sure the seat is locked in place. Move forward and rearward without using the lever. If the seat moves, it is not locked properly. WARNING OAE036003 Seatback angle To recline the seatback: 1. Lean forward slightly and lift up the seatback lever. 2. Carefully lean back on the seat and adjust the seatback to the position you desire. 3. Release the lever and make sure the seatback is locked in place. (The lever MUST return to its original position for the seatback to lock.) NEVER ride with a reclined seatback when the vehicle is moving. Riding with a reclined seatback increases your chance of serious or fatal injuries in the event of a collision or sudden stop. Drivers and passengers should ALWAYS sit well back in their seats, properly belted, and with the seatbacks upright. Seat belts must be snug against your hips and chest to work properly. When the seatback is reclined, the shoulder belt cannot do its job because it will not be snug against your chest. Instead, it will be in front of you. During an accident, you could be thrown into the seat belt, causing neck or other injuries. The more the seatback is reclined, the greater chance the passenger’s hips will slide under the lap belt or the passenger’s neck will strike the shoulder belt. 2-9 2 Safety system of your vehicle Reclining seatback Sitting in a reclined position when the vehicle is in motion can be dangerous. Even when buckled up, the protections of your restraint system (seat belts and/or air bags) is greatly reduced by reclining your seatback. Safety system of your vehicle Power adjustment (if equipped) WARNING NEVER allow children in the vehicle unattended. The power seats are operable when the vehicle is turned off. OAE036004 Seat cushion height (if equipped) To change the height of the seat cushion: • Push down the lever several times, to lower the seat cushion. • Pull up the lever several times, to raise the seat cushion. 2-10 CAUTION To prevent damage to the seats: • Always stop adjusting the seats when the seat has been adjusted as far forward or rearward as possible. • Do not adjust the seats longer than necessary when the vehicle is turned off. This may result in unnecessary battery drain. • Do not operate two or more seats at the same time. This may result in an electrical malfunction. OAE036006 OAE036007 Forward and rearward adjustment To move the seat forward or rearward: 1. Push the control switch forward or rearward. 2. Release the switch once the seat reaches the desired position. Seatback angle To recline the seatback: 1. Push the control switch forward or rearward. 2. Release the switch once the seatback reaches the desired position. 2-11 2 Safety system of your vehicle Reclining seatback Sitting in a reclined position when the vehicle is in motion can be dangerous. Even when buckled up, the protections of your restraint system (seat belts and air bags) is greatly reduced by reclining your seatback. Safety system of your vehicle WARNING NEVER ride with a reclined seatback when the vehicle is moving. Riding with a reclined seatback increases your chance of serious or fatal injuries in the event of a collision or sudden stop. Driver and passengers should ALWAYS sit well back in their seats, properly belted, and with the seatbacks upright. 2-12 Seat belts must be snug against your hips and chest to work properly. When the seatback is reclined, the shoulder belt cannot do its job because it will not be snug against your chest. Instead, it will be in front of you. During an accident, you could be thrown into the seat belt, causing neck or other injuries. The more the seatback is reclined, the greater chance the passenger’s hips will slide under the lap belt or the passenger’s neck will strike the shoulder belt. OAE036008 Seat cushion height (if equipped) To change the height of the seat cushion: 1. • Push the front portion of the control switch up to raise or down to lower the front part of the seat cushion. • Push the rear portion of the control switch up to raise or down to lower the height of the seat cushion. 2. Release the switch once the seat reaches the desired position. Seatback pocket (if equipped) Rear seats Folding the rear seat WARNING • Never allow passengers to sit OAE036005 Lumbar support (for driver’s seat, if equipped) • The lumbar support can be adjusted by pressing the lumbar support switch. • Press the front portion of the switch (1) to increase support or the rear portion of the switch (2) to decrease support. OAE036064 The seatback pocket is provided on the back of the front seatbacks. CAUTION Do not put heavy or sharp objects in the seatback pockets. In an accident they could come loose from the pocket and injure occupants. on top of the folded down seatback while the vehicle is moving. This is not a proper seating position and no seat belts are available for use. This could result in serious injury or death in case of an accident or sudden stop. • Objects carried on the folded down seatback should not extend higher than the top of the front seatbacks. This could allow cargo to slide forward and cause injury or damage during sudden stops. 2-13 2 Safety system of your vehicle The rear seatbacks can be folded to facilitate carrying long items or to increase the luggage capacity of the vehicle. Safety system of your vehicle OAE036065L OAE036020 OAE036019 OAE036021 3.Locate the seatbelt toward the outboard position before folding down the seatback. If not, the seatbelt system may be interfered by the seatback. 4.Pull on the seatback folding lever (1), then fold the seat toward the front of the vehicle. OAE036018 To fold down the rear seatback: 1. Set the front seatback to the upright position. 2. Lower the rear headrests down(2) pushing the adjusting button(1). 2-14 WARNING 5.To use the rear seat, lift and push the seatback rearward. Push the seatback firmly until it clicks into place. Make sure the seatback is locked in place. Do not place objects in the rear seats, since they cannot be properly secured and may hit vehicle occupants in a collision causing serious injury or death. 2-15 2 Safety system of your vehicle OAE036066L When returning the rear seatback from a folded to an upright position, hold the seatback and return it slowly. Ensure that the seatback is completely locked into its upright position by pushing on the top of the seatback. In an accident or sudden stop, the unlocked seatback could allow cargo to move forward with great force and enter the passenger compartment, which could result in serious injury or death. WARNING Safety system of your vehicle Armrest Headrest (Continued) The vehicle’s front and rear seats have adjustable headrests. The headrests provide comfort for passengers, but more importantly they are designed to help protect passengers from whiplash and other neck and spinal injuries during an accident, especially in a rear impact collision. WARNING OAE036022 The armrest is located in the center of the rear seat. Pull the armrest down from the seatback to use it. 2-16 To reduce the risk of serious injury or death in an accident, take the following precautions when adjusting your headrests: • Always properly adjust the headrests for all passengers BEFORE starting the vehicle. • NEVER let anyone ride in a seat with the headrest removed. (Continued) • OLF034072N Adjust the headrests so the middle of the headrests is at the same height as the height of the top of the eyes. • NEVER adjust the headrest position of the driver’s seat when the vehicle is in motion. • Adjust the headrest as close to the passenger’s head as possible. Do not use a seat cushion that holds the body away from the seatback. • Make sure the headrest locks into position after adjusting it. Front seat headrests NOTICE To prevent damage, NEVER hit or pull on the headrests. 2 When there is no occupant in the rear seats, adjust the height of the headrest to the lowest position. The rear seat headrest can reduce the visibility of the rear area. OAE036010 OPDE036068 The driver’s and front passenger’s seats are equipped with adjustable headrests for the passengers safety and comfort. Adjusting the height up and down To raise the headrest: 1. Pull it up to the desired position (1). To lower the headrest: 1. Push and hold the release button (2) on the headrest support. 2. Lower the headrest to the desired position (3). 2-17 Safety system of your vehicle CAUTION Safety system of your vehicle ■ Type A OAE036012 OLF034015 OAE036009 Forward and rearward adjustment (if equipped) The headrest may be adjusted forward to 3 different positions by pulling the headrest forward to the desired detent. To adjust the headrest to it’s furthest rearwards position, pull it fully forward to the farthest position and release it. ■ Type B NOTICE If you recline the seatback towards the front with the headrest and seat cushion raised, the headrest may come in contact with the sunvisor or other parts of the vehicle. OAE036011 Removal/Reinstall To remove the headrest: 1. Recline the seatback (2) with using the seatback angle lever or switch (1). 2. Raise headrest as far as it can go. 2-18 3. Press the headrest release button (3) while pulling the headrest up (4). ■ Type A 4. Recline the seatback (4) with the seatback angle lever or switch (3). WARNING WARNING 2 OAE036014 ■ Type B OAE036013 To reinstall the headrest : 1. Recline the seatback. 2. Put the headrest poles (2) into the holes while pressing the release button (1). 3. Adjust the headrest to the appropriate height. 2-19 Safety system of your vehicle Always make sure the headrest locks into position after reinstalling and adjusting it properly. NEVER allow anyone to travel in a seat with the headrest removed. Safety system of your vehicle Rear seat headrests OPDE036069 The rear seats are equipped with headrests in all the seating positions for the passenger’s safety and comfort. OAE036017 OAE036072L Adjusting the height up and down To raise the headrest: 1. Pull it up to the desired position (1). To remove the headrest, raise it as far as it can go then press the release button (1) while pulling the headrest up (2). To reinstall the headrest, put the headrest poles (3) into the holes while pressing the release button (1). Then adjust it to the appropriate height. To lower the headrest: 1. Push and hold the release button (2) on the headrest support. 2. Lower the headrest to the desired position (3). WARNING Make sure the headrest locks in position after adjusting it to properly protect the occupants. 2-20 Seat warmers and air ventilation seats Front seat warmers (if equipped) Seat warmers are provided to warm the seats during cold weather. The seat warmers can cause a SERIOUS BURN, even at low temperatures and especially if used for long periods of time. Passengers must be able to feel if the seat is becoming too warm so they can turn it off, if needed. People who cannot detect temperature change or pain to the skin should use extreme caution, especially the following types of passengers: • Infants, children, elderly or disabled persons, or hospital outpatients. • People with sensitive skin or who burn easily. (Continued) WARNING NEVER place anything on the seat that insulates against heat when the seat warmer is in operation, such as a blanket or seat cushion. This may cause the seat warmer to overheat, causing a burn or damage to the seat. NOTICE To prevent damage to the seat warmers and seats: • Never use a solvent such as paint thinner, benzene, alcohol or gasoline to clean the seats. • Do not place heavy or sharp objects on seats equipped with seat warmers. • Do not change the seat cover. It may damage the seat warmer. 2-21 2 Safety system of your vehicle WARNING (Continued) • Fatigued individuals. • Intoxicated individuals. • People taking medication that can cause drowsiness or sleepiness. Safety system of your vehicle • Each time you push the switch, the temperature setting of the seat is changed as follows : → HIGH ( OAEE039002 While the vehicle is ON, push either of the switches to warm the driver's seat or front passenger's seat. During mild weather or under conditions where the operation of the seat warmer is not needed, keep the switches in the OFF position. 2-22 ) → LOW ( ) → → OFF Front air ventilation seat (if equipped) MIDDLE ( ) • When pressing the switch for more than 1.5 seconds with the seat warmer operating, the seat warmer will turn OFF. • The seat warmer defaults to the OFF position whenever the POWER button is placed to the ON position. i Information With the seat warmer switch in the ON position, the heating system in the seat turns off or on automatically depending on the seat temperature. OAEE039003 The air ventilation seats are provided to cool the front seats by blowing air through small vent holes on the surface of the seat cushions and seatbacks. When the operation of the air ventilation seat is not needed, keep the switches in the OFF position. While the vehicle is ON, push the switch to cool the driver's seat or the front passenger's seat (if equipped). • Each time you push the switch, the airflow changes as follows: → HIGH ( ) → LOW ( ) → → OFF MIDDLE ( ) To prevent damage to the air ventilation seat: • Use the air ventilation seat ONLY when the climate control system is on. Using the air ventilation seat for prolonged periods of time with the climate control system off could cause the air ventilation seat to malfunction. • Never use a solvent such as paint thinner, benzene, alcohol or gasoline to clean the seats. • Avoid spilling liquids on the surface of the front seats and seatbacks; this may cause the air vent holes to become blocked and not work properly. • Do not place materials such as plastic bags or newspapers under the seats. They may block the air intake causing the air vents to not work properly. (Continued) (Continued) • Do not change the seat covers. It may damage the air ventilation seat. • If the air vents do not operate, restart the vehicle. If there is no change, we recommend that you have your vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. 2-23 2 Safety system of your vehicle • When pressing the switch for more than 1.5 seconds with the air ventilation seat operating, the operation will turn OFF. • The air ventilation seats defaults to the OFF position whenever the POWER button is placed to the ON position. NOTICE Safety system of your vehicle Rear seat warmers (if equipped) Each time you push the switch, the temperature setting of the seat is changed as follows : → OFF → HIGH ( ) → LOW ( ) The seat warmer defaults to the OFF position whenever the POWER button is placed to the ON position. i Information OAE036023 While the vehicle is ON, push either of the switches to warm the rear seat. During mild weather or under conditions where the operation of the seat warmer is not needed, keep the switches in the OFF position. 2-24 With the seat warmer switch in the ON position, the heating system in the seat turns off or on automatically depending on the seat temperature. SEAT BELTS This section describes how to use the seat belts properly. It also describes some of the things not to do when using seat belts. Always fasten your seat belt and make sure all passengers have fastened their seat belts before starting any trip. Air bags (if equipped) are designed to supplement the seat belt as an additional safety device, but they are not a substitute. Most countries require all occupants of a vehicle to wear seat belts. Seat belts must be used by ALL passengers whenever the vehicle is moving. Take the following precautions when adjusting and wearing seat belts: • Children under the age of 13 should be properly restrained in the rear seats. • Never allow children to ride in the front passenger seat, unless the air bag is deactivated. If a child is seated in the front passenger seat, move the seat as far back as possible and properly restrain them in the seat. • NEVER allow an infant or child to be carried on an occupant’s lap. • NEVER ride with the seatback reclined when the vehicle is moving. • Do not allow children to share a seat or seat belt. (Continued) (Continued) • Do not wear the shoulder belt under your arm or behind your back. • Never wear a seat belt over fragile objects. If there is a sudden stop or impact, the seat belt can damage it. • Do not use the seat belt if it is twisted. A twisted seat belt will not protect you properly in an accident. • Do not use a seat belt if the webbing or hardware is damaged. • Do not latch the seat belt into the buckles of other seats. • NEVER unfasten the seat belt while driving. This may cause loss of vehicle control resulting in an accident. • Make sure there is nothing in the buckle interfering with the seat belt latch mechanism. This may prevent the seat belt from fastening securely. (Continued) 2-25 2 Safety system of your vehicle Seat belt safety precautions WARNING Safety system of your vehicle (Continued) • No modifications or additions should be made by the user which will either prevent the seat belt adjusting devices from operating to remove slack, or prevent the seat belt assembly from being adjusted to remove slack. WARNING Damaged seat belts and seat belt assemblies will not operate properly. Always replace: • Frayed, contaminated, or damaged webbing. • Damaged hardware. • The entire seat belt assembly after it has been worn in an accident, even if damage to webbing or assembly is not apparent. Seat belt warning light Seat belt warning OAM032161L Driver’s seat belt warning As a reminder to the driver, the seat belt warning light will illuminate and chime for approximately 6 seconds each time the POWER button is turned ON regardless of belt fastening. If the driver’s seat belt is unfastened after the POWER button is ON, the seat belt warning light illuminates until the belt is fastened. 2-26 If you continue not to fasten the seat belt and you drive over 9km/h, the illuminated warning light will start to blink until you drive under 6km/h. If you continue not to fasten the seat belt and you drive over 20km/h the seat belt warning chime will sound for approximately 100 seconds and the corresponding warning light will blink. OTLE035082 Front passenger’s seat belt warning (if equipped) As a reminder to the front passenger, the front passenger’s seat belt warning lights will illuminate for approximately 6 seconds each time the POWER button is turned on regardless of belt fastening. If the front passenger’s seat belt is not fastened when the POWER button is turned ON or if it is disconnected after the POWER button is turned ON, the corresponding seat belt warning light will illuminate until the belt is fastened. WARNING Riding in an improper position adversely affects the front passenger's seat belt warning system. It is important for the driver to instruct the passenger to properly be seated as instructed in this manual. 2-27 2 Safety system of your vehicle If you start to drive without fastening the seatbelt, warning light will continue to illumiante until you fasten the seatbelt. If you continue not to fasten the seat belt and you drive over 20km/h the seat belt warning chime will sound for approximately 100 seconds and the corresponding warning light will blink. (if equipped) Safety system of your vehicle i Information • You can find the front passenger’s seat belt warning light on the center fascia panel. • Although the front passenger seat is not occupied, the seat belt warning light will blink or illuminate for 6 seconds. • The front passenger's seat belt warning may operate when luggage is placed on the front passenger seat. OTLE035083 Rear passenger’s seat belt warning (if equipped) If the POWER button is turned ON when the rear passenger's lap/shoulder belt is not fastened, the corresponding seat belt warning light will illuminate until the belt is fastened. And then, the rear corresponding seat belt warning light will illuminate for approximately 35 seconds, if any of following occurs: - You start the vehicle when the rear belt is not fastened. - You drive over 9km/h when the rear belt is not fastened. - The rear belt is disconnected when driving under 20km/h. 2-28 If the rear seat belt is fastened, the warning light will turn off immediately. If the rear seat belt is disconnected when you drive over the 20km/h, the corresponding seat belt warning light will blink and warning chime will sound for 35 seconds. But, if the rear passenger's lap/shoulder belt is/are connected and disconnected twice within 9 seconds after the belt is fastened, the corresponding seat belt warning light will not operate. Seat belt restraint system Lap/shoulder belt NOTICE WARNING OHS0380100 OHSS038101 To fasten your seat belt: Pull it out of the retractor and insert the metal tab (1) into the buckle (2). There will be an audible "click" when the tab locks into the buckle. You should place the lap belt (1) portion across your hips and the shoulder belt (2) portion across your chest. The seat belt automatically adjusts to the proper length after the lap belt portion is adjusted manually so that it fits snugly around your hips. If you lean forward in a slow, easy motion, the belt will extend and move with you. If there is a sudden stop or impact, the belt will lock into position. It will also lock if you try to lean forward too quickly. OHSS038102 Improperly positioned seat belts may increase the risk of serious injury in an accident. Take the following precautions when adjusting the seat belt: (Continued) 2-29 2 Safety system of your vehicle If you are not able to smoothly pull enough of the seat belt out from the retractor, firmly pull the seat belt out and release it. After release, you will be able to pull the belt out smoothly. Safety system of your vehicle (Continued) • Position the lap portion of the seat belt as low as possible across your hips, not on your waist, so that it fits snugly. This allows your strong pelvic bones to absorb the force of the crash, reducing the chance of internal injuries. • Position one arm under the shoulder belt and the other over the belt, as shown in the illustration. • Always position the shoulder belt anchor into locked position at the appropriate height. • Never position the shoulder belt across your neck or face. Height adjustment You can adjust the height of the shoulder belt anchor to one of the four different positions for maximum comfort and safety. The shoulder portion should be adjusted so it lies across your chest and midway over your shoulder nearest the door, not over your neck. 2-30 ■ Front seat OAD035027 OHSS038103 To adjust the height of the seat belt anchor, lower or raise the height adjuster into an appropriate position. To raise the height adjuster, pull it up (1). To lower it, push it down (3) while pressing the height adjuster button (2). Release the button to lock the anchor into position. Try sliding the height adjuster to make sure that it has locked into position. To release your seat belt: Press the release button (1) in the locking buckle. When it is released, the belt should automatically draw back into the retractor. If this does not happen, check the belt to be sure it is not twisted, then try again. Rear center seatbelt (3-point rear center seat belt) Pre-tensioner seat belt 2 OAE036068L 1.Insert the tongue plate (A) into the buckle (A’) until an audible “click" is heard, indicating the latch is locked. Make sure the belt is not twisted. 2. Pull the tongue plate (B) and insert it into the buckle (B’) until an audible “click” is heard, indicating the latch is locked. Make sure the belt is not twisted. When using the rear center seat belt, the buckle with the “CENTER” mark must be used. i Information If you are not able to pull out the safety belt from the retractor, firmly pull the belt out and release it. After release, you will be able to pull the belt out smoothly. OLMB033039 Your vehicle is equipped with driver's and front passenger's and rear side passenger’s (if equipped) Pre-tensioner Seat Belts (Retractor Pretensioner). The purpose of the pre-tensioner is to make sure the seat belts fit tightly against the occupant's body in certain frontal collisions. The pre-tensioner seat belts may be activated in crashes where the frontal collision is severe enough, together with the air bags. 2-31 Safety system of your vehicle OAE036027 Safety system of your vehicle When the vehicle stops suddenly, or if the occupant tries to lean forward too quickly, the seat belt retractor will lock into position. In certain frontal collisions, the pre-tensioner will activate and pull the seat belt into tighter contact against the occupant's body. If the system senses excessive tension on the driver or passenger's seat belt when the pre-tensioner system activates, the load limiter (if equipped) inside the retractor pre-tensioner will release some of the pressure on the affected seat belt. WARNING • Always wear your seat belt and • • • • • 2-32 sit properly in your seat. Do not use the seat belt if it is loose or twisted. A loose or twisted seat belt will not protect you properly in an accident. Do not place anything near the buckle. This may adversely affect the buckle and cause it to function improperly. Always replace your pre-tensioners after activation or an accident. NEVER inspect, service, repair or replace the pre-tensioners yourself. This must be done by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. Do not hit the seat belt assemblies. WARNING Do not touch the pre-tensioner seat belt assemblies for several minutes after they have been activated. When the pre-tensioner seat belt mechanism deploys during a collision, the pre-tensioner can become hot and can burn you. CAUTION Body work on the front area of the vehicle may damage the pre-tensioner seat belt system. Therefore, we recommend the system to be serviced by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. (3) SRS control module (4) Rear retractor pre-tensioner (if equipped) NOTICE OPDE037069 The Pre-Tensioner Seat Belt System consists mainly of the following components. Their locations are shown in the illustration above: (1) SRS air bag warning light (2) Front retractor pre-tensioner 2-33 2 Safety system of your vehicle OLMB033040/Q The sensor that activates the SRS control module is connected with the pre–tensioner seat belts. The SRS air bag warning light on the instrument panel will illuminate for approximately 6 seconds after the power button is placed to the ON position, and then it should turn off. If the pre-tensioner is not working properly, the warning light will illuminate even if the SRS control module is not malfunctioning. If the warning light does not illuminate when the vehicle is turned ON, stays illuminated or illuminates when the vehicle is being driven, we recommend the pretensioner seat belts and/or SRS air bags be inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer as soon as possible. i Information • Both the driver's and front passenger's pre-tensioner seat belts may be activated in certain frontal or side collisions. • The pre-tensioners will be activated even if the seat belts are not worn at the time of the collision. • When the pre-tensioner seat belts are activated, a loud noise may be heard and fine dust, which may appear to be smoke, may be visible in the passenger compartment. These are normal operating conditions and are not hazardous. • Although it is non-toxic, the fine dust may cause skin irritation and should not be breathed for prolonged periods. Wash all exposed skin areas thoroughly after an accident in which the pre-tensioner seat belts were activated. Safety system of your vehicle Additional seat belt safety precautions Seat belt use during pregnancy The seat belt should always be used during pregnancy. The best way to protect your unborn child is to protect yourself by always wearing the seat belt. Pregnant women should always wear a lap-shoulder seat belt. Place the shoulder belt across your chest, routed between your breasts and away from your neck. Place the lap belt below your belly so that it fits SNUGLY across your hips and pelvic bone, under the rounded part of the belly. WARNING To reduce the risk of serious injury or death to an unborn child during an accident, pregnant women should NEVER place the lap portion of the seat belt above or over the area of the abdomen where the unborn child is located. 2-34 Seat belt use and children Infant and small children Most countries have Child Restraint System laws which require children to travel in approved Child Restraint System devices, including booster seats. The age at which seat belts can be used instead of Child Restraint System differs among countries, so you should be aware of the specific requirements in your country, and where you are travelling. Infant and Child Restraint System must be properly placed and installed in a rear seat. For more information refer to the “Child Restraint Systems” in this chapter. WARNING ALWAYS properly restrain infants and small children in a Child Restraint System appropriate for the child’s height and weight. To reduce the risk of serious injury or death to a child and other passengers, NEVER hold a child in your lap or arms when the vehicle is moving.The violent forces created during an accident will tear the child from your arms and throw the child against the interior of the vehicle. Larger children Children under age 13 and who are too large for a booster seat should always occupy the rear seat and use the available lap/shoulder belts. A seat belt should lie across the upper thighs and be snug across the shoulder and chest to restrain the child safely. Check belt fit periodically. A child's squirming could put the belt out of position. In the event of an accident, children are afforded the best safety restrained by a proper Child Restraint System in the rear seats. If a larger child over age 13 must be seated in the front seat, the child must be securely restrained by the available lap/shoulder belt and the seat should be placed in the rearmost position. If the shoulder belt portion slightly touches the child’s neck or face, try placing the child closer to the center of the vehicle. If the shoulder belt still touches their face or neck, they need to be returned to an appropriate booster seat in the rear seat. WARNING • Always make sure larger children’s seat belts are worn and properly adjusted. • NEVER allow the shoulder belt to contact the child’s neck or face. • Do not allow more than one child to use a single seat belt. 2-35 2 Safety system of your vehicle Small children are best protected from injury in an accident when properly restrained in the rear seat by a Child Restraint System that meets the requirements of the Safety Standards of your country. Before buying any Child Restraint System, make sure that it has a label certifying that it meets Safety Standard of your country. The Child Restraint System must be appropriate for your child's height and weight. Check the label on the Child Restraint System for this information. Refer to “Child Restraint Systems” in this chapter. Safety system of your vehicle Seat belt use and injured people A seat belt should be used when an injured person is being transported. Consult a physician for specific recommendations. One person per belt Two people (including children) should never attempt to use a single seat belt. This could increase the severity of injuries in case of an accident. Do not lie down Sitting in a reclined position when the vehicle is in motion can be dangerous. Even when buckled up, the protections of your restraint system (seat belts and/or air bags) is greatly reduced by reclining your seatback. Seat belts must be snug against your hips and chest to work properly. During an accident, you could be thrown into the seat belt, causing neck or other injuries. 2-36 The more the seat back is reclined, the greater the chance for the passenger's hips to slide under the lap belt or the passenger's neck to strike the shoulder belt. WARNING Care of seat belts Seat belt systems should never be disassembled or modified. In addition, care should be taken to assure that seat belts and belt hardware are not damaged by seat hinges, doors or other abuse. • NEVER ride with a reclined Periodic inspection seatback when the vehicle is moving. • Riding with a reclined seatback increases your chance of serious or fatal injuries in the event of a collision or sudden stop. • Driver and passengers should always sit well back in their seats, properly belted, and with the seatbacks upright. All seat belts should be inspected periodically for wear or damage of any kind. Any damaged parts should be replaced as soon as possible. Keep belts clean and dry Seat belts should be kept clean and dry. If belts become dirty, they can be cleaned by using a mild soap solution and warm water. Bleach, dye, strong detergents or abrasives should not be used because they may damage and weaken the fabric. When to replace seat belts The entire seat belt assembly or assemblies should be replaced if the vehicle has been involved in an accident. This should be done even if no damage is visible. We recommend that you consult an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. CHILD RESTRAINT SYSTEM (CRS) Our recommendation: Children always in the rear WARNING Children under age 13 should always ride in the rear seats and must always be properly restrained to minimize the risk of injury in an accident, sudden stop or sudden maneuver. According to accident statistics, children are safer when properly restrained in the rear seats than in the front seat. Children too large for a Child Restraint System must use the seat belts provided. Child Restraint System (CRS) Infants and younger children must be restrained in an appropriate rearwardfacing or forward-facing CRS that has first been properly secured to the seat of the vehicle. Read and comply with the instructions for installation and use provided by the manufacturer of the Child Restraint System. WARNING • Always follow the Child Restraint System manufacturer’s instructions for installation and use. • Always properly restrain your child in the Child Restraint System. • Do not use an infant carrier or a child safety seat that “hooks” over a seatback, it may not provide adequate protection in an accident. • After an accident, we recommend a HYUNDAI dealer to check the Child Restraint System, seat belts, ISOFIX anchorages and top-tether anchorages. 2-37 2 Safety system of your vehicle Always properly restrain children in the vehicle. Children of all ages are safer when riding in the rear seats. Never place a rearwardfacing Child Restraint System on the front passenger seat, unless the air bag is deactivated. Most countries have regulations which require children to travel in approved Child Restraint Systems. The laws governing the age or height/weight restrictions at which seat belts can be used instead of Child Restraint System differs among countries, so you should be aware of the specific requirements in your country, and where you are travelling. Child Restraint Systems must be properly installed in the vehicle seat. Always use a commercially available Child Restraint System that meets the requirements of your country. Safety system of your vehicle Selecting a Child Restraint System (CRS) When selecting a Child Restraint System for your child, always: • Make sure the Child Restraint System has a label certifying that it meets applicable Safety Standards of your country. A Child Restraint System may only be installed if it was approved in accordance with the requirements of ECE-R44 or ECE-R129. • Select a Child Restraint System based on your child’s height and weight. The required label or the instructions for use typically provide this information. • Select a Child Restraint System that fits the vehicle seating position where it will be used. • Read and comply with the warnings and instructions for installation and use provided with the Child Restraint System. 2-38 Child Restraint System types There are three main types of Child Restraint Systems: rearward-facing, forward-facing and booster Child Restraint Systems. They are classified according to the child’s age, height and weight. OAE036062 Rearward-facing Child Restraint System A rearward-facing Child Restraint System provides restraint with the seating surface against the back of the child. The harness system holds the child in place, and in an accident, acts to keep the child positioned in the Child Restraint Systems and reduce the stress to the fragile neck and spinal cord. OAE036028 Forward-facing Child Restraint System A forward-facing Child Restraint System provides restraint for the child’s body with a harness. Keep children in a forward-facing Child Restraint System with a harness until they reach the top height or weight limit allowed by your Child Restraint System’s manufacturer. Once your child outgrows the forwardfacing Child Restraint System, your child is ready for a booster seat. Booster seats A booster seat is a Child Restraint System designed to improve the fit of the vehicle’s seat belt system. A booster seat positions the seat belt so that it fits properly over the stronger parts of your child’s body. Keep your children in booster seats until they are big enough to fit in a seat belt properly. For a seat belt to fit properly, the lap belt must lie comfortable across the upper thighs, not the stomach. The shoulder belt should lie comfortable across the shoulder and chest and not across the neck or face. Children under age 13 must always be properly restrained to minimize the risk of injury in an accident, sudden stop or sudden maneuver. 2-39 2 Safety system of your vehicle All children under the age of one year must always ride in a rearward-facing Child Restraint System. There are different types of rearward-facing Child Restraint Systems: infant-only Child Restraint Systems can only be used rearward-facing. Convertible and 3-in1 Child Restraint Systems typically have higher height and weight limits for the rearward-facing position, allowing you to keep your child rearwardfacing for a longer period of time. Keep using Child Restraint Systems in the rearward-facing position as long as children fit within the height and weight limits allowed by the Child Restraint System's manufacturer. Safety system of your vehicle Installing a Child Restraint System (CRS) WARNING Before installing your Child Restraint System always: Read and follow the instructions provided by the manufacturer of the Child Restraint System. Failure to follow all warnings and instructions could increase the risk of the SERIOUS INJURY or DEATH if an accident occurs. WARNING If the vehicle headrest prevents proper installation of a Child Restraint System, the headrest of the respective seating position shall be readjusted or entirely removed. 2-40 After selecting a proper Child Restraint System for your child and checking that the Child Restraint System fits properly on the seating position, there are three general steps for a proper installation: • Properly secure the Child Restraint System to the vehicle. All Child Restraint Systems must be secured to the vehicle with the lap belt or lap part of a lap/shoulder belt or with the ISOFIX top-tether and/or ISOFIX anchorage and/or with the support leg. • Make sure the Child Restraint System is firmly secured. After installing a Child Restraint System to the vehicle, push and pull the seat forward and from side-to-side to verify that it is securely attached to the seat. A Child Restraint System secured with a seat belt should be installed as firmly as possible. However, some side-toside movement can be expected. When installing a Child Restraint System, adjust the vehicle seat and seatback (up and down, forward and rearward) so that your child fits in the Child Restraint System in a confortable manner. • Secure the child in the Child Restraint System. Make sure the child is properly strapped in the Child Restraint System according to the Child Restraint System manufacturer’s instructions. CAUTION A Child Restraint System in a closed vehicle can become very hot. To prevent burns, check the seating surface and buckles before placing your child in the Child Restraint System. ISOFIX anchorage and top-tether anchorage (ISOFIX anchorage system) for children OAE036063 Do not attempt to install a Child Restraint System using ISOFIX anchorages in the rear center seating position. There are no ISOFIX anchorages provided for this seat. Using the outboard seat anchorages, for the CRS installation on the rear center seating position, can damage the anchorages. ISOFIX anchorages have been provided in the left and right outboard rear seating positions. Their locations are shown in the illustration. 2-41 2 Safety system of your vehicle The ISOFIX system holds a Child Restraint System during driving and in an accident.This system is designed to make installation of the Child Restraint System easier and reduce the possibility of improperly installing your Child Restraint System. The ISOFIX system uses anchors in the vehicle and attachments on the Child Restraint System. The ISOFIX system eliminates the need to use seat belts to secure the Child Restraint System to the rear seats. ISOFIX anchorages are metal bars built into the vehicle. There are two lower anchors for each ISOFIX seating position that will accommodate a Child Restraint System with lower attachments. To use the ISOFIX system in your vehicle, you must have a Child Restraint System with ISOFIX attachments. The Child Restraint System manufacturer will provide you with instructions on how to use the Child Restraint System with its attachments for the ISOFIX anchorages. WARNING Safety system of your vehicle Securing a Child Restraint System with the “ISOFIX Anchorage System” ISOFIX Anchorage Position Indicator ISOFIX Anchorage OAE036031 ISOFIX anchorages are located between the seatback and the seat cushion of the rear seat left and right outboard seating positions, indicated by the symbols . 2-42 To install an ISOFIX-compatible Child Restraint System in either of the rear outboard seating positions: 1. Move the seat belt buckle away from the ISOFIX anchorages. 2. Move any other objects away from the anchorages that could prevent a secure connection between the Child Restraint System and the ISOFIX anchorages. 3. Place the Child Restraint System on the vehicle seat, then attach the seat to the ISOFIX anchorages according to the instructions provided by the Child Restraint System manufacturer. 4. Follow the instructions of the Child Restraint System's manufacturer for proper installation and connection of the ISOFIX attachments on the Child Restraint System to the ISOFIX anchorages. WARNING Take the following precautions when using the ISOFIX system: • Read and follow all installation instructions provided with your Child Restraint System. • To prevent the child from reaching and taking hold of unretracted seat belts, buckle all unused rear seat belts and retract the seat belt webbing behind the child. Children can be strangled if a shoulder belt becomes wrapped around their neck and the seat belt tightens. • NEVER attach more than one Child Restraint System to a single anchorage. This could cause the anchor or attachment to come loose or break. • Always have the ISOFIX system inspected by your dealer after an accident. An accident can damage the ISOFIX system and may not properly secure the Child Restraint System. Securing a Child Restraint System seat with “Top-tether Anchorage” system WARNING OAEE036029 Top-tether anchorages for Child Restraint Systems are located on the rear of the seatbacks. 1. Route the Child Restraint System top-tether strap over the seatback. Placing the top tether strap, please follow the instructions of the Child Restraint System manufacturer. 2. Connect the top-tether strap to the top-tether anchorage, then tighten the top-tether strap according to the instructions of your Child Restraint System's manufacturer to firmly attach the Child Restraint System to the seat. 2-43 2 Safety system of your vehicle OAE036030 Take the following precautions when installing the top-tether: • Read and follow all installation instructions provided with your Child Restraint System. • NEVER attach more than one Child Restraint System to a single ISOFIX top-tether anchorage. This could cause the anchorage or attachment to come loose or break. • Do not attach the top-tether to anything other than the correct top-tether anchorage. It may not work properly if attached to something else. • Child Restraint System anchorages are designed to withstand only those loads imposed by correctly fitted Child Restraint System. Under no circumstances are they to be used for adult seat belts or harnesses or for attaching other items or equipment to the vehicle. Safety system of your vehicle Suitability of each seating position for ISOFIX Child Restraint Systems according to ECE regulations Mass Groupx Carrycot 0- : UP TO 10KG 0+ : UP TO 13KG 1 : 9 TO 18KG Size Class Fixture F G E E D C D C B B1 A ISO/L1 ISO/L2 ISO/R1 ISO/R1 ISO/R2 ISO/R3 ISO/R2 ISO/R3 ISO/F2 ISO/F2X ISO/F3 1st row Passenger - IUF = Suitable for ISOFIX forward child restraints systems of universal category approved for use in the mass group. IL = Suitable for particular ISOFIX child restraints systems (CRS) given in the attached list. These ISOFIX CRS are those of the "specific vehicle", "restricted" or "semi-universal" categories. X = ISOFIX position not suitable for ISOFIX child restraint system in this mass group and/or this size class. 2-44 Vehicle ISOFIX positions 2nd row Left Center X X IL IL IL IL IL IL IUF,IL IUF,IL IUF,IL - Right X X IL IL IL IL IL IL IUF,IL IUF,IL IUF,IL A - ISO/F3: Full-Height Forward-Facing toddler Child Restraint System (height 720mm) B - ISO/F2: Reduced-Height Forward-Facing toddler Child Restraint System (height 650mm) B1 - ISO/F2X: Reduced-Height Second Version Back Surface Shape Forward-Facing toddler Child Restraint System (height 650mm) C - ISO/R3: Full-Size Rearward-Facing toddler Child Restraint System D - ISO/R2: Reduced-Size Rearward-Facing toddler Child Restraint System E - ISO/R1: Infant-Size Rearward-Facing Child Restraint System F - ISO/L1: Left Lateral Facing position Child Restraint System (carry-cot) G - ISO/L2: Right Lateral Facing position Child Restraint System (carry-cot) Securing a Child Restraint System with a lap/shoulder belt i Information When using the rear center seat belt, you should also refer to the “Rear Center Seat Belt” in this chapter. 2 Safety system of your vehicle When not using the ISOFIX system, all Child Restraint Systems must be secured to a rear seat with the lap part of a lap/shoulder belt. OLMB033044 Installing a Child Restraint System with a lap/shoulder belt To install a Child Restraint System on the rear seats, do the following: 1. Place the Child Restraint System on a rear seat and route the lap/ shoulder belt around or through the Child Restraint System, following the Child Restraint System manufacturer’s instructions. Make sure the seat belt webbing is not twisted. 2-45 Safety system of your vehicle To remove the Child Restraint System, press the release button on the buckle and then pull the lap/shoulder belt out of the Child Restraint System and allow the seat belt to retract fully. OLMB033045 OLMB033046 2. Fasten the lap/shoulder belt latch into the buckle. Listen for the distinct “click” sound. 3. Remove as much slack from the belt as possible by pushing down on the Child Restraint System while feeding the shoulder belt back into the retractor. 4. Push and pull on the Child Restraint System to confirm that the seat belt is holding it firmly in place. i Information Position the release button so that it is easy to access in case of an emergency. If your Child Restraint System manufacturer recommends the use of a top-tether with the lap/shoulder belt, see page 2-43. 2-46 Suitability of each seating position for "universal" category belted Child Restraint Systems according to ECE regulations (for Europe) Seating Position Front Passenger Mass Group 2 Outboard Right Airbag activated Airbag deactivated up to 10kg X U* U U U up to 13kg X U* U U U 9 to 18kg X U* U U U 15 to 25kg UF U* U U U 22 to 36kg UF U* U U U U = Suitable for "universal" category Child Restraint Systems approved for use in this mass group. U* = Suitable for "universal" category Child Restraint Systems approved for use in this mass group (If front passenger seat is not adjustable for the height, you should adjust the seat to upward properly. (This step is necessary to restrain child seat to your vehicle.) ❈ Height adjutable device of Front passenger seat is an optional feature. UF = Suitable for forward facing "universal" category restraints approved for use in this mass group. L = Suitable for particular child restraints given on attached list. These restraints may be of the "specific vehicle", "restricted" or "semi-universal" categories. B = Built-in restraint approved for this mass group. X = Seat position not suitable for children in this mass group. 2-47 Safety system of your vehicle Group 0 (0-9months) Group 0 + (0-2years) Group I (9months-4years) Group II (15 to 25kg) Group III (22 to 36kg) Second Row Center Outboard Left (3-point seat belt) Safety system of your vehicle Suitability of each seating position for "universal" category belted Child Restraint Systems (except Europe) Seating Position Front Passenger Mass Group Group 0 (0-9months) Group 0 + (0-2years) Group I (9months-4years) Group II (15 to 25kg) Group III (22 to 36kg) Second Row Airbag Equipped Airbag NOT Equipped Outboard Left Center (3-point seat belt) Center (2-point seat belt) Outboard Right up to 10kg X U* U U UF U up to 13kg X U* U U UF U 9 to 18kg X U* U U UF U 15 to 25kg UF U* U U UF U 22 to 36kg UF U* U U UF U U = Suitable for "universal" category Child Restraint Systems approved for use in this mass group. U* = Suitable for "universal" category Child Restraint Systems approved for use in this mass group (If front passenger seat is adjustable for the height, you should adjust the seatback to upward properly. (This step is necessary to restrain child seat to your vehicle.) ❈ Height adjutable device of Front passenger seat is an optional feature. UF = Suitable for forward facing "universal" category restraints approved for use in this mass group. L = Suitable for particular child restraints given on attached list. These restraints may be of the "specific vehicle", "restricted" or "semi-universal" categories. B = Built-in restraint approved for this mass group. X = Seat position not suitable for children in this mass group. 2-48 i-Size Child Restraint Systems according to ECE regulations (for Europe) Seating Position Mass Group Second Row Outboard Left Center Outboard Right X i-U X i-U i-size Child Restraint Systems 2 Safety system of your vehicle Front passenger Outboard i-U : Suitable for i-Size "universal" Child Restraint Systems forward and rearward-facing i-UF : Suitable for forward-facing i-Size "universal" Child Restraint Systems only X : Seat position not suitable for i-size CRS. Recommended child restraint systems (for Europe) Mass Group Name Manufacturer Type of Fixation ECE-R44 Approval No. Group 0+ Cabriofix & Familyfix Maxi Cosi Rearward-facing with ISOFIX E4 04443907 Group I Duo Plus Britax Römer Forward-facing with ISOFIX and top-tether E1 04301133 Group II KidFix II XP Britax Römer Forward-facing with ISOFIX and vehicle Belt E1 04301323 Group III KidFix II XP Britax Römer Forward-facing with ISOFIX and vehicle Belt E1 04301323 CRS Manufacturer information Maxi Cosi Cabriofix & Familyfix http://www.maxi-cosi.com Britax Römmer http://www.britax.com 2-49 Safety system of your vehicle AIR BAG - SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM ■ Left-hand drive 1. Driver’s front air bag 2. Passenger’s front air bag 3. Side air bag 4. Curtain air bag 5. Knee air bag 6. Front passenger air bag ON/OFF switch (if equipped) The actual air bags in the vehicle may differ from the illustration. OAEE036035/OAE036073L 2-50 ■ Right-hand drive 2 2. Passenger’s front air bag 3. Side air bag 4. Curtain air bag 5. Knee air bag 6. Front passenger air bag ON/OFF switch (if equipped) The actual air bags in the vehicle may differ from the illustration. OAEE036062R/OAE036073R 2-51 Safety system of your vehicle 1. Driver’s front air bag Safety system of your vehicle The vehicles are equipped with a Supplemental Air Bag System for the driver’s seat and front passenger’s seats. The front air bags are designed to supplement the three-point seat belts. For these air bags to provide protection, the seat belts must be worn at all times when driving. You can be severely injured or killed in an accident if you are not wearing a seat belt. Air bags are designed to supplement seat belts, but do not replace them. Also, air bags are not designed to deploy in every collision. In some accidents, the seat belts are the only restraint protecting you. 2-52 WARNING AIR BAG SAFETY PRECAUTIONS ALWAYS use seat belts Child Restraint Systems - every trip, every time, everyone! Even with air bags, you can be seriously injured or killed in a collision if you are improperly belted or not wearing your seat belt when the air bag inflates. NEVER place a child in any Child Restraint System or booster seat in the front passenger seat, unless the air bag is deactivated. An inflating air bag could forcefully strike the infant or child causing serious or fatal injuries. ABC - Always Buckle Children under age 13 in the back seat. It is the safest place for children of any age to ride. If a child age 13 or older must be seated in the front seat, he or she must be properly belted and the seat should be moved as far back as possible. All occupants should sit upright with the seatback in an upright position, centered on the seat cushion with their seat belt on, legs comfortably extended and their feet on the floor until the vehicle is parked and the vehicle is turned off. If an occupant is out of position during an accident, the rapidly deploying air bag may forcefully contact the occupant causing serious or fatal injuries. You and your passengers should never sit or lean unnecessarily close to the air bags or lean against the door or center console. Move your seat as far back as possible from front air bags, while still maintaining control of the vehicle. Where are the air bags? Driver’s and passenger’s front air bags The purpose of the SRS is to provide the vehicle's driver and front passengers with additional protection than that offered by the seat belt system alone in case of a frontal impact of sufficient severity. ■ Passenger’s front air bag ■ Driver’s front air bag OAEPH038036 OAEE039032 ■ Driver’s knee airbag Your vehicle is equipped with a Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) and lap/shoulder belts at both the driver and passenger seating positions. The SRS consists of air bags which are located in the center of the steering wheel, in the driver’s side lower crash pad below the steering wheel, and the passenger's side front panel pad above the glove box. To reduce the risk of serious injury or death from inflating front air bags, take the following precautions: • Seat belts must be worn at all times to help keep occupants positioned properly. • Move your seat as far back as possible from front air bags, while still maintaining control of the vehicle. (Continued) OAE036033 2-53 Safety system of your vehicle WARNING 2 Safety system of your vehicle (Continued) • Never lean against the door or center console. • Do not allow the front passenger to place their feet or legs on the dashboard. • No objects (such as crash pad cover, cellular phone holder, cup holder, perfume or stickers) should be placed over or near the air bag modules on the steering wheel, instrument panel, windshield glass, and the front passenger's panel above the glove box. Such objects could cause harm if the vehicle is in a crash severe enough to cause the air bags to deploy. • Do not attach any objects on front windshield and inside mirror. 2-54 OAE036073L OAEE039070L Passenger’s front air bag ON/OFF switch (if equipped) The purpose of the switch is to disable the passenger’s front air bag in order to transport occupants who are at increased risk for air bag-related injury due to age, size, or medical condition. To deactivate the passenger’s front air bag: Insert the key or a similar rigid device into the passenger’s front air bag ON/OFF switch and turn it to the OFF position. The passenger air bag OFF indicator ( ) will illuminate and stay on until the passenger’s front air bag is reactivated. WARNING To reactivate the passenger’s front air bag: Insert the key or a similar rigid device into the passenger’s front air bag ON/OFF switch and turn it to the ON position. The passenger air bag ON indicator ( ) will illuminate and stay on for 60 seconds. i Information The passenger’s front air bag ON/OFF indicator illuminates for about 4 seconds after the POWER button is placed in the ON position. If the passenger’s front air bag ON/OFF switch malfunctions, the following conditions may occur: • The air bag warning light ( ) on the instrument panel will illuminate. • The passenger air bag OFF indicator ( ) will not illuminate and the ON indicator ( ) will come on and go off after approximately 60 seconds. The passenger’s front air bag will inflate in a frontal impact even though the passenger’s front air bag ON/OFF switch is set to the OFF position. • We recommend that an authorized HYUNDAI dealer inspect the passenger’s front air bag ON/OFF switch and the SRS air bag system as soon as possible. 2-55 2 Safety system of your vehicle OAEE039069L Never allow an adult passenger to ride in the front passenger seat when the passenger air bag OFF indicator is illuminated. During a collision, the air bag will not inflate if the indicator is illuminated. Turn on the passenger’s front air bag or have your passenger move to the rear seat. WARNING Safety system of your vehicle Side air bags The side air bags are designed to deploy during certain side impact collisions, depending on the crash severity, angle, speed and point of impact. The side air bags are not designed to deploy in all side impact situations. WARNING OAE036037 OAE036038 Your vehicle is equipped with a side air bag in each front seat. The purpose of the air bag is to provide the vehicle’s driver and the front passenger with additional protection than that offered by the seat belt alone. 2-56 To reduce the risk of serious injury or death from an inflating side air bag, take the following precautions: • Seat belts must be worn at all times to help keep occupants positioned properly. • Do not allow passengers to lean their heads or bodies onto doors, put their arms on the doors, stretch their arms out of the window, or place objects between the doors and seats. (Continued) (Continued) • Hold the steering wheel at the 9 o’clock and 3 o’clock positions, to minimize the risk of injuries to your hands and arms. • Do not use any accessory seat covers. This could reduce or prevent the effectiveness of the system. • Do not hang other objects except clothes on the clothes hanger. In an accident it may cause vehicle damage or personal injury especially when airbag is inflated. • Do not place any objects over the air bag or between the air bag and yourself. Also, do not attach any objects around the area the air bag inflates such as the door, side door glass, front and rear pillar. • Do not place any objects between the door and the seat. They may become dangerous projectiles if the side air bag inflates. (Continued) Curtain air bags They are designed to help protect the heads of the front seat occupants and the rear outboard seat occupants in certain side impact collisions. The curtain air bags are designed to deploy during certain side impact collisions, depending on the crash severity, angle, speed and impact. The curtain air bags are not designed to deploy in all side impact situations. OAE036041 OAE036042 Curtain air bags are located along both sides of the roof rails above the front and rear doors. WARNING To reduce the risk of serious injury or death from an inflating curtain air bags, take the following precautions: • All seat occupants must wear seat belts at all times to help keep occupants positioned properly. • Properly secure Child Restraint System as far away from the door as possible. (Continued) 2-57 2 Safety system of your vehicle (Continued) • Do not install any accessories on the side or near the side air bags. • Do not put any objects between the side airbag label and seat cushion. It could cause harm if the vehicle is in a crash severe enough to cause the air bags to deploy. • Do not cause impact to the doors when the POWER button is in the ON position or this may cause the side air bags to inflate. • If the seat or seat cover is damaged, we recommend that the system be serviced by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. Safety system of your vehicle (Continued) • Do not place any objects over the air bag. Also, do not attach any objects around the area the air bag inflates such as the door, side door glass, front and rear pillar, roof side rail. • Do not hang other objects except clothes, especially hard or breakable objects on the clothes hanger. In an accident, it may cause vehicle damage or personal injury. • Do not allow passengers to lean their heads or bodies onto doors, put their arms on the doors, stretch their arms out of the window, or place objects between the doors and seats. • Do not open or repair the side curtain air bags. 2-58 How does the air bags system operate? OAEE036061L The SRS consists of the following components: (1) Driver's front air bag module/ Driver’s knee airbag module (2) Passenger's front air bag module (3) Side air bag modules/ Side impact sensors (4) Curtain air bag modules (5) Front retractor pre-tensioner/ Rear retractor pre-tensioner assemblies (if equipped) (6) Air bag warning light (7) SRS control module (SRSCM) (8) Front impact sensors (9) Side pressure sensors (10) Passenger’s front air bag ON/OFF indicator (front passenger's seat only) (11) Passenger’s front air bag ON/OFF switch The SRSCM continually monitors all SRS components while the POWER button is ON to determine if a crash impact is severe enough to require air bag deployment or pre-tensioner seat belt deployment. SRS warning light If your SRS malfunctions, the air bag may not inflate properly during an accident increasing the risk of serious injury or death. If any of the following conditions occur, your SRS is malfunctioning: • The light does not turn on for approximately six seconds when the POWER button is in the ON position. • The light stays on after illuminating for approximately six seconds. • The light comes on while the vehicle is in motion. • The light blinks when the vehicle is running. We recommend that an authorized HYUNDAI dealer inspect the SRS as soon as possible if any of these conditions occur. During a moderate to severe frontal collision, sensors will detect the vehicle’s rapid deceleration. If the rate of deceleration is high enough, the control unit will inflate the front air bags, at the time and with the force needed. The front air bags help protect the driver and front passenger by responding to frontal impacts in which seat belts alone cannot provide adequate restraint. When needed, the side air bags help provide protection in the event of a side impact by supporting the side upper body area. • Air bags are activated (able to inflate if necessary) only when the POWER button is in the ON position. • Air bags inflate in the event of certain frontal or side collisions to help protect the occupants from serious physical injury. • There is no single speed at which the air bags will inflate. Generally, air bags are designed to inflate based upon the severity of a collision and its direction. These two factors determine whether the sensors produce an electronic deployment/inflation signal. 2-59 2 Safety system of your vehicle The SRS (Supplement Restraint System) air bag warning light on the instrument panel displays the air bag symbol depicted in the illustration. The system checks the air bag electrical system for malfunctions. The light indicates that there is a potential problem with your air bag system. WARNING Safety system of your vehicle • Air bag deployment depends on a number of factors including vehicle speed, angles of impact and the density and stiffness of the vehicles or objects which your vehicle impacts during a collision. The determining factors are not limited to those mentioned above. • The front air bags will completely inflate and deflate in an instant. It is virtually impossible for you to see the air bags inflate during an accident. It is much more likely that you will simply see the deflated air bags hanging out of their storage compartments after the collision. 2-60 • To help provide protection, the air bags must inflate rapidly. The speed of air bag inflation is a consequence of extremely short time in which to inflate the air bag between the occupant and the vehicle structures before the occupant impacts those structures. This speed of inflation reduces the risk of serious or lifethreatening injuries and is thus a necessary part of air bag design. However, the rapid air bag inflation can also cause injuries which can include facial abrasions, bruises and broken bones because the inflation speed also causes the air bags to expand with a great deal of force. • There are even circumstances under which contact with the air bag can cause fatal injuries, especially if the occupant is positioned excessively close to the air bag. You can take steps to reduce the risk of being injured by an inflating air bag. The greatest risk is sitting too close to the air bag. An air bag needs space to inflate. It is recommended that drivers sit as far as possible between the center of the steering wheel and the chest while still maintaining control of the vehicle. ■ Driver’s front air bag (1) ■ Driver’s front air bag (2) ■ Driver’s front air bag (3) 2 OLMB033055 When the SRSCM detects a sufficiently severe impact to the front of the vehicle, it will automatically deploy the front air bags. Upon deployment, tear seams molded directly into the pad covers will separate under pressure from the expansion of the air bags. Further opening of the covers allows full inflation of the air bags. A fully inflated air bag, in combination with a properly worn seat belt, slows the driver's or the front passenger's forward motion, reducing the risk of head and chest injury. ■ Passenger’s front air bag OLMB033057 After complete inflation, the air bag immediately starts deflating, enabling the driver to maintain forward visibility and the ability to steer or operate other controls. 2-61 Safety system of your vehicle OLMB033056 OLMB033054 Safety system of your vehicle WARNING To prevent objects from becoming dangerous projectiles when the passenger's air bag inflates: • Do not install or place any objects (drink holder, CD holder, stickers, etc.) on the front passenger's panel above the glove box where the passenger's air bag is located. • Do not install a container of liquid air freshener near the instrument cluster or on the instrument panel surface. 2-62 What to expect after an air bag inflates After a frontal or side air bag inflates, it will deflate very quickly. Air bag inflation will not prevent the driver from seeing out of the windshield or being able to steer. Curtain air bags may remain partially inflated for some time after they deploy. WARNING After an air bag inflates, take the following precautions: • Open your windows and doors as soon as possible after impact to reduce prolonged exposure to the smoke and powder released by the inflating air bag. • Do not touch the air bag storage area’s internal components immediately after an air bag has inflated. The parts that come into contact with an inflating air bag may be very hot. • Always wash exposed skin areas thoroughly with cold water and mild soap. • We recommend that an authorized HYUNDAI dealer replace the air bag immediately after deployment. Air bags are designed to be used only once. Noise and smoke from inflating air bag WARNING NEVER use a rearward facing Child Restraint on a seat protected by an ACTIVE AIRBAG in front of it, DEATH or SERIOUS INJURY to the CHILD can occur. OYDESA2042 Never install a Child Restraint System in the front passenger seat, unless the air bag is deactivated 2-63 2 Safety system of your vehicle When the air bags inflate, they make a loud noise and may produce smoke and powder in the air inside of the vehicle. This is normal and is a result of the ignition of the air bag inflator. After the air bag inflates, you may feel substantial discomfort in breathing because of the contact of your chest with both the seat belt and the air bag, as well as from breathing the smoke and powder. The powder may aggravate asthma for some people. If you experience breathing problems after an air bag deployment, seek medical attention immediately. Though the smoke and powder are nontoxic, they may cause irritation to the skin, eyes, nose, throat, etc. If this is the case, wash and rinse with cold water immediately and seek medical attention if the symptoms persist. Do not install a Child Restraint System on the front passenger seat Safety system of your vehicle Why didn’t my air bag go off in a collision? There are certain types of accidents in which the air bag would not be expected to provide additional protection. These include rear impacts, second or third collisions in multiple impact accidents, as well as low speed impacts. Damage to the vehicle indicates a collision energy absorption, and is not an indicator of whether or not an air bag should have inflated. 2-64 Air bag collision sensors WARNING To reduce the risk of an air bag deploying unexpectedly and causing serious injury or death: • Do not hit or allow any objects to impact the locations where air bags or sensors are installed. • Do not perform maintenance on or around the air bag sensors. If the location or angle of the sensors is altered, the air bags may deploy when they should not or may not deploy when they should. • Do not install bumper guards or replace the bumper with a nongenuine part.This may adversely affect the collision and air bag deployment performance. (Continued) (Continued) • Place the POWER button to the OFF position, when the vehicle is being towed to prevent inadvertent air bag deployment. • We recommend that all air bag repairs are conducted by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. 2 Safety system of your vehicle 1. SRS control module 2. Front impact sensor 3. Side pressure sensor (front) 4. Side impact sensor (B-pillar) OAEE039005L/OAE036044/OAEE039006L/OAE036046/OAE036047 2-65 Safety system of your vehicle Air bag inflation conditions OAEE039007 OAEE039048 Front air bags Front air bags are designed to inflate in a frontal collision depending on the severity, speed or angles of impact of the front collision. OAE036050 Side and curtain air bags Side and curtain air bags are designed to inflate when an impact is detected by side collision sensors depending on the severity, speed or angles of impact resulting from a side impact collision. 2-66 Although the driver’s and front passenger’s air bags are designed to inflate in frontal collisions, they also may inflate in other types of collisions if the front impact sensors detect a sufficient impact. Side and curtain air bags are designed to inflate in side impact collisions, but they may inflate in other collisions if the side impact sensors detect a sufficient impact. If the vehicle chassis is impacted by bumps or objects on unimproved roads, the air bags may deploy. Drive carefully on unimproved roads or on surfaces not designed for vehicle traffic to prevent unintended air bag deployment. Air bag non-inflation conditions 2 In certain low-speed collisions the air bags may not deploy. The air bags are designed not to deploy in such cases because they may not provide benefits beyond the protection of the seat belts. OAEE039008 Front air bags are not designed to inflate in rear collisions, because occupants are moved backward by the force of the impact. In this case, inflated air bags would not provide any additional benefit. Front air bags may not inflate in side impact collisions, because occupants move in the direction of the collision, and thus in side impacts, front air bag deployment would not provide additional occupant protection. However, side and curtain air bags may inflate depending on the severity, vehicle speed and angles of impact. 2-67 Safety system of your vehicle OAEE039051 OAEE039052 Safety system of your vehicle OAE036061 OAEE039054 OAE036055 In an angled collision, the force of impact may direct the occupants in a direction where the air bags would not be able to provide any additional benefit, and thus the sensors may not deploy any air bags. Just before impact, drivers often brake heavily. Such heavy braking lowers the front portion of the vehicle causing it to “ride” under a vehicle with a higher ground clearance. Air bags may not inflate in this "underride" situation because deceleration forces that are detected by sensors may be significantly reduced by such “underride” collisions. Front air bags may not inflate in rollover accidents because front air bag deployment would not provide additional occupant protection. 2-68 i Information The side and/or curtain air bags may inflate when the vehicle is rolled over by a side impact collision, if the vehicle is equipped with side and/or curtain air bags. SRS care Air bags may not inflate if the vehicle collides with objects such as utility poles or trees, where the point of impact is concentrated and the collision energy is absorbed by the vehicle structure. WARNING To reduce the risk of serious injury or death take the following precautions: • Do not attempt to modify or disconnect the SRS components or wiring, including the addition of any kind of badges to the pad covers or modifications to the body structure. • Do not place objects over or near the air bag modules on the steering wheel, instrument panel, and the front passenger's panel above the glove box. • Clean the air bag pad covers with a soft cloth moistened with plain water. Solvents or cleaners could adversely affect the air bag covers and proper deployment of the system. • We recommend that inflated air bags be replaced by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. (Continued) 2-69 2 Safety system of your vehicle OAEE039009 The SRS is virtually maintenancefree and there are no parts you can safely service by yourself. If the SRS air bag warning light does not illuminate when the POWER button is in the ON position, or continuously remains on, we recommend that the system be immediately inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. We recommend any work on the SRS system, such as removing, installing, repairing, or any work on the steering wheel, the front passenger's panel, front seats and roof rails be performed by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. Improper handling of the SRS system may result in serious personal injury. Safety system of your vehicle (Continued) • If components of the air bag system must be discarded, or if the vehicle must be scrapped, certain safety precautions must be observed. Consult an authorized HYUNDAI dealer for the necessary information. Failure to follow these precautions could increase the risk of personal injury. 2-70 Additional safety precautions Passengers should not move out of or change seats while the vehicle is moving. A passenger who is not wearing a seat belt during a crash or emergency stop can be thrown against the inside of the vehicle, against other occupants, or be ejected from the vehicle. Do not use any accessories on seat belts. Devices claiming to improve occupant comfort or reposition the seat belt can reduce the protection provided by the seat belt and increase the chance of serious injury in a crash Do not modify the front seats. Modification of the front seats could interfere with the operation of the supplemental restraint system sensing components or side air bags. Do not place items under the front seats. Placing items under the front seats could interfere with the operation of the supplemental restraint system sensing components and wiring harnesses. Do not cause impact to the doors. Impact to the doors when the POWER button is in the ON position may cause the air bags to inflate. Adding equipment to or modifying your air bag equipped vehicle Air bag warning labels ■ Left-hand drive If you modify your vehicle by changing your vehicle's frame, bumper system, front end or side sheet metal or ride height, this may affect the operation of your vehicle's air bag system. 2 Safety system of your vehicle OAD035053 ■ Right-hand drive OAE036060 Air bag warning labels are attached to alert the passengers of potential risks of the air bag system. Be sure to read all of the information about the air bags that are installed on your vehicle in this Owner’s Manual. 2-71 Convenient features of your vehicle Accessing your vehicle .........................................3-3 Sunroof..................................................................3-27 Smart key ............................................................................3-3 Immobilizer system ..........................................................3-7 Sunroof opening and closing.......................................3-28 Sliding the sunroof .........................................................3-28 Tilting the sunroof..........................................................3-29 Sunshade...........................................................................3-30 Resetting the sunroof....................................................3-30 Door locks ...............................................................3-8 Operating door locks from outside the vehicle.........3-8 Operating door locks from inside the vehicle ...........3-9 Auto door lock/unlock features..................................3-11 Child-protector rear door locks ..................................3-11 Theft-alarm system.............................................3-12 Driver position memory system.........................3-13 Storing memory positions .............................................3-13 Easy access function .....................................................3-14 Steering wheel......................................................3-15 Electric power steering (EPS)......................................3-15 Tilt steering / Telescope steering...............................3-16 Heated steering wheel .................................................3-16 Horn....................................................................................3-17 Exterior features .................................................3-31 Hood ...................................................................................3-31 Tailgate...............................................................................3-33 Instrument cluster................................................3-35 Instrument cluster control ............................................3-36 Gauges and meters.........................................................3-37 Warning and indicator lights ........................................3-41 LCD display messages....................................................3-53 LCD Display ...........................................................3-64 LCD display control.........................................................3-64 LCD display modes..........................................................3-65 Mirrors...................................................................3-17 Trip computer .......................................................3-77 Inside rearview mirror....................................................3-17 Outside rearview mirror ................................................3-19 Light .......................................................................3-81 Windows ................................................................3-22 Power windows................................................................3-22 Trip modes ........................................................................3-77 Exterior lights ..................................................................3-81 Welcome system ............................................................3-91 Interior lights....................................................................3-92 3 Wipers and washers ...........................................3-95 Storage compartment........................................3-127 Windshield wipers ..........................................................3-95 Windshield washers .......................................................3-97 Center console storage ...............................................3-127 Glove box ........................................................................3-128 Sunglass holder ............................................................3-128 Multi box ........................................................................3-129 Rear View Monitor ..............................................3-98 3 Driving Rear View Monitor (DRVM) ...........................3-98 Reverse Parking Distance Warning system............3-100 Forward/Reverse Parking Distance Warning system..............................................................................3-104 Self-Diagnosis ...............................................................3-108 Defroster.............................................................3-109 Rear window defroster ...............................................3-109 Automatic climate control system...................3-110 Automatic heating and air conditioning..................3-111 Manual heating and air conditioning .......................3-112 System operation..........................................................3-119 System maintenance ....................................................3-121 Windshield defrosting and defogging ............3-123 Automatic climate control system ............................3-123 Defogging logic ............................................................3-124 Auto defogging system ..............................................3-125 Climate control additional features.................3-126 Sunroof inside air recirculation.................................3-126 Interior features ...............................................3-130 Ashtray ...........................................................................3-130 Cup holder.......................................................................3-130 Sunvisor...........................................................................3-131 Power outlet .................................................................3-132 Wireless cellular phone charging system ...............3-133 Cigarette lighter ............................................................3-135 Clock.................................................................................3-135 Clothes hanger .............................................................3-136 Floor mat anchor(s) ....................................................3-136 Luggage net (holder) ...................................................3-137 Cargo security screen..................................................3-138 ACCESSING YOUR VEHICLE Locking Smart key i Information The door handle button will only operate when the smart key is within 0.7~1 m (28~40 in.) from the outside door handle. OAE046001 Your HYUNDAI uses a Smart Key, which you can use to lock or unlock a door (and tailgate) and even start the vehicle. 1. Door Lock 2. Door Unlock 3. Tailgate Unlock To lock : 1. Close all doors, hood and tailgate. 2. Either press the door handle button or press the Door Lock button (1) on the smart key. 3. The hazard warning lights will blink. Also, the outside rearview mirror will fold, if the outside rearview mirror folding switch is in the AUTO position (if equipped). 4. Make sure the doors are locked by checking the position of the door lock button inside the vehicle. WARNING Do not leave the Smart Key in your vehicle with unsupervised children. Unattended children could press the POWER button and may operate power windows or other controls, or even make the vehicle move, which could result in serious injury or death. 3-3 3 Convenient features of your vehicle OBA043222IN Even though you press the outside door handle button, the doors will not lock and the chime will sound for three seconds if any of the following occur: • The Smart Key is in the vehicle. • The POWER button is in ON position. • Any door except the tailgate is open. Convenient features of your vehicle Unlocking i Information • The door handle button will only operate when the smart key is within 0.7~1 m (28~40 in.) from the outside door handle. Other people can also open the doors without the smart key in possession. • After unlocking the doors, the doors will lock automatically after 30 seconds unless a door is opened. OAE046001 To unlock: 1. Carry the Smart Key. 2. Either press the door handle button or press the Door Unlock button (2) on the smart key. 3. The doors will unlock. The hazard warning lights will blink two times. Also, the outside rearview mirror will unfold, if the outside rearview mirror folding switch is in the AUTO position. (if equipped) 3-4 Tailgate unlocking To unlock: 1. Carry the smart key. 2. Either press the tailgate handle button or press the Tailgate Unlock button (3) on the smart key for more than one second. 3. The hazard warning lights will blink two times. Once the tailgate is opened and then closed, the tailgate will lock automatically. i Information After unlocking the tailgate, the tailgate will lock automatically after 30 seconds unless the tailgate is opened. Start-up Mechanical key Loss of a smart key You can start the vehicle without inserting the key. For detailed information, refer to the POWER button in chapter 5. If the Smart Key does not operate normally, you can lock or unlock the door by using the mechanical key. A maximum of two smart keys can be registered to a single vehicle. If you happen to lose your smart key, it is recommended that you should immediately take the vehicle and remaining key to your authorized HYUNDAI dealer or tow the vehicle, if necessary. NOTICE NOTICE 3 Convenient features of your vehicle To prevent damaging the smart key: • Keep the smart key away from water or any liquid and fire. If the inside of the smart key gets damp (due to drinks or moisture), or is heated, internal circuit may malfunction, excluding the car from the warranty. • Avoid dropping or throwing the smart key. • Protect the smart key from extreme temperatures. OAE046034L Press and hold the release button (1) and remove the mechanical key (2). Insert the mechanical key into the key hole on the door. To reinstall the mechanical key, put the key into the hole and push it until a click sound is heard. Always have the smart key with you when leaving the vehicle. If the smart key is left near the vehicle, the vehicle battery may be discharged. 3-5 Convenient features of your vehicle Smart key precautions The smart key will not work if any of the following occur: • The smart key is close to a radio transmitter such as a radio station or an airport which can interfere with normal operation of the transmitter. • The smart key is near a mobile two way radio system or a cellular phone. • Another vehicle’s smart key is being operated close to your vehicle. When the smart key does not work correctly, open and close the door with the mechanical key. If you have a problem with the smart key, it is recommended that you contact an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. If the smart key is in close proximity to your mobile phone, the signal could be blocked by your mobile phones normal operational signals. This is especially important when the phone is active such as making and receiving calls, text messaging, and/or sending/receiving emails. 3-6 Avoid placing the smart key and your mobile phone in the same pants or jacket pocket and always try to maintain an adequate distance between the two devices. Battery replacement i Information Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the user’s authority to operate the equipment. If the keyless entry system is inoperative due to changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance, it will not be covered by your manufacturer’s vehicle warranty. NOTICE Keep the smart key away from electromagnetic materials that blocks electromagnetic waves to the key surface. OLF044008 If the Smart Key is not working properly, try replacing the battery with a new one. Battery Type: CR2032 To replace the battery: 1. Pry open the rear cover of the smart key. 2. Remove the old battery and insert the new battery. Make sure the battery position is correct. 3. Reinstall the rear cover of the smart key. If you suspect your smart key might have sustained some damage, or you feel your smart key is not working correctly, it is recommended that you contact an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. i Information The immobilizer system protects your vehicle from theft. If an improperly coded key (or other device) is used, the power system is disabled. When the POWER button is placed in the ON position, the immobilizer system indicator should come on briefly, then go off. If the indicator starts to blink, the system does not recognize the coding of the key. Place the POWER button to the OFF position, then place the POWER button to the ON position again. The system may not recognize your key’s coding if another immobilizer key or other metal object (i.e., key chain) is near the key. The vehicle may not start because the metal may interrupt the transponder signal from transmitting normally. If the system repeatedly does not recognize the coding of the key, it is recommended that you contact your HYUNDAI dealer. Do not attempt to alter this system or add other devices to it. Electrical problems could result that may make your vehicle inoperable. WARNING In order to prevent theft of your vehicle, do not leave spare keys anywhere in your vehicle. Your immobilizer password is a customer unique password and should be kept confidential. NOTICE The transponder in your key is an important part of the immobilizer system. It is designed to give years of trouble-free service, however you should avoid exposure to moisture, static electricity and rough handling. Immobilizer system malfunction could occur. 3-7 3 Convenient features of your vehicle An inappropriately disposed battery can be harmful to the environment and human health. Dispose of the battery according to your local law(s) and regulation. Immobilizer system Convenient features of your vehicle DOOR LOCKS Operating door locks from outside the vehicle Mechanical key L o ck U n l o ck After removing the cover, turn the key toward the front of the vehicle to unlock and toward the rear of the vehicle to lock. If you lock/unlock the driver's door with a key, all vehicle doors will lock/unlock automatically. Once the doors are unlocked, they may be opened by pulling the door handle. When closing the door, push the door by hand. Make sure that doors are closed securely. Smart key L o ck / U n l o ck OAE046001 OAEE046188N To remove the cover: 1. Pull out the door handle (1). 2. Press the lock (2) located inside the bottom part of the cover with a key or flat-head screwdriver. 3. Push out the cover while pressing the lock. To install the cover: 1. Pull out the door handle. 2. Install the cover. 3-8 OBA043224IN To lock the doors, press the button on the outside door handle while carrying the smart key with you or press the door lock button on the smart key. Operating door locks from inside the vehicle With the door lock button U n l o ck / L o ck i Information i Information • In cold and wet climates, door lock and door mechanisms may not work properly due to freezing conditions. • If the door is locked/unlocked multiple times in rapid succession with either the vehicle key or door lock switch, the system may stop operating temporarily in order to protect the circuit and prevent damage to system components. • If the inner door handle of the driver’s (or front passenger’s) door is pulled when the door lock button is in the lock position, the button is unlocked and door opens. • Doors cannot be locked if the smart key is in the vehicle and any door is open. OAE046004 • To unlock a door, pull the door lock button (1) to the “Unlock” position. The red mark (2) on the door lock button will be visible. • To lock a door, push the door lock button (1) to the “Lock” position. If the door is locked properly, the red mark (2) on the door lock button will not be visible. • To open a door, pull the door handle (3) outward. If a power door lock ever fails to function while you are in the vehicle try one or more of the following techniques to exit: Operate the door unlock feature repeatedly (both electronic and manual) while simultaneously pulling on the door handle. Operate the other door locks and handles, front and rear. Lower a front window and use the mechanical key to unlock the door from outside. 3-9 3 Convenient features of your vehicle To unlock the doors, press the button on the outside door handle while carrying the smart key with you or press the door unlock button on the smart key. Once the doors are unlocked, they may be opened by pulling the door handle. When closing the door, push the door by hand. Make sure that doors are closed securely. Convenient features of your vehicle With the central door lock switch WARNING • The doors should always be Always secure your vehicle fully closed and locked while the vehicle is in motion. If the doors are unlocked, the risk of being thrown from the vehicle in a crash is increased. • Do not pull the inner door handle of driver’s or passenger’s door while the vehicle is moving. Leaving your vehicle unlocked increases the potential risk to you or others from someone hiding in your vehicle. To secure your vehicle, while depressing the brake, shift to the P (Park) position, engage the parking brake, and place the POWER button in the OFF position, close all windows, lock all doors, and always take the key with you. OAE046005 When pressing the ( ) portion (1) of the switch, all vehicle doors will lock. • If the smart key is in the vehicle and any door is opened, the doors will not lock even though the lock button (1) of the central door lock switch is pressed. When pressing the ( ) portion (2) of the switch, all vehicle doors will unlock. 3-10 WARNING WARNING Do not leave children or animals unattended in your vehicle. An enclosed vehicle can become extremely hot, causing death or serious injury to unattended children or animals who cannot escape the vehicle. Children might operate features of the vehicle that could injure them, or they could encounter other harm, possibly from someone gaining entry to the vehicle. WARNING If you stay in the vehicle for a long time while the weather is very hot or cold, there are risks of injuries or danger to life. Do not lock the vehicle from the outside when someone is in the vehicle. WARNING Child-protector rear door locks Auto door lock/unlock features Impact sensing door unlock system (if equipped) All doors will be automatically unlocked when an impact causes the air bags to deploy. Speed sensing door lock system (if equipped) All doors will be automatically locked when vehicle speed exceeds 15 km/h (9 mph). 3 WARNING OAEE046002 The child safety lock is provided to help prevent children seated in the rear from accidentally opening the rear doors. The rear door safety locks should be used whenever children are in the vehicle. The child safety lock is located on the edge of each rear door. When the child safety lock is in the lock position, the rear door will not open if the inner door handle (2) is pulled. If children accidently open the rear doors while the vehicle is in motion, they could fall out of the vehicle. The rear door safety locks should always be used whenever children are in the vehicle. You can activate or deactivate the Auto Door Lock/Unlock features from the User Settings Mode on the LCD display. For more details, refer to "LCD Display" in this chapter. 3-11 Convenient features of your vehicle Opening a door when something is approaching may cause damage or injury. Be careful when opening doors and watch for vehicles, motorcycles, bicycles or pedestrians approaching the vehicle in the path of the door. To lock the child safety lock, insert a key (or screwdriver) (1) into the hole and turn it to the lock position. To allow a rear door to be opened from inside the vehicle, unlock the child safety lock. Convenient features of your vehicle THEFT-ALARM SYSTEM This system helps to protect your vehicle and valuables. The horn will sound and the hazard warning lights will blink continuously if any of the following occurs: - A door is opened without using the smart key. - The tailgate is opened without using the smart key. - The hood is opened. The alarm continues for 30 seconds, then the system resets. To turn off the alarm, unlock the doors with the smart key. The Theft Alarm System automatically sets 30 seconds after you lock the doors and the tailgate. For the system to activate, you must lock the doors and the tailgate from outside the vehicle with the smart key or by pressing the button on the outside of the door handles with the smart key in your possession. The hazard warning lights will blink and the chime will sound once to indicate the system is armed. 3-12 Once the security system is set, opening any door, the tailgate, or the hood without using the smart key will cause the alarm to activate. The Theft Alarm System will not set if the hood, the tailgate, or any door is not fully closed. If the system will not set, check the hood, the tailgate, or the doors are fully closed. Do not attempt to alter this system or add other devices to it. OJC040170 i Information • Do not lock the doors until all passengers have left the vehicle. If the remaining passenger leaves the vehicle when the system is armed, the alarm will be activated. • If the vehicle is not disarmed with the smart key, open the doors by using the mechanical key, start the vehicle and wait for 30 seconds. • When the system is disarmed but a door or tailgate is not opened within 30 seconds, the system will be rearmed. i Information Vehicles equipped with a theft alarm system will have a label attached to the vehicle with the following words: 1. WARNING 2. SECURITY SYSTEM DRIVER POSITION MEMORY SYSTEM (IF EQUIPPED) WARNING OAE046036L The Driver Position Memory System is provided to store and recall the following memory settings with a simple button operation. - Driver's seat position - Outside rearview mirror position - Instrument panel illumination intensity i Information • If the battery is disconnected, the memory settings will be erased. • If the Driver Position Memory System does not operate normally, we recommend that you have the system checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. 1. Shift to P (Park) while the POWER button is in the ON position. 2. Adjust the driver's seat position, outside rearview mirror position and instrument panel illumination intensity to the desired position. 3. Press the SET button. The system will beep once and notify you "Press button to save settings"on the LCD display. 4. Press one of the memory buttons (1 or 2) within 4 seconds. The system will beep twice when the memory has been successfully stored. 5. "Driver 1 (or 2) settings saved" will appear on the LCD display. 3-13 3 Convenient features of your vehicle Never attempt to operate the driver position memory system while the vehicle is moving. This could result in loss of control, and an accident causing death, serious injury, or property damage. Storing memory positions Convenient features of your vehicle Recalling memory positions 1. Shift to P (Park) while the POWER button is in the ON position. 2. Press the desired memory button (1 or 2). The system will beep once, then the driver’s seat position, outside rearview mirror and instrument panel illumination will automatically adjust to the stored position (if equipped). 3. "Driver 1(or 2) settings is applied" will appear on the LCD display. 3-14 i Information • While recalling the "1" memory position, pressing the SET or 1 button temporarily stops the adjustment of the recalled memory position. Pressing the 2 button recalls the "2" memory position. • While recalling the "2" memory position, pressing the SET or 2 button temporarily stops the adjustment of the recalled memory position. Pressing the 1 button recalls the "1" memory position. • While recalling the stored positions, pressing one of the control buttons for the driver's seat, outside rearview mirror, or instrument panel illumination will cause the movement of that component to stop and move in the direction that the control button is pressed. Easy access function (if equipped) The system will move the driver's seat automatically as follows: The gear is in P (Park) - It will move the driver’s seat rearward when the POWER button is in the OFF position and the driver’s door is opened. - It will move the driver’s seat forward when the vehicle is turned ON or the driver’s door is closed with the smart key with you. You can activate or deactivate the Easy Access Function from the User Settings Mode on the LCD display. For more details, refer to "LCD Display" in this chapter. STEERING WHEEL Electric power steering (EPS) NOTICE • If the Electric Power Steering System does not operate normally, the warning light ( ) will illuminate or blink on the instrument cluster. The steering wheel may become difficult to control or operate. Take your vehicle to an authorized HYUNDAI dealer and have the system checked as soon as possible. (Continued) i Information The following symptoms may occur during normal vehicle operation: • The steering effort may be high immediately after placing the POWER button in the ON position. This happens as the system performs the EPS system diagnostics. When the diagnostics is completed, the steering wheel will return to its normal condition. (Continued) (Continued) • A click noise may be heard from the EPS relay after the POWER button is in the ON or OFF position. • Motor noise may be heard when the vehicle is at a stop or at a low driving speed. • When you operate the steering wheel in low temperature, abnormal noise may occur. If temperature rises, the noise will disappear. This is a normal condition. • When the vehicle is stationary, if you turn the steering wheel all the way to the left or right continuously, the steering wheel effort increases. This is not a system malfunction. As time passes, the steering wheel effort will return to its normal condition. 3-15 3 Convenient features of your vehicle The system assists you with steering the vehicle. If the vehicle is off or if the power steering system becomes inoperative, the vehicle may still be steered, but it will require increased steering effort. Also, the steering effort becomes heavier as the vehicle’s speed increases and becomes lighter as the vehicle’s speed decreases for better control of the steering wheel. Should you notice any change in the effort required to steer during normal vehicle operation, we recommend that the system be checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. (Continued) • When abnormality is detected in the electric power steering system, to prevent a deadly accident, the steering assist function will stop. At this time, the warning light turns on or blinks on the cluster. The steering wheel may become difficult to control or operate. Have your vehicle checked immediately, after moving the vehicle to a safe zone. Convenient features of your vehicle Tilt steering / Telescope steering Heated steering wheel (if equipped) WARNING Never adjust the steering wheel while driving. You may lose steering control and cause severe personal injury, death or accidents. i Information After adjustment, sometimes the lockrelease lever may not lock the steering wheel. It is not a malfunction. This occurs when two gears are not engaged correctly. In this case, adjust the steering wheel again and then lock the steering wheel. CAUTION While adjusting the steering wheel height, please do not push or pull it hard since the fixture can be damaged. 3-16 OAEE049655 Pull down the lock-release lever (1) on the steering wheel column and adjust the steering wheel angle (2) and position (3). Move the steering wheel, so it points toward your chest, not toward your face. Make sure you can see the instrument panel warning lights and gauges. After adjusting, pull up the lockrelease lever (1) to lock the steering wheel in place. Push the steering wheel both up and down to be certain it is locked in position. Always adjust the position of the steering wheel before driving. OAEE049003 When the vehicle is ON, press the heated steering wheel button to warm the steering wheel. The indicator on the button will illuminate. To turn the heated steering wheel off, press the button again. The indicator on the button will turn off. MIRRORS i Information Horn Inside rearview mirror Before you start driving, adjust the rearview mirror to the center on the view through the rear window. The heated steering wheel will turn off automatically approximately 30 minutes after the heated steering wheel is turned on. When the vehicle is turned off during the heated steering wheel is on, the timer function of heated steering wheel will be reset. To reuse heated steering wheel, press button again. WARNING Do not install any cover or accessory on the steering wheel. This cover or accessory could cause damage to the heated steering wheel system. To sound the horn, press the area indicated by the horn symbol on your steering wheel. The horn will operate only when this area is pressed. NOTICE Do not strike the horn severely to operate it, or hit it with your fist. Do not press on the horn with a sharp-pointed object. WARNING To prevent serious injury during an accident or deployment of the air bag, do not modify the rearview mirror and do not install a wide mirror. 3-17 3 Convenient features of your vehicle OAE046009 NOTICE Make sure your line of sight is not obstructed. Do not place objects in the rear seat, cargo area, or behind the rear headrests which could interfere with your vision through the rear window. Convenient features of your vehicle WARNING Day/night rearview mirror (if equipped) NEVER adjust the mirror while driving. This may cause loss of vehicle control resulting in an accident. Night NOTICE When cleaning the mirror, use a paper towel or similar material dampened with glass cleaner. Do not spray glass cleaner directly on the mirror as that may cause the liquid cleaner to enter the mirror housing. 3-18 Day OAE046010 Make this adjustment before you start driving and while the day/night lever is in the day position. Pull the day/night lever toward you to reduce glare from the headlights of the vehicles behind you during night driving. Remember that you lose some rearview clarity in the night position. Electric Chromic Mirror (ECM) (if equipped) The electric rearview mirror automatically controls the glare from the headlamp of the car behind you in nighttime or low light driving conditions. When the vehicle is ON, the glare is automatically controlled by the sensor mounted in the rearview mirror. The sensor detects the light level around the vehicle, and automatically adjusts to control the headlamp glare from vehicles behind you. Whenever the gear is shifted to R (Reverse), the mirror will automatically go to the brightest setting in order to improve the drivers view behind the vehicle. Outside rearview mirror WARNING • The right outside rearview mir- Indicator To operate the electric rearview mirror: • Press the ON/OFF button (1) to turn the automatic dimming function off. The mirror indicator light will turn off. Press the ON/OFF button (1) to turn the automatic dimming function on. The mirror indicator light will illuminate. • The mirror defaults to the ON position whenever the POWER button is in the ON position. OAE046013 Be sure to adjust mirror angles before driving. Your vehicle is equipped with both left-hand and right-hand outside rearview mirrors. The mirror can be adjusted remotely with the remote switch. The mirror heads can be folded to prevent damage during an automatic car wash or when passing through a narrow street. WARNING Do not adjust or fold the outside rearview mirrors while driving. This may cause loss of vehicle control resulting in an accident. 3-19 3 Convenient features of your vehicle OAD045010 ror is convex. In some countries, the left outside rearview mirror is also convex. Objects seen in the mirror are closer than they appear. • Use your interior rearview mirror or turn your head and look to determine the actual distance of following vehicles when changing lanes. Convenient features of your vehicle NOTICE • Do not scrape ice off the mirror face; this may damage the surface of the glass. • If the mirror is jammed with ice, do not adjust the mirror by force. Use an approved spray de-icer (not radiator antifreeze) spray, or a sponge or soft cloth with very warm water, or move the vehicle to a warm place and allow the ice to melt. 3-20 NOTICE OAE046014 Adjusting the rearview mirrors: 1. Press either the L (left side) or R (right side) button (1) to select the rearview mirror you would like to adjust. 2. Use the mirror adjustment control to position the selected mirror up, down, left or right. 3. After adjustment, put the button into neutral (center) position to prevent inadvertent adjustment. • The mirrors stop moving when they reach the maximum adjusting angles, but the motor continues to operate while the switch is pressed. Do not press the switch longer than necessary, the motor may be damaged. • Do not attempt to adjust the outside rearview mirror by hand or the motor may be damaged. Folding the outside rearview mirror NOTICE OAE046016 OAE046015 Manual type To fold the outside rearview mirror, grasp the housing of the mirror and then fold it toward the rear of the vehicle. Electric type (if equipped) Left : The mirror will unfold. Right : The mirror will fold. Center (AUTO) : The mirror will fold or unfold automatically as follows: - The mirror will fold or unfold when the door is locked or unlocked by the smart key. - The mirror will fold or unfold when the door is locked or unlocked by the button on the outside door handle. - The mirror will unfold when you approach the vehicle (all doors closed and locked) with a smart key in possession. (if equipped) NOTICE Do not fold the electric type outside rearview mirror by hand. It could cause motor failure. 3-21 3 Convenient features of your vehicle The electric type outside rearview mirror operates even though the POWER button is in the OFF position. However, to prevent unnecessary battery discharge, do not adjust the mirrors longer than necessary while the vehicle is not in the ready ( ) mode. Convenient features of your vehicle WINDOWS Power windows (1) Driver’s door power window switch (2) Front passenger’s door power window switch (3) Rear door (left) power window switch (4) Rear door (right) power window switch (5) Window opening and closing (6) Automatic power window* (7) Power window lock switch ■ Left-hand drive * : if equipped OAE046019 3-22 ■ Right-hand drive * : if equipped OAE046019R 3-23 3 Convenient features of your vehicle (1) Driver’s door power window switch (2) Front passenger’s door power window switch (3) Rear door (right) power window switch (4) Rear door (left) power window switch (5) Window opening and closing (6) Automatic power window* (7) Power window lock switch Convenient features of your vehicle The POWER button must be in the ON position to be able to raise or lower the windows. Each door has a Power Window switch to control that door's window. The driver has a Power Window Lock switch which can block the operation of passenger windows. The power windows will operate for approximately 30 seconds after the POWER button is placed in the ACC or OFF position. However, if the front doors are opened, the Power Windows cannot be operated even within the 30 second period. WARNING To avoid serious injury or death, do not extend your head, arms or body outside the windows while driving. 3-24 i Information • In cold and wet climates, power windows may not work properly due to freezing conditions. • While driving with the rear windows down or with the sunroof (if equipped) opened (or partially opened), your vehicle may demonstrate a wind buffeting or pulsation noise. This noise is normal and can be reduced or eliminated by taking the following actions. If the noise occurs with one or both of the rear windows down, partially lower both front windows approximately 2.5 cm. If you experience the noise with the sunroof open, slightly close the sunroof. Window opening and closing OAE046020 To open: Press the window switch down to the first detent position (5). Release the switch when you want the window to stop. To close: Pull the window switch up to the first detent position (5). Release the window switch when you want the window to stop. To reset the power windows Pressing the power window switch momentarily to the second detent position (6) completely lowers the window even when the switch is released. To stop the window at the desired position while the window is in operation, pull up or press down and release the switch. If the power windows do not operate normally, the automatic power window system must be reset as follows: 1. Place the POWER button to the ON position. 2. Close the window and continue pulling up on the power window switch for at least one second. If the power windows do not operate properly after resetting, it is recommended that the system be checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. Auto up/down window (if equipped) Pressing or pulling up the power window switch momentarily to the second detent position (6) completely lowers or lifts the window even when the switch is released. To stop the window at the desired position while the window is in operation, pull up or press down and release the switch. WARNING The automatic reverse feature doesn’t activate while resetting the power window system. Make sure body parts or other objects are safely out of the way before closing the windows to avoid injuries or vehicle damage. Automatic reverse (if equipped) 3 OLF044032 If a window senses any obstacle while it is closing automatically, it will stop and lower approximately 30 cm (12 inches) to allow the object to be cleared. If the window detects the resistance while the power window switch is pulled up continuously, the window will stop upward movement then lower approximately 2.5 cm (1 inch). If the power window switch is pulled up continuously again within 5 seconds after the window is lowered by the automatic window reverse feature, the automatic window reverse will not operate. 3-25 Convenient features of your vehicle Auto down window (if equipped) Convenient features of your vehicle i Information Power window lock switch The automatic reverse feature is only active when the “Auto Up” feature is used by fully pulling up the switch to the second detent. Do not allow children to play with the power windows. Keep the driver’s door power window lock switch in the LOCK position. Serious injury or death can result from unintentional window operation by a child. WARNING Make sure body parts or other objects are safely out of the way before closing the windows to avoid injuries or vehicle damage. Objects less than 4 mm (0.16 inch) in diameter caught between the window glass and the upper window channel may not be detected by the automatic reverse window and the window will not stop and reverse direction. NOTICE Do not install any accessories on the windows.The automatic reverse feature may not operate. 3-26 WARNING NOTICE OAE046021 The driver can disable the power window switches on the rear passengers' doors by pressing the power window lock switch. When the power window lock switch is pressed: • The driver's master control can operate all the power windows. • The front passenger's control can operate the front passenger's power window. • The rear passenger's control cannot operate the rear passengers' power window. • To prevent possible damage to the power window system, do not open or close two windows or more at the same time. This will also ensure the longevity of the fuse. • Never try to operate the main switch on the driver's door and the individual door window switch in opposite directions at the same time. If this is done, the window will stop and cannot be opened or closed. SUNROOF (IF EQUIPPED) WARNING • NEVER leave the keys in your • • • i Information • In cold and wet climates, the sunroof may not work properly due to freezing conditions. • After the vehicle is washed or in a rainstorm, be sure to wipe off any water that is on the sunroof before operating it. WARNING • Never adjust the sunroof or OAD045022 The sunroof can be opened, closed, or tilted when the POWER button is in the ON position. The sunroof can be operated for approximately 30 seconds after the POWER button is in the ACC or OFF position. However, if the front door is opened, the sunroof cannot be operated even within 30 seconds. sunshade while driving. This could result in loss of control and an accident that may cause death, serious injury, or property damage. • Make sure heads, other body parts or objects are out of the way before using the sunroof. • Do not extend your head, arms or body outside the sunroof while driving, to avoid serious injury. • Do not leave the vehicle on and the key in your vehicle with unsupervised children. (Continued) 3-27 3 Convenient features of your vehicle • vehicle with unsupervised children, when the vehicle is ON. NEVER leave any child unattended in the vehicle. Even very young children may inadvertently cause the vehicle to move, entangle themselves in the windows, or otherwise injure themselves or others. Always double check to make sure all arms, hands, head and other obstructions are safely out of the way before closing a window. Do not allow children to play with the power windows. Keep the driver’s door power window lock switch in the LOCK position (pressed). Serious injury can result from unintentional window operation by the child. Do not extend your head, arms or body outside the windows while driving. If your vehicle is equipped with a sunroof, you can slide or tilt your sunroof with the sunroof control switch located on the overhead console. Convenient features of your vehicle (Continued) Unattended children could operate the sunroof, which could result in serious injury. • Do not sit on the top of the vehicle. It may cause injuries or vehicle damage. Sunroof opening and closing Pressing the sunroof control lever backward or forward momentarily to the second detent position completely opens or closes the sunroof even when the switch is released. To stop the sunroof at the desired position while the sunroof is in operation, press the sunroof control lever backward or forward and release the switch. NOTICE • Do not continue to move the sunroof control lever after the sunroof is fully opened, closed, or tilted. Damage to the motor or system components could occur. • Make sure the sunroof is closed fully when leaving your vehicle. If the sunroof is open, rain or snow may leak through the sunroof and wet the interior as well as allow theft. 3-28 Sliding the sunroof i Information OAD045023 To open: Press the sunroof control lever backward to the first detent position. Release the switch when you want the sunroof to stop. To close: Press the sunroof control lever forward to the first detent position. Release the switch when you want the sunroof to stop. To reduce wind noise while driving, it is recommended that you drive with the sunroof slightly closed (stop the sunroof about 7 cm before the maximum slide open position). Automatic reverse (if equipped) WARNING Tilting the sunroof Small objects that can get caught between the sunroof glass and the front glass channel may not be detected by the automatic reverse system. In this case, the sunroof glass will not detect the object and reverse direction. 3 OAD045024 Tilt the sunroof open: Push the sunroof control lever upward until the sunroof moves to the desired position. To close the sunroof: Press the sunroof lever forward until the sunroof moves to the desired position. 3-29 Convenient features of your vehicle OLFC044035CN If the sunroof senses any obstacle while it is closing automatically, it will reverse direction then stop to allow the object to be cleared. The auto reverse function does not work if a small obstacle is between the sliding glass and the sunroof sash. You should always check that all passengers and objects are away from the sunroof before closing it. Convenient features of your vehicle NOTICE Sunshade • Periodically remove any dirt that may accumulate on the sunroof guide rail or between the sunroof and roof panel, which can make a noise. • Do not try to open the sunroof when the temperature is below freezing or when the sunroof is covered with snow or ice, otherwise the motor could be damaged. In cold and wet climates, the sunroof may not work properly. Resetting the sunroof OAD045037 The sunshade will open automatically with the sunroof when the glass panel moves. If you want it closed, move the sunshade manually. NOTICE The sunroof is made to slide together with the sunshade. Do not leave the sunshade closed while the sunroof is open. 3-30 The sunroof may need to be reset if the following conditions occur: - Battery is discharged or disconnected or the related fuse has been replaced or disconnected - The one-touch sliding function of the sunroof does not normally operate To reset the sunroof, perform the following steps: 1. Place the POWER button to the ON position or when the vehicle is in the ready ( ) mode. It is recommended to reset the sunroof while the vehicle is in the ready ( ) mode. 2. Push the control lever forward. The sunroof will close completely or tilt depending on the condition of the sunroof. 3. Release the control lever until the sunroof does not move. EXTERIOR FEATURES Do not release the lever until the operation is completed. If you release the lever during operation, try again from step 2. 5. Within 3 seconds, push the control lever forward until the sunroof operates as follows: 6. Release the sunroof control lever after all operation has completed. The sunroof system has been reset. Hood Opening the hood i Information • If the sunroof does not reset when the vehicle battery is disconnected or discharged, or related fuse is blown, the sunroof may not operate normally. • For more detailed information, we recommend that you contact an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. 3 OAEE049011L 1. Park the vehicle and set the parking brake. 2. Pull the release lever to unlatch the hood. The hood should pop open slightly. Tilt down → Slide Open → Slide Close. Do not release the lever until the operation is completed. If you release the lever during operation, try again from step 2. 3-31 Convenient features of your vehicle 4. Push the control lever forward about 10 seconds. - When the sunroof is in the close position : The glass will tilt and slightly move up and down. - When the sunroof is in the tilt position: The glass will slightly move up and down. Convenient features of your vehicle Closing the hood OAEE049005L OAD045039 3. Go to the front of the vehicle, raise the hood slightly, push the secondary latch up (1) inside of the hood center and lift the hood (2). 4. Pull out the support rod. 5. Hold the hood opened with the support rod (1). WARNING • Grasp the support rod in the area wrapped in rubber. The rubber will help prevent you from being burned by hot metal. • The support rod must be inserted completely into the hole provided whenever you inspect the motor compartment. This will prevent the hood from falling and possibly injuring you. 3-32 1. Before closing the hood, check the following: • All filler caps in motor room must be correctly installed. • Gloves, rags or any other combustible material must be removed from the motor compartment. 2. Return the support rod to its clip to prevent it from rattling. 3. Lower the hood halfway (lifted approximately 30cm from the closed position) and push down to securely lock in place. Then double check to be sure the hood is secure. If the hood can slightly be raised, it is not securely locked. Open it again and close it with more force. WARNING • Before closing the hood, 1. Make sure the gear is shifted to P (Park) and set the parking brake. 3 OAEE049007 OAEE049006 2. Then do one of the following : - Press the Smart Key Tailgate Unlock button for more than one second. - Press the button on the tailgate itself with the Smart Key in your possession. 3. Lift the tailgate lid up. Lower the tailgate lid and press down until it locks. To be sure the tailgate lid is securely fastened, always check by trying to pull it up again. 3-33 Convenient features of your vehicle ensure all obstructions are removed from around the hood opening. • Always double check to be sure that the hood is firmly latched before driving away. Check there is no hood open warning light or message displayed on the instrument cluster. If the hood is not latched while the vehicle is moving, the chime will sound to warn the driver the hood is not fully latched. Driving with the hood opened may cause a total loss of visibility, which might result in an accident. • Do not move the vehicle with the hood in the raised position, as vision is obstructed, which might result in an accident, and the hood could fall or be damaged. Closing the tailgate Tailgate Opening the tailgate Convenient features of your vehicle i Information WARNING To prevent damage to the tailgate lift cylinders and the attached hardware, always close the tailgate before driving. • NEVER allow anyone to occu- NOTICE In cold and wet climates, tailgate lock and tailgate mechanisms may not work properly due to freezing conditions. OHYK047009 Do not hold the part (gas lifter) that supports the tailgate. Be aware that the deformation of the part may cause vehicle damage and a risk of safety accident. 3-34 WARNING py the tailgate of the vehicle at any time. If the luggage compartment is partially or totally latched and the person is unable to get out, serious injury or death could occur due to lack of ventilation, exhaust fumes and rapid heat build-up, or because of exposure to cold weather conditions. The luggage compartment is also a highly dangerous location in the event of a crash because it is not a protected occupant space but is a part of the vehicle’s crush zone. • Your vehicle should be kept locked and keys should be kept out of the reach of children. Parents should teach their children about the dangers of playing in luggage compartment. INSTRUMENT CLUSTER 3 1. Power/Charge gauge 3. Warning and indicator lights 4. LCD display (including Trip computer) 5. Battery SOC (State of Charge) gauge The actual cluster in the vehicle may differ from the illustration. For more details, refer to the "Gauges and meters" in this chapter. OAEE049100L 3-35 Convenient features of your vehicle 2. Speedometer/Eco guide Convenient features of your vehicle Instrument cluster control Instrument panel illumination WARNING Never adjust the instrument cluster while driving. This could result in loss of control and lead to an accident that may cause death, serious injury, or property damage. ■ Type A ■ Type B OIK047144L OAEE049412 When the vehicle's position lights or headlights are on, press the illumination control button to adjust the brightness of the instrument panel illumination. When pressing the illumination control button, the interior switch illumination intensity is also adjusted. 3-36 • The brightness of the instrument panel illumination is displayed. • If the brightness reaches to the maximum or minimum level, a chime will sound. Gauges and meters Speedometer The speedometer is displayed differently according to the selected drive mode in the Drive Mode Integrated Control System. For more details, refer to “Drive Mode Integrated Control System” in chapter 5. ■ NORMAL/ECO mode selected • CHARGE : It shows the charging status of the battery when it is being charged by the regenerative brakes (decelerating or driving on a downhill road). The more electric energy is charged, the lower the gauge level. OAEE049657 ■ SPORT mode selected OAEEQ019087 OAEE049658 The Power/Charge gauge shows the energy consumption rate of the vehicle and the charge/discharge status of the regenerative brakes. The speedometer indicates the speed of the vehicle and is calibrated in kilometers per hour (km/h) and/or miles per hour (MPH). 3-37 3 Convenient features of your vehicle Power/Charge gauge • POWER : It shows the energy consumption rate of the vehicle when driving uphill or accelerating. The more electric energy is used, the higher the gauge level. Convenient features of your vehicle State of Charge (SOC) gauge for high voltage battery ■ Except Europe NOTICE When the high voltage battery level is low, the power down warning illuminates and the power output from the vehicle is limited. Charge the battery immediately since your vehicle may not drive uphill or skid on a slope with the warning light ON. ■ For Europe OAEEQ019089 OAEEQ019088/OAEE049678L The SOC gauge shows the charging status of the high voltage battery. “L (Low) or 0" position on the indicator indicates that there is not enough energy in the high voltage battery. “H (High) or 1“ position indicates that the driving battery is fully charged. When driving on highways or motorways, make sure to check in advance if the driving battery is charged enough. 3-38 When there are 4~5 gauge bars (near the “L (Low) or 0" area) on the SOC gauge, the warning lamp turns ON to alert you of the battery level. When the warning lamp turns ON, the vehicle can drive an additional 30~40 km (18~25 miles) depending on the driving speed, heater/air conditioner, weather, driving style, and other factors. Charging is required. Outside temperature gauge Odometer 3 OAEE049214 The odometer indicates the total distance that the vehicle has been driven and should be used to determine when periodic maintenance should be performed. 3-39 Convenient features of your vehicle OAEE049211 This gauge indicates the current outside air temperatures either in Celsius (°C) or Fahrenheit. - Temperature range : -40°C ~ 60°C (-40°F ~ 140°F) The outside temperature on the display may not immediately change like a general thermometer not to distract the driver. The temperature unit (from °C to °F or from °F to °C) can be changed by: - User Settings mode in the Cluster : You can change the temperature unit in the “Other Features Temperature unit” . - Automatic climate control system : While pressing the OFF button, press the AUTO button for 3 seconds or more. The temperature unit of the instrument cluster and climate control system will change at once. Convenient features of your vehicle Distance to empty Reduction gear shift indicator OAEE049215 OAEE049212 • The distance to empty is the estimated distance the vehicle can be driven with remaining level of the high voltage battery. For more details, refer to “Distance to Empty” in the Electric Vehicle Guide. • The distance to empty is displayed differently according to the selected drive mode in the Drive Mode Integrated Control System. For more details, refer to “Drive Mode Integrated Control System” in chapter 5. This indicator displays which gear is selected. 3-40 Regenerative braking rate indicator OAEE049216 While using the regenerative brakes, you may select the regenerative braking rate from 0 to 3 by pulling the paddle shifter. For more details, refer to “Paddle Shifter (Regenerative Braking Control)” in chapter 5. Warning and indicator lights Ready Indicator Service Warning Light This indicator illuminates : When the vehicle is ready to be driven. - ON : Normal driving is possible. - OFF : Normal driving is not possible, or a problem has occurred. - Blinking : Emergency driving. This warning light illuminates : • When the POWER button is in the ON position. - It illuminates for approximately 3 seconds and then goes off. • When there is a problem with related parts of the electric vehicle control system, such as sensors, etc. i Information Make sure that all warning lights are OFF after starting the vehicle. If any light is still ON, this indicates a situation that needs attention. When the warning light illuminates while driving, or does not go OFF after starting the vehicle, we recommend that you have your vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. 3-41 Convenient features of your vehicle When the ready indicator goes OFF or blinks, there is a problem with the system. In this case, we recommend that you have your vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. 3 Convenient features of your vehicle Power Down Warning Light This warning light illuminates : • When the power is limited for the safety of the electric vehicle. The power is limited for the following reasons. - The high voltage battery level is below a certain level or voltage is decreasing - The temperature of the motor or high voltage battery is too high or too low - There is a problem with the cooling system, or a failure that may interrupt normal driving 3-42 NOTICE • Do not accelerate or start the vehicle suddenly when the power down warning light is ON. • When the high voltage battery level is low, the power down warning illuminates and the power output from the vehicle is limited. Charge the battery immediately since your vehicle may not drive uphill or skid on a slope with the warning light ON. Charging Indicator Light This warning light illuminates : • [Red] When charging outlet cables plug into the inlet cable of vehicle. High Voltage Battery Low Level Warning Light This warning light illuminates : • When the high voltage battery level is low. When the warning light turns ON, charge the battery immediately. Air Bag Warning Light Seat Belt Warning Light Parking Brake & Brake Fluid Warning Light (red) This warning light informs the driver that the seat belt is not fastened. For more details, refer to the “Seat Belts” in chapter 2. This warning light illuminates: • When the POWER button is in the ON position. - It illuminates for approximately 3 seconds - It remains on if the parking brake is applied. • When the parking brake is applied. • When the brake fluid level in the reservoir is low. - If the warning light illuminates with the parking brake released, it indicates the brake fluid level in reservoir is low. • When the regenerative brake does not operate. 3-43 3 Convenient features of your vehicle This warning light illuminates: • When the POWER button is in the ON position. - It illuminates for approximately 6 seconds and then goes off. • When there is a malfunction with the SRS. In this case, we recommend that you have the vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. Convenient features of your vehicle If the brake fluid level in the reservoir is low: 1. Drive carefully to the nearest safe location and stop your vehicle. 2. With the vehicle turned off, check the brake fluid level immediately and add fluid as required (For more details, refer to “Brake Fluid” in chapter 7). After adding brake fluid, check all brake components for fluid leaks. If a brake fluid leak is found, or if the warning light remains on, or if the brakes do not operate properly, do not drive the vehicle. We recommend you to have the vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. Dual-diagonal braking system Your vehicle is equipped with dualdiagonal braking systems. This means you still have braking on two wheels even if one of the dual systems should fail. With only one of the dual systems working, more than normal pedal travel and greater pedal pressure is required to stop the vehicle. 3-44 Also, the vehicle will not stop in as short a distance with only a portion of the brake system working. WARNING Parking Brake & Brake Fluid Warning Light Driving the vehicle with a warning light ON is dangerous. If the Parking Brake & Brake Fluid Warning Light illuminates with the parking brake released, it indicates that the brake fluid level is low. In this case, we recommend that you have the vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. Regenerative Brake Warning Light (yellow) This warning light illuminates : When the regenerative brake does not operate and the brake does not perform well. This causes the Brake Warning light (red) and Regenerative Brake Warning Light (yellow) to illuminate simultaneously. In this case, drive safely and we recommend that you have your vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. The operation of the brake pedal may be more difficult than normal and the braking distance can increase. Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) Warning Light These two warning lights illuminate at the same time while driving: • When the ABS and regular brake system may not work normally. In this case, we recommend that you have the vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. WARNING Electronic Brake Force Distribution (EBD) System Warning Light When both ABS and Parking Brake & Brake Fluid Warning Lights are on, the brake system will not work normally and you may experience an unexpected and dangerous situation during sudden braking. (Continued) (Continued) In this case, avoid high speed driving and abrupt braking. We recommend you have the vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer as soon as possible. i Information - Electronic Brake Force Distribution (EBD) System Warning Light When the ABS Warning Light is on or both ABS and Parking Brake & Brake Fluid Warning Lights are on, the speedometer, odometer, or tripmeter may not work. Also, the EPS Warning Light may illuminate and the steering effort may increase or decrease. In this case, we recommend you have the vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer as soon as possible. 3-45 3 Convenient features of your vehicle This warning light illuminates: • When the POWER button is in the ON position. - It illuminates for approximately 3 seconds and then goes off. • When there is a malfunction with the ABS (The normal braking system will still be operational without the assistance of the anti-lock brake system). In this case, we recommend that you have the vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. Electronic Brake Force Distribution (EBD) System Warning Light Convenient features of your vehicle Electric Power Steering (EPS) Warning Light Charging System Warning Light (for 12-volt battery) Master Warning Light This warning light illuminates: • When the POWER button is in the ON position. - It illuminates for approximately 3 seconds and then goes off. • When there is a malfunction with the EPS. In this case, we recommend that you have the vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. This warning light illuminates: • When the 12-volt battery level is low or a failure occurs on the charging system such as LDC. • If the warning light turns on while driving, move the vehicle to a safe location, turn off and turn on the vehicle again, and check if the warning light turns off. If the warning light remains on, we recommend that you have the vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. • Even if the warning light turns off, we recommend that you have the vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. If you drive the vehicle while the warning light is on, vehicle speed may be limited and the 12-volt battery may be discharged. This indicator light illuminates: • When there is a malfunction in operation in any of the following systems: - Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist system malfunction (if equipped) - Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist radar blocked (if equipped) - Blind-Spot Collision Warning system malfunction (if equipped) - Blind-Spot Collision Warning radar blocked (if equipped) - LED Headlamp malfunction (if equipped) - High Beam Assist malfunction (if equipped) - Smart Cruise Control malfunction (if equipped) - Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) malfunction (if equipped) To identify the details of the warning, look at the LCD display. ❈ LDC : Low voltage DC-DC Converter. 3-46 Low Tire Pressure Warning Light (if equipped) For more details, refer to “Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)” in chapter 6. Electronic Parking Brake (EPB) Warning Light EPB This warning light illuminates: • When the POWER button is in the ON position. - It illuminates for approximately 3 seconds and then goes off. • When there is a malfunction with the EPB. In this case, we recommend that you have the vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. WARNING Safe Stopping • The TPMS cannot alert you to severe and sudden tire damage caused by external factors. • If you notice any vehicle instability, immediately take your foot off the accelerator pedal, apply the brake pedal gradually with light force, and slowly move to a safe position off the road. i Information The Electronic Parking Brake (EPB) Warning Light may illuminate when the Electronic Stability control (ESC) Indicator Light comes on to indicate that the ESC is not working properly (This does not indicate malfunction of the EPB). 3-47 3 Convenient features of your vehicle This warning light illuminates: • When the POWER button is in the ON position. - It illuminates for approximately 3 seconds and then goes off. • When one or more of your tires are significantly underinflated. For more details, refer to “Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)” in chapter 6. This warning light remains ON after blinking for approximately 60 seconds, or repeatedly blinks ON and OFF in 3 second intervals: • When there is a malfunction with the TPMS. In this case, we recommend that you have the vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer as soon as possible. Convenient features of your vehicle AUTO HOLD Indicator Light Electronic Stability Control (ESC) Indicator Light Electronic Stability Control (ESC) OFF Indicator Light This indicator light illuminates: • [White] When you activate the auto hold system by pressing the AUTO HOLD switch. • [Green] When you stop the vehicle completely by depressing the brake pedal with the auto hold system activated. • [Yellow] When there is a malfunction with the auto hold system. In this case, we recommend that you have the vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. For more details, refer to “Auto Hold” in chapter 5. This indicator light illuminates: • When the POWER button is in the ON position. - It illuminates for approximately 3 seconds and then goes off. • When there is a malfunction with the ESC system. In this case, we recommend that you have the vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. This indicator light illuminates: • When the POWER button is in the ON position. - It illuminates for approximately 3 seconds and then goes off. • When you deactivate the ESC system by pressing the ESC OFF button. For more details, refer to “Electronic Stability Control (ESC)” in chapter 5. 3-48 This indicator light blinks: • While the ESC is operating. For more details, refer to “Electronic Stability Control (ESC)” in chapter 5. Immobilizer Indicator Light This indicator light blinks for a few seconds: • When the smart key is not in the vehicle. - At this time, you cannot start the vehicle. This indicator light blinks: • When the battery voltage of the smart key is low. - At this time, you can not start the vehicle. However, you can start the vehicle if you press the POWER button with the smart key. (For more details, refer to "Starting the vehicle" in chapter 5). • When there is a malfunction with the immobilizer system. In this case, we recommend that you have the vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. Turn Signal Indicator Light This indicator light blinks: • When you operate the turn signal indicator light. If any of the following occurs, there may be a malfunction with the turn signal system. - The turn signal indicator light illuminates but does not blink - The turn signal indicator light blinks rapidly - The turn signal indicator light does not illuminate at all If either of these conditions occur, we recommend you to have your vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. 3-49 3 Convenient features of your vehicle This indicator light illuminates for up to 30 seconds: • When the vehicle detects the smart key in the vehicle with the POWER button in the ACC or ON position. - At this time, you can start the vehicle. - The indicator light goes off after starting the vehicle. This indicator light illuminates for 2 seconds and goes off: • If the smart key is in the vehicle and the POWER button is ON, but the vehicle cannot detect the smart key. In this case, we recommend that you have the vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. Convenient features of your vehicle Low Beam Indicator Light (if equipped) Light ON Indicator Light LED Headlamp Warning Light (if equipped) This indicator light illuminates: • When the headlights are on. This indicator light illuminates: • When the tail lights or headlights are on. This warning light illuminates: • When there is a malfunction with the LED headlamp. In this case, we recommend that you have the vehicle inspected by an an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. High Beam Indicator Light This indicator light illuminates: • When the headlights are on and in the high beam position • When the turn signal lever is pulled into the Flash-to-Pass position. Rear Fog Indicator Light (if equipped) This indicator light illuminates: • When the rear fog lights are on. This warning light blinks: When there is a malfunction with a LED headlamp related part. In this case, we recommend that you have the vehicle inspected by an an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. NOTICE Continuous driving with the LED Headlamp Warning Light on or blinking can reduce LED headlamp life. 3-50 Cruise Indicator Light (if equipped) ■ Type A ■ Type B Cruise SET Indicator Light This indicator light illuminates: • When the cruise control speed is set. For more details, refer to “Cruise Control System” in chapter 5. ECO Mode Indicator Light (if equipped) This indicator light illuminates when: • When the speed limiter is enabled. For more details, refer to “Speed Limit Control System” in chapter 5. This indicator light illuminates • When you select "ECO" mode as drive mode. For more details, refer to "Drive Mode Integrated Control System" in chapter 5. SPORT Mode Indicator Light ECO+ Mode Indicator (if equipped) This indicator light illuminates • When you select "SPORT" mode as drive mode. For more details, refer to "Drive Mode Integrated Control System" in chapter 5. This indicator light illuminates: • When you select "ECO" mode as drive mode. For more details, refer to "Drive Mode Integrated Control System" in chapter 5. 3-51 3 Convenient features of your vehicle This indicator light illuminates: • When the cruise control system is enabled. For more details, refer to “Cruise Control System” in chapter 5. Speed Limiter Indicator Light (if equipped) Convenient features of your vehicle UTIL (Utility) Mode Indicator (if equipped) Forward CollisionAvoidance Assist (FCA) system warning light (if equipped) Lane Keeping Assist (LKA) system indicator light (if equipped) This indicator light illuminates: • When Utility mode is activated from the User Settings mode. This indicator light illuminates: • When you set the POWER button to the ON position. - It illuminates for approximately 3 seconds and then goes off. • When there is a malfunction with the FCA. In this case, we recommend that you have the vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. This indicator light illuminates: • [Green] When the system operating conditions are satisfied. • [White] The system operating conditions are not satisfied. • [Yellow] When there is a malfunction with the lane keeping assist system. In this case, we recommend that you have your vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. For more details, refer to the Electric Vehicle Guide provided in the front of the owner’s manual. For more information, refer to "Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist (FCA) system" in chapter 5. 3-52 For more details, refer to "Lane Keeping Assist (LKA) system" in chapter 5. Icy Road Warning Light (if equipped) i Information If the icy road warning light appears while driving, you should drive more attentively and safely, refraining from over-speeding, rapid acceleration, sudden braking or sharp turning, etc. Check Steering Wheel Lock System This warning message is displayed if you try to turn off the vehicle with the gear in the N (Neutral) position. At this time, the POWER button changes to the ACC position (If you press the POWER button once more, it will turn to the ON position). This warning message is displayed if the steering wheel does not lock normally while the POWER button changes to the OFF position. Low Key Battery This warning message is displayed if the battery of the smart key is discharged while changing the POWER button to the OFF position. Press POWER button while turning wheel This warning message is displayed if the steering wheel does not unlock normally when the POWER button is pressed. You should press the POWER button while turning the steering wheel right and left. Press brake pedal to start vehicle This warning message is displayed if the POWER button changes to the ACC position twice by pressing the button repeatedly without depressing the brake pedal. You can start the vehicle by depressing the brake pedal. Key not in vehicle This warning message is displayed if the smart key is not in the vehicle when you press the POWER button. When attempting to start the vehicle, always have the smart key with you. 3-53 3 Convenient features of your vehicle This warning light is to warn the driver the road may be icy. When the temperature on the outside temperature gauge is approximately below 4°C (40°F), the Icy Road Warning Light and Outside Temperature Gauge blinks and then illuminates. Also, the warning chime sounds 1 time. The Icy Road Warning function can be activated or deactivated from the User Settings mode in the cluster LCD display. LCD display messages Shift to P Convenient features of your vehicle Key not detected Press POWER button with key Unplug vehicle to start This warning message is displayed if the smart key is not detected when you press the POWER button. This warning message is displayed if you press the POWER button while the warning message “Key not detected” is displayed. At this time, the immobilizer indicator light blinks. This message is displayed when you start the vehicle without unplugging the charging cable. Unplug the charging cable, and then start the vehicle. Press POWER button again This message is displayed if you were unable to start the vehicle when the POWER button was pressed. If this occurs, attempt to start the vehicle by pressing the POWER button again. If the warning message appears each time you press the POWER button, we recommend you to have your vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. Check BRAKE SWITCH fuse This warning message is displayed if the brake switch fuse is disconnected. You need to replace the fuse with a new one before starting the vehicle. If that is not possible, you can start the vehicle by pressing the POWER button for 10 seconds in the ACC position. Shift to P to start vehicle This warning message is displayed if you try to start the vehicle without shifting to the P (Park) position. 3-54 Low Washer Fluid (if equipped) This warning message is displayed if the washer fluid level in the reservoir is nearly empty. Have the washer fluid reservoir refilled. Door, Hood, Tailgate open Sunroof open (if equipped) Icy Road Warning (if equipped) 3 OAEPH048644 OAEPH049648L This warning is displayed if you turn off the vehicle when the sunroof is open. This warning message is to warn the driver the road may be icy. When the temperature on the outside temperature gauge is approximately below 4°C (40°F), the Icy Road Warning message. CAUTION Before driving the vehicle, you should confirm that the door/ hood/tailgate is fully closed. Also, check there is no door /hood/tailgate open warning light or message displayed on the instrument cluster. i Information If the icy road warning message appears while driving, you should drive more attentively and safely refraining from over-speeding, rapid acceleration, sudden braking or sharp turning, etc. 3-55 Convenient features of your vehicle OAEPH048613 This warning is displayed indicating which door, or hood, or tailgate is open. Convenient features of your vehicle Low Pressure (if equipped) Turn on "FUSE SWITCH" Lights Mode ■ Except Europe ■ For Europe OAEPH059643L OIK057165L OIK047145L/OIK047163L This warning message is displayed if the tire pressure is low. The corresponding tire on the vehicle will be illuminated. For more details, refer to "Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)" in chapter 6. This warning message is displayed if the fuse switch located on the fuse box under the steering wheel is OFF. You should turn the fuse switch on. For more details, refer to “Fuses” in chapter 7. This indicator displays which exterior light is selected using the lighting control. 3-56 Wiper ■ Except Europe ■ For Europe Check headlight (High/Low) (if equipped) Check headlamp LED (if equipped) This warning message is displayed if the headlamps are not operating properly. A headlamp bulb may need to be replaced. This warning message is displayed if there is a problem with the LED headlamps. We recommend that you have the vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. Check turn signal (if equipped) Check brake light (if equipped) This warning message is displayed if the brake lights are not operating properly. A lamp may need to be replaced. i Information Make sure to replace the burned out bulb with a new one of the same wattage rating. 3-57 Convenient features of your vehicle OIK047146L/OIK047164L This indicator displays which wiper speed is selected using the wiper control. This warning message is displayed if the turn signal lamps are not operating properly. A lamp may need to be replaced. 3 Convenient features of your vehicle Shift to P to charge Remaining time ■ AC charge Charging Door Open ■ DC charge OAEPHQ049833L OOSEV048133L/OOSEV048198L OOSEV048130L This message is displayed if you connect the charging cable without the gear in the P (Park) position. Shift to P (Park) before connecting the charging cable. This message is displayed to notify the remaining time to fully charge the battery to the selected target battery charge level. This message is displayed when the vehicle is driven with the charging door opened. Close the charging door and then start driving. 3-58 Charging stopped. Check the AC/DC charger ■ AC charge ■ DC charge If the same problem occurs when charging the vehicle with a normally operating AC charger or genuine HYUNDAI portable charger, we recommend that you have your vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. Charging stopped. Check the cable connection 3 OOSEV048196L This warning message is displayed when charging is stopped because the charging connector is not correctly connected to the charging inlet In this case, separate the charging connector and re-connect it and check whether there is any problem (external damage, foreign substances, etc.) with the charging connector and charging inlet. If the same problem occurs when charging the vehicle with a replaced charging cable or genuine HYUNDAI portable charger, we recommend that you have your vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. 3-59 Convenient features of your vehicle OOSEV048131L/OOSEV048132L • This warning message is displayed when charging is stopped for the reasons below: - There is a problem with the external AC charger or DC charger charger - The external AC charger stopped charging - The charging cable is damaged In this case, check whether there is any problem with the external AC or DC charger and charging cable. Convenient features of your vehicle Check regenerative brakes / Stop vehicle and check brakes Low Battery Charge immediately. Power limited OOSEV048121L OOSEV048118L/OOSEV048117L This warning message is displayed when the regenerative brake system does not work properly. In this case, we recommend that you have the vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. 3-60 OOSEV048122L When the high voltage battery level reaches below 10%, this warning message is displayed. The warning light on the instrument cluster ( ) will turn ON simultaneously. Charge the high voltage battery immediately. When the high voltage battery level reaches below 6%, this warning message is displayed. The warning light on the instrument cluster ( ) and the power down warning light ( ) will turn on simultaneously. The vehicle’s power will be reduced to minimize the energy consumption of the high voltage battery. Charge the battery immediately. Low outside temp. may limit power output. Charge EV battery/ Low battery temperature. Power limited A B NOTICE If this warning message is still displayed even after the ambient temperature has increased, we recommend that you have the vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. Battery Overheated! Stop vehicle 3 OOSEV048199L/OOSEV048126L [A] : Displays when turning off vehicle. [B] : Displays when turning on vehicle. Both warning messages are displayed to protect electric vehicle system when outside temperature is low. If the high voltage battery charging level is low and parked outside in low temperature for a long time, vehicle power could be limited. Charging the battery before driving helps increase power. This warning message is displayed to protect battery and electric vehicle system when the high voltage battery temperature is too high. Turn off the POWER button and stop the vehicle so that the battery temperature decreases. 3-61 Convenient features of your vehicle OOSEV048213L Convenient features of your vehicle Power limited NOTICE • When this warning message is displayed, do not accelerate or start the vehicle suddenly. • When the high voltage battery level is low, the power down warning illuminates and the power output from the vehicle is limited. Charge the battery immediately since your vehicle may not drive uphill or skid on a slope with the warning light ON. Stop vehicle and check power supply OOSEV048125L In the following cases, this warning message is displayed when the vehicle’s power is limited for safety. • When the high voltage battery is below a certain level, or voltage is decreasing. • When the temperature of the motor or high voltage battery is too high or too low. • When there is a problem with the cooling system or a failure that may interrupt normal driving. 3-62 OOSEV048200L This warning message is displayed when a failure occurs in the power supply system. In this case, park the vehicle in a safe location and we recommend that you tow your vehicle to the nearest authorized HYUNDAI dealer and have the vehicle inspected. Check Active Air Flap System Check Virtual Engine Sound System Check electric vehicle system 3 OOSEV048124L OOSEV048116L This message is displayed when there is a problem with the Virtual Engine Sound System (VESS). In this case, we recommend that you have your vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. This warning message is displayed when there is a problem with the electric vehicle control system. Refrain from driving when the warning message is displayed. In this case, we recommend that you have your vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. When all of the above conditions are fixed, the warning will disappear. 3-63 Convenient features of your vehicle OOSEV048201L This warning message is displayed in the following situations: - There is a malfunction with the actuator flap - There is a malfunction with the actuator air flap controller - The air flap does not open Convenient features of your vehicle LCD DISPLAY LCD display control The LCD display modes can be changed by using the control buttons. ■ Ty p e A (1) : MODE button for changing modes (2) , : MOVE switch for changing items (3) OK : SELECT/RESET button for setting or resetting the selected item ■ Ty p e B ■ Ty p e C OAE046402 3-64 LCD display modes Menu Trip Computer Assist User Settings Consumption Info Route Guidance Smart Cruise Control (SCC) Driver Assistance Accumulated Info Destination Info Lane Keeping Assist (LKA) Door Lane Following Assist (LFA) Lights Drive Info Driving style Up/Down Energy flow Driver Attention Warning (DAW) Sound Convenience Speed Limit Warning (ISLW) Service Interval Tire Pressure Other Features Master warning The Master Warning mode displays warning messages related to the vehicle when one or more systems is not operating normally. Language Reset The information provided may differ depending on which functions are applicable to your vehicle. 3-65 3 Convenient features of your vehicle TBT Convenient features of your vehicle Trip computer mode Turn By Turn (TBT) mode Driving Assist mode OAEE049679L OIK047147 OAEPH058615 The trip computer mode displays information related to vehicle driving parameters including energy consumption, tripmeter information and vehicle speed. For more information, refer to "Trip Computer" in this chapter. This mode displays the state of the navigation. SCC/LKA/LFA/DAW This mode displays the state of the Smart Cruise Control (SCC), Lane Keeping Assist (LKA), Lane Following Assist (LFA) system and Driver Attention Warning (DAW). 3-66 For more information, refer to each system information in chapter 5. Master warning mode Tire Pressure This mode displays information related to Tire Pressure. For more information, refer to "Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)" in chapter 6. OAEE049654L This warning light informs the driver the following situations. 3-67 3 Convenient features of your vehicle OAEPH049114L - Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist system malfunction (if equipped) - Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist radar blocked (if equipped) - Blind-Spot Collision Warning system malfunction (if equipped) - Blind-Spot Collision Warning radar blocked (if equipped) - LED Headlamp malfunction (if equipped) - High Beam Assist malfunction (if equipped) - Smart Cruise Control malfunction (if equipped) - Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) malfunction (if equipped) The Master Warning Light illuminates if one or more of the above warning situations occur. At this time, a Master Warning icon ( ) will appear beside the User Settings icon ( ), on the LCD display. If the warning situation is solved, the master warning light will be turned off and the Master Warning icon will disappear. Convenient features of your vehicle User settings mode Quick guide (Help) This mode provides quick guides for the systems in the User Settings mode. Select an item, press and hold the OK button. For more details about each system, refer to this Owner’s Manual OOSEV048172L OAD048572L In this mode, you can change the settings of the instrument cluster, doors, lamps, etc. 1. Driver Assistance 2. Door 3. Lights 4. Sound 5. Convenience 6. Service interval 7. Other (features) 8. Languages 9. Reset The information provided may differ depending on which functions are applicable to your vehicle. 3-68 Shift to P to edit settings This warning message appears if you try to adjust the User Settings while driving. For your safety, change the User Settings after parking the vehicle, applying the parking brake and shifting to P (Park). 1. Driver Assistance Items SCC response Explanation • Fast/Normal/Slow To adjust the sensitivity of the Smart Cruise Control system. For more details, refer to ''Smart Cruise Control with Stop & Go'' in chapter 5. 3 Convenient features of your vehicle • Lane Following Assist To activate or deactivate the Lane Following Assist (LFA) system. For more details, refer to the “Lane Following Assist (LFA) System” in chapter 5. Driving assist • Speed Limit Warning (ISLW) To activate or deactivate the Intelligent Speed Limit Warning (ISLW) For more details, refer to "Intelligent Speed Limit Warning (ISLW)" in chapter 5. Warning timing To adjust the warning timing of the driver assistance system. - Normal / Later Warning volume To adjust the warning volume of the driver assistance system. - High / Medium / Low • Leading Vehicle Departure Alert To activate or deactivate the Leading Vehicle Departure Alert. DAW (Driver Attention Warning) For more details, refer to the "Leading Vehicle Departure Alert (LVDA)" in chapter 5. To adjust the sensitivity of the DAW (Driver Attention Warning). For more details, refer to the "Driver Attention Warning (DAW)" in chapter 5. ❈ The information provided may differ depending on which functions are applicable to your vehicle. 3-69 Convenient features of your vehicle 1. Driver Assistance Items Forward Safety Explanation • Active Assist: If selected, the system controls the vehicle and provides a warning when a collision is detected. • Warning Only: If selected, the system provides a warning when a collision is detected. • Off: Deactivates the system. For more details, refer to the "Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist (FCA) system" in chapter 5. Lane Safety • Lane Keeping Assist : If selected, the system controls the vehicle and provides a warning when the vehicle leaves the lane. • Lane Departure Warning: If selected, the system provides a warning when the vehicle leaves the lane. • Off: Deactivates the LKA system. For more details, refer to the "Lane Keeping Assist (LKA) System" in chapter 5. • Warning Only: If selected, the system provides a warning when a collision is detected. Blind-Spot Safety • Off: Deactivates the system. For more details, refer to the "Blind-Spot Collision Warning (BCW) System" in chapter 5. Parking Safety • Rear Cross-Traffic Safety To activate or deactivate the Rear Cross-Traffic Collision Warning function. For more details, refer to "Rear Cross-traffic Collision Warning (RCCW) System" in chapter 5. ❈ The information provided may differ depending on which functions are applicable to your vehicle. 3-70 2. Door Items Auto Lock Explanation • Disable : The auto door lock operation will be deactivated. • Enable on Speed: All doors will be automatically locked when the vehicle speed exceeds 15km/h (9.3mph). • Enable on Shift: All doors will be automatically locked if the gear is shifted from the P (Park) position to the R (Reverse), N (Neutral), or D (Drive) position. Lock/Unlock sound To activate or deactivate the lock/unlock sound. If you lock the door with a remote control key again after locking the door, the alarm beeps. Horn feedback To activate or deactivate the horn feedback. If the horn feedback is activated, after locking the door by pressing the lock button on the remote key, and pressing it again within 4 seconds, the horn feedback sound will operate once to indicate that all doors are locked (if equipped with remote key). ❈ The information provided may differ depending on which functions are applicable to your vehicle. 3-71 Convenient features of your vehicle Auto Unlock • Disable: The auto door unlock operation will be canceled. (if equipped with smart key) • Vehicle Off: All doors will be automatically unlocked when the POWER button is set to the OFF position. • On Shift to P: All doors will be automatically unlocked if the gear is shifted to the P (Park) position. 3 Convenient features of your vehicle 3. Lights Items One touch turn signal Explanation • Off: The one touch turn signal function will be deactivated. • 3, 5, 7 Flashes: The turn signal indicator will blink 3, 5, or 7 times when the turn signal lever is moved slightly. For more details, refer to "Lighting" in this chapter. To activate or deactivate the headlight delay function. Headlight Delay For more details, refer to "Lighting" in this chapter. To activate or deactivate the high beam assist system. High beam Assist For more details, refer to “High Beam Assist” in this chapter. 4. Sound Items Cluster sound Explanation To adjust the cluster volume. - OFF/Level 1/Level 2/Level 3 ❈ The information provided may differ depending on which functions are applicable to your vehicle. 3-72 5. Convenience Items Seat Easy Access Explanation • Off: The seat easy access function is deactivated. • Normal/Extended: When you turn off the vehicle, the driver's seat will automatically move rearward short (Normal) or long (Extended) for you to enter or exit the vehicle more comfortably. For more details, refer to "Driver Position Memory System" in this chapter. To activate the utility mode. Switch to utility mode? When activated, electric devices in the vehicle is operated using the high voltage battery. For more details, refer to “Utility Mode” in the Electric Vehicle Guide in front of the owner’s manual. To activate or deactivate the welcome mirror and/or light function. Welcome Mirror/Light For more details, refer to ''Welcome System'' in this chapter. Wireless Charging System Wiper/Lights Display Smart recuperation To activate or deactivate the wireless charging system in the front seat. For more details, refer to "Wireless Charging System" in this chapter. To activate or deactivate the Wiper/Light mode. When activated, the LCD display shows the selected Wiper/Light mode whenever you changed the mode. To activate or deactivate the Smart Recuperation function. When activated, the recuperation level is adjusted automatically according to the current driving situation. For more details, refer to “Smart Recuperation System” in chapter 5. Icy Road Warning To activate or deactivate the icy road warning. ❈ The information provided may differ depending on which functions are applicable to your vehicle. 3-73 Convenient features of your vehicle Charge Connector Lock Mode 3 To activate the charge connector lock. • Always/While charging/Do not lock Convenient features of your vehicle 6. Service interval Items Explanation Service Interval To activate or deactivate the service interval function. Adjust Interval If the service interval menu is activated, you may adjust the time and distance. Reset To reset the service interval. i Information To use the service interval menu, consult an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. If the service interval is activated and the time and distance is adjusted, messages are displayed in the following situations each time the vehicle is turned on. - Service in : Displayed to inform the driver the remaining mileage and days to service. - Service required : Displayed when the mileage and days to service has been reached or passed. i Information If any of the following conditions occur, the mileage and number of days to service may be incorrect. - The battery cable is disconnected. - The fuse switch is turned off. - The battery is discharged. 3-74 7. Other (features) Items AUX. BATTERY SAVER+ To activate or deactivate the Aux. Battery Saver+ function. When activated, the high voltage battery is used to keep the 12V battery charged. For more details, reter to the ''Electric Vehicle System Overview'' provided in the front of the owner’s manual. • Off: The average energy consumption will not reset automatically. • After ignition: The average energy consumption will reset automatically whenever it has passed 4 hours after turning OFF the vehicle. • After recharging : The energy consumption will reset automatically after recharging. For more details, refer to "Trip Computer" in this chapter. Consumption unit To select the consumption unit. (km/kWh, kWh/100km, mi/kWh) Temperature Unit To select the temperature unit. (°C,°F) Tire Pressure Unit To select the tire pressure unit. (psi, kPa, bar) 3 Convenient features of your vehicle Energy consumption auto reset Explanation ❈ The information provided may differ depending on which functions are applicable to your vehicle. 3-75 Convenient features of your vehicle 8. Language (if equipped) Items Language Explanation Choose the language. 9. Reset Items Reset Explanation You can reset the menus in the User Settings Mode. All menus in the User Settings Mode are reset to factory settings, except language and service interval. ❈ The information provided may differ depending on which functions are applicable to your vehicle. 3-76 TRIP COMPUTER The trip computer is a microcomputer-controlled driver information system that displays information related to driving. i Information ■ Ty p e A Consumption Info • Average energy consumption • Instant energy consumption Accumulated Info • Tripmeter ■ Ty p e B 3 ■ Ty p e C • Average energy consumption • Elapsed time Drive Info OAE046402 To change the trip mode, toggle the “ , ” switch on the steering wheel. • Tripmeter • Average energy consumption • Elapsed time Digital Speedometer Driving Style Energy flow 3-77 Convenient features of your vehicle Some driving information stored in the trip computer (for example Average Vehicle Speed) resets if the battery is disconnected. Trip modes Convenient features of your vehicle Consumption info display Manual reset Accumulated info display To clear the average energy consumption manually, press the OK button on the steering wheel for more than 1 second when the average energy consumption is displayed. Automatic reset OAEE049679L Average energy consumption (1) • The average energy consumption is calculated by the total driving distance and the high voltage battery consumption since the last average energy consumption reset. • The average energy consumption can be reset both manually and automatically. To automatically reset the average energy consumption select either menu from the ‘Energy consumption auto reset’ in the User Settings mode on the LCD display. - After ignition: The average energy consumption will reset automatically whenever it has passed 4 hours after turning OFF the vehicle. - After recharging: The average energy consumption will reset automatically when driving speed exceeds 1 km/h, after recharging more than 10%. Instant energy consumption (2) • This mode displays the instantaneous energy consumption while driving. 3-78 OAEE049463L This display shows the accumulated trip distance (1), the average energy consumption (2), and the total driving time (3). The information is accumulated starting from the last reset. To manually reset the information, press and hold the OK button when viewing the Accumulated driving info. The trip distance, the average energy consumption, and total driving time will reset simultaneously. The accumulated driving information will continue to be counted while the vehicle is in the ready ( ) mode (for example, when the vehicle is in traffic or stopped at a stop light). Drive Info display The driving information will continue to be counted while the vehicle is in the ready ( ) mode (for example, when the vehicle is in traffic or stopped at a stop light.) i Information i Information The vehicle must be driven for a minimum of 300 meters (0.19 miles) since the last ignition key cycle before the driving information is recalculated. OAEE049121L This display shows the trip distance (1), the average energy consumption (2), and the total driving time (3). The information is combined for each ignition cycle. However, when the vehicle has been OFF for 4 hours or longer the Drive Info screen will reset. To manually reset the information, press and hold the OK button when viewing the Drive Info. The trip distance, the average energy consumption, and total driving time will reset simultaneously. 3-79 3 Convenient features of your vehicle The vehicle must be driven for a minimum of 300 meters (0.19 miles) since the last ignition key cycle before the accumulated driving information is recalculated. Convenient features of your vehicle Digital speedometer Driving style Energy flow OIK047151 OAEPH049537L OAEPHQ049851L This digital speedometer display shows the speed of the vehicle (km/h, MPH). This display shows whether the driver's driving style is Economical(1), Normal (2) or Aggressive (3). The electric vehicle system informs the drivers its energy flow in various operating modes. While driving, the current energy flow is specified in 3 modes. For more details, refer to “Energy Flow” in the Electric Vehicle Guide provided in front of the owner’s manual. 3-80 LIGHT ■ Type A Exterior lights Lighting control Even with the AUTO light feature in operation, it is recommended to manually turn ON the lamps when driving at night or in a fog, or when you enter dark areas, such as tunnels and parking facilities. ■ Type A 3 NOTICE ■ Type B OAE046448L ■ Type B OAE046451L OAE046449L To operate the lights, turn the knob at the end of the control lever to one of the following positions: (1) OFF (O) position (2) AUTO light position (3) Position lamp position (4) Headlamp position AUTO light position When the light switch is in the AUTO position, the position lamp and headlamp will be turned ON or OFF automatically depending on the amount of light outside the vehicle. • Do not cover or spill anything on the sensor (1) located on the instrument panel. • Do not clean the sensor using a window cleaner, the cleanser may leave a light film which could interfere with sensor operation. • If your vehicle has window tint or other types of metallic coating on the front windshield, the AUTO light system may not work properly. 3-81 Convenient features of your vehicle OAE046450L Convenient features of your vehicle ■ Type A High beam operation ■ Type A ■ Type A OAE046468L ■ Type B OAE046466L ■ Type B OAE046452L ■ Type B OAE046469L OAE046467L Position lamp position ( ) The position lamp, license plate lamp and instrument panel lamp are turned ON. Headlamp position ( ) The headlamp, position lamp, license plate lamp and instrument panel lamp are turned ON. i Information The POWER button must be in the ON position to turn on the headlamp. 3-82 OAE046453L To turn on the high beam headlamp, push the lever away from you. The lever will return to its original position. The high beam indicator will light when the headlamp high beams are switched on. To turn off the high beam headlamp, pull the lever towards you. The low beams will turn on. High Beam Assist (HBA) system (if equipped) ■ Type A ■ Type A WARNING Do not use high beam when there are other vehicles approaching you. Using high beam could obstruct the other driver's vision. 3 OAEPH049468L ■ Type B OAE046455L To flash the high beam headlamp, pull the lever towards you, then release the lever. The high beams will remain ON as long as you hold the lever towards you. OAEPH049469L The High Beam Assist (HBA) is a system that automatically adjusts the headlamp range (switches between high beam and low beam) according to the brightness of other vehicles and road conditions. 3-83 Convenient features of your vehicle OAE046454L ■ Type B Convenient features of your vehicle Operating condition 1.Place the light switch in the AUTO position. 2.Turn on the high beam by pushing the lever away from you. The High Beam Assist ( ) indicator will illuminate. 3.The High Beam Assist (HBA) will turn on when vehicle speed is above 45km/h (25mph). • If the light switch is pushed away when the High Beam Assist (HBA) is operating, the High Beam Assist (HBA) will turn off and the high beam will be on continuously. • If the light switch is pulled towards you when the high beam is off, the high beam will turn on without the High Beam Assist (HBA) canceled. When you let go of the light switch, the lever will move to the middle and the high beam will turn off. • If the light switch is pulled towards you when the high beam is on by the High Beam Assist (HBA), the low beam will be on and the High Beam Assist will turn off. 3-84 • If the light switch is placed to the headlamp position, the High Beam Assist (HBA) will turn off and the low beam will be on continuously. When the High Beam Assist (HBA) is operating, the high beam switches to low beam in the following conditions. - When the headlamp of an on-coming vehicle is detected. - When the tail lamp of a vehicle in front is detected. - When the headlamp or tail lamp of a motorcycle or a bicycle is detected. - When the surrounding ambient light is bright enough that high beams are not required. - When streetlights or other lights are detected. - When the light switch is not in the AUTO position. - When the High Beam Assist (HBA) is off. - When vehicle speed is below 30km/h (20 mph). Warning light and message OOS047127L When the High Beam Assist (HBA) Assist System is not working properly, the warning message will come on for a few second. After the message disappears, the master warning light ( ) will illuminate. We recommend that you take your vehicle to an authorized HYUNDAI dealer and have the system checked. CAUTION (Continued) • When the light from the oncoming or front vehicle is not detected because of exhaust fume, smoke, fog, snow, etc. • When the front window is covered with foreign matters such as ice, dust, fog, or is damaged 3) When the forward visibility is poor. Such examples may include: • When the headlamps of an oncoming vehicle or a vehicle in front is not detected due to poor outside visibility (smog, smoke, dust, fog, heavy rain, snow, etc.) • When the windshield visibility is poor 3-85 3 Convenient features of your vehicle The system may not operate normally if any of the following conditions should occur: 1) When the illumination from an on-coming vehicle or a vehicle in front is dim. Such examples may include: • When the headlamps of an oncoming vehicle or the tail lamps of a vehicle in front is covered with dust, snow, or water • When the headlamps on an on-coming vehicle are OFF, but the fog lamps are ON) 2) When the High Beam Assist camera is adversely affected by an external condition. Such examples may include: • When the vehicle's headlamps have been damaged or not repaired properly • When the vehicle headlamps are not aimed properly (Continued) (Continued) • When the vehicle is driven on a narrow curved road or rough road • When the vehicle is driven on an uphill road or downhill road • When only part of the vehicle in front is visible on a crossroad or curved road • When there is a traffic light, reflecting sign, flashing sign or mirror • When the road conditions are bad such as being wet or covered with snow • When a vehicle suddenly appears from a curve • When the vehicle is tilted from a flat tire or being towed • When the Lane Keeping Assist (LKA) system warning light illuminates (Continued) Convenient features of your vehicle i Information When you replace or reinstall the windshield glass or LDW/LKA camera (if equipped), We recommend that you take your vehicle to an authorized HYUNDAI dealer and have the system checked. 3-86 WARNING • Do not attempt to disassemble the front view camera without the assistance of an authorized HYUNDAI dealer technician. If camera is removed for any reason, the system may need to be re-calibrated. We recommend that the system be inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. • If the windshield of your vehicle is replaced, most likely the front view camera will need to be re-calibrated. If this occurs, have your vehicle inspected and have the system re-calibrated by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. • Be careful that water doesn’t get into the High Beam Assist (HBA) unit and do not remove or damage related parts of the High Beam Assist (HBA) system. (Continued) (Continued) • Do not place objects on the crash pad that reflect light such as mirrors, white paper, etc. The system may malfunction if sunlight is reflected. • At times, the High Beam Assist (HBA) may not work properly. The system is for your convenience only. It is the responsibility of the driver for safe driving practices and always check the road conditions for your safety. • When the system does not operate normally, change the lamp position manually between the high beam and low beam. Turn signals and lane change signals ■ Type A The lever will return to the OFF position when released or when the turn is completed. If an indicator stays on and does not flash or if it flashes abnormally, one of the turn signal bulbs may be burned out and will require replacement. OAE046456L ■ Type B OAE046457L To signal a turn, push down on the lever for a left turn or up for a right turn in position (A). To signal a lane change, move the turn signal lever slightly and hold it in position (B). 3-87 3 Convenient features of your vehicle One-touch turn signal function To activate an one-touch turn signal function, move the turn signal lever slightly and then release it. The lane change signals will blink 3, 5 or 7 times. You can activate/deactivate the One Touch Turn Signal function or choose the number of blinking (3, 5, or 7) from the User Settings Mode on the LCD display. For more details, refer to "LCD Display" in this chapter. Convenient features of your vehicle Rear fog lamp (if equipped) ■ Type A OAE046458L ■ Type B OAE046459L To turn on the rear fog lamp: Position the light switch in the headlamp position, and then turn the light switch (1) to the rear fog lamp position. 3-88 To turn the rear fog lamps off, do one of the following: • Turn off the headlamp switch. • Turn the light switch to the rear fog lamp position again. Battery saver function The purpose of this feature is to prevent the battery from being discharged. The system automatically turns off the position lamp when the driver turns the vehicle off and opens the driver-side door. With this feature, the position lamps will turn off automatically if the driver parks on the side of road at night. If necessary, to keep the lamps on when the vehicle is turned off, perform the following: 1) Open the driver-side door. 2) Turn the position lamps OFF and ON again using the light switch on the steering column. Headlamp delay function (if equipped) If the driver gets out of the vehicle through other doors (except driver's door), the battery saver function does not operate and the headlamp delay function does not turn off automatically. Therefore, It causes the battery to be discharged. In this case, make sure to turn off the lamp before getting out of the vehicle. Daytime running light (DRL) The Daytime Running Lights (DRL) can make it easier for others to see the front of your vehicle during the day, especially after dawn and before sunset. The DRL system will turn the dedicated lamp OFF when: 1. The headlights are in the ON position. 2. The vehicle is turned off. 3-89 3 Convenient features of your vehicle If you place the POWER button to the ACC or OFF position with the headlamps ON, the headlamps (and/or position lamps) remain on for about 5 minutes. However, with the vehicle off if the driver’s door is opened and closed, the headlamps (and/or position lamps) are turned off after 15 seconds. The headlamps (and/or position lamps) can be turned off by pressing the lock button on the smart key twice or turning the light switch to the OFF or AUTO position. However, if you turn the light switch to the AUTO position when it is dark outside, the headlamps will not be turned off. You can activate or deactivate the Headlamp Delay function from the User Settings Mode on the LCD display. For more details, refer to "LCD Display" in this chapter. NOTICE Convenient features of your vehicle Headlight leveling device Listed below are the examples of proper switch settings. For loading conditions other than those listed below, adjust the switch position so that the beam level may be the nearest as the condition obtained according to the list. Loading condition Switch position Driver only 0 Driver + Front passenger 0 OAEE049013L Full passengers (including driver) 1 Manual type To adjust the headlight beam level according to the number of the passengers and loading weight in the luggage area, turn the beam leveling switch. The higher the number of the switch position, the lower the headlight beam level. Always keep the headlight beam at the proper leveling position, or headlights may dazzle other road users. Full passengers (including driver) + Maximum permissible loading 2 Driver + Maximum permissible loading 3 3-90 Automatic type It automatically adjusts the headlight beam level according to the number of passengers and loading weight in the luggage area. And it offers proper headlight beam under various conditions. WARNING If it does not work properly even though your car is inclined backward according to passenger's posture, or the headlight beam is irradiated to the high or low position, we recommend that the system be inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. Do not attempt to inspect or replace the wiring yourself. Welcome system (if equipped) Welcome light (if equipped) Puddle lamp (if equipped) When all the doors (and tailgate) are closed and locked, the puddle lamp will come on for about 15 seconds if any of the below is performed. • When the door unlock button is pressed on the smart key. • When the button of the outside door handle is pressed with the smart key in possession. • When the vehicle is approached with the smart key in possession. (if equipped) Door handle lamp (if equipped) When all the doors (and tailgate) are closed and locked, the door handle lamp will come on for about 15 seconds if any of the below is performed. • When the door unlock button is pressed on the smart key. • When the button of the outside door handle is pressed with the smart key in possession. • When the vehicle is approached with the smart key in possession. Headlamp and position lamp When the headlamp (lamp switch in the headlamp or AUTO position) is on and all doors (and tailgate) are locked and closed, the position lamp and headlamp will come on for 15 seconds if/or any of the below is performed. • When the door unlock button is pressed on the smart key. At this time, if you press the door lock or unlock button, the position lamp and headlamp will turn off immediately. You can activate or deactivate the Welcome Light from the User Settings Mode on the LCD display. For more details, refer to "LCD Display" in this chapter. Interior lamp When the interior lamp switch is in the DOOR position and all doors (and tailgate) are closed and locked, the room lamp will come on for 30 seconds if any of the below is performed. • When the door unlock button is pressed on the smart key. • When the button of the outside door handle is pressed. At this time, if you press the door lock or unlock button, the room lamp will turn off immediately. 3-91 3 Convenient features of your vehicle OAEE049400L Also, if the outside rearview mirror folding switch is in the AUTO position, the outside rearview mirror will unfold automatically. You can activate or deactivate Welcome Light function from the User Settings mode on the LCD display. For more details, refer to "LCD Display" in this chapter. Convenient features of your vehicle Interior lights Front lamps NOTICE Do not use the interior lights for extended periods when the vehicle is turned off or the battery will discharge. Interior lamp AUTO cut The interior lamps will automatically go off approximately 20 minutes after the vehicle is turned off and the doors closed. If a door is opened, the lamp will go off 40 minutes after the vehicle is turned off. If the doors are locked by the smart key and the vehicle enters the armed stage of the theft alarm system, the lamps will go off five seconds later. 3-92 OAEPH047539L (1) Front Map Lamp (2) Front Door Lamp (3) Front Room Lamp Front Map Lamp : Press either of these lens to turn the map lamp on or off. This light produces a spot beam for convenient use as a map lamp at night or as a personal lamp for the driver and the front passenger. Front Door Lamp ( ): The front or rear room lamps come on when the front or rear doors are opened. When doors are unlocked by the smart key, the front and rear lamps come on for approximately 30 seconds as long as any door is not opened. The front and rear room lamps go out gradually after approximately 30 seconds if the door is closed. However, if the POWER button is in the ON position or all doors are locked, the front and rear lamps will turn off. If a door is opened with the POWER button in the ACC position or the OFF position, the front and rear lamps stay on for about 20 minutes. Front room lamp • : Press the button to turn ON the room lamp for the front/rear seats. • : Press the button to turn OFF the room lamp for the front/rear seats. Rear lamps NOTICE ■ Type A Tailgate room lamp Do not leave the lamp switches on for an extended period of time when the vehicle is turned off. 3 OAE049418 The tailgate room lamp comes on when the tailgate is opened. NOTICE OAEE046421 The tailgate lamp comes on as long as the tailgate lid is open. To prevent unnecessary charging system drain, close the tailgate lid securely after using the tailgate. Rear Room Lamp Switch ( ): Press this button to turn the room lamp on and off. 3-93 Convenient features of your vehicle OAE046445 ■ Type B Convenient features of your vehicle Vanity mirror lamp Puddle lamp (if equipped) OAD045410 OAE046419 Push the switch to turn the light on or off. • : The lamp will turn on if this button is pressed. • : The lamp will turn off if this button is pressed. Welcome light When all doors (and tailgate) are closed and locked, the puddle lamp will come on for 15 seconds if the door is unlocked by the smart key or outside door handle button. For more details, refer to "Welcome System" in this chapter. NOTICE Always have the switch in the off position when the vanity mirror lamp is not in use. If the sunvisor is closed without the lamp off, it may discharge the battery or damage the sunvisor. 3-94 Escort light When the POWER button is in the OFF position and the driver's door is opened, the puddle lamp will come on for 30 seconds. If the driver's door is closed within the 30 seconds, the puddle lamp will turn off after 15 seconds. If the driver's door is closed and locked, the puddle lamp will turn off immediately. The Puddle Lamp Escort Light will turn on only the first time the driver's door is opened after the vehicle is turned off. WIPERS AND WASHERS ■ Left-hand drive • Type A Windshield wipers ■ Right-hand drive OAD045437R A : Wiper speed control · MIST / V – Single wipe · OFF / O – Off · AUTO – Auto control wipe INT / --- – Intermittent wipe · LO / 1 – Low wiper speed · HI / 2 – High wiper speed * : if equipped OAD045438L B : Auto control wipe time adjustment C : Wash with brief wipes 3-95 3 Convenient features of your vehicle OAD045437L • Type B Operates as follows when the POWER button is in the ON position. MIST (V) : For a single wiping cycle, push the lever upward (or downward) and release. The wipers will operate continuously if the lever is held in this position. OFF (O) : Wiper is not in operation. INT (---) : Wiper operates intermittently at the same wiping intervals.To vary the speed setting, turn the speed control knob (B). AUTO : The rain sensor located on the upper end of the windshield glass senses the amount of rainfall and controls the wiping cycle for the proper interval. The more it rains, the faster the wiper operates. When the rain stops, the wiper stops.To vary the speed setting, turn the speed control knob (B). Convenient features of your vehicle LO (1) : The wiper runs at a lower speed. HI (2) : The wiper runs at a higher speed. AUTO (Automatic) control i Information If there is heavy accumulation of snow or ice on the windshield, defrost the windshield for about 10 minutes, or until the snow and/or ice is removed before using the windshield wipers to ensure proper operation. If you do not remove the snow and/or ice before using the wiper and washer, it may damage the wiper and washer system. 3-96 Sensor OAD045441L The rain sensor located on the upper end of the windshield glass senses the amount of rainfall and controls the wiping cycle for the proper interval. The more it rains, the faster the wiper operates. When the rain stops, the wiper stops. To vary the speed setting, turn the speed control knob (1). If the wiper switch is set in AUTO mode when the POWER button is in the ON position, the wiper will operate once to perform a self-check of the system. Set the wiper to OFF position when the wiper is not in use. WARNING To avoid personal injury from the windshield wipers, when the vehicle is in the ready ( ) mode and the windshield wiper switch is placed in the AUTO mode: • Do not touch the upper end of the windshield glass facing the rain sensor. • Do not wipe the upper end of the windshield glass with a damp or wet cloth. • Do not put pressure on the windshield glass. NOTICE • When washing the vehicle, set the wiper switch in the OFF (O) position to stop the auto wiper operation. The wiper may operate and be damaged if the switch is set in the AUTO mode while washing the vehicle. • Do not remove the sensor cover located on the upper end of the passenger side windshield glass. Damage to system parts could occur and may not be covered by your vehicle warranty. Windshield washers WARNING OAD045404 In the OFF (O) position, pull the lever gently toward you to spray washer fluid on the windshield and to run the wipers 1-3 cycles. The spray and wiper operation will continue until you release the lever. If the washer does not work, you may need to add washer fluid to the washer fluid reservoir. • To prevent possible damage to the washer pump, do not operate the washer when the fluid reservoir is empty. • To prevent possible damage to the wipers or windshield, do not operate the wipers when the windshield is dry. • To prevent damage to the wiper arms and other components, do not attempt to move the wipers manually. • To prevent possible damage to the wipers and washer system, use anti-freezing washer fluids in the winter season or cold weather. 3-97 3 Convenient features of your vehicle When the outside temperature is below freezing, ALWAYS warm the windshield using the defroster to prevent the washer fluid from freezing on the windshield and obscuring your vision which could result in an accident and serious injury or death. CAUTION Convenient features of your vehicle REAR VIEW MONITOR (IF EQUIPPED) OAEE049416 • The Rear View Monitor with parking guidance will activate when the vehicle is in the ready mode and the shift into R (Reverse) position. • To assist in parking, the rear view is shown (the parking guide line disappears) on the screen when the shift button is shifted from R (Reverse) to D (Drive) with vehicle speed below 15 km/h (9 mph). Driving Rear View Monitor (DRVM) OAEE049645 OAEE046417L The Rear View Monitor system is a supplemental system that shows the area behind the vehicle on the infotainment system screen to assist you when parking or driving. 3-98 OAEE049680L The Driving Rear View Monitor is a driving assist function that shows the image behind the vehicle on the screen regardless of vehicle speed while driving. Operating Conditions - The ignition status is [ON]. - The rear view monitor button (1) is pressed when gearshift status is [D](Drive) or [N](Neutral). Deactivations • When the vehicle is reversing the screen switches to the parking guidance screen. • If rear image was ON while driving, an icon ( ) is displayed in the upper right of the infotainment system screen to indicate Driving Rear View Monitor function is supported. The Driving Rear View Monitor is a driving assist function. As the appearance on the screen may differ from the actual location, check the front/rear/side view directly for safety. Rear View Monitor – Top view When you touch the icon of infotainment system, the top view is displayed on the screen and shows the distance from the vehicle in the back of your vehicle. Touch the icon again, to switch back to the previous screen. CAUTION • The Rear View Monitor is not a safety device. It only serves to assist the driver in identifying objects directly behind the middle of the vehicle. The camera does not cover the complete area behind the vehicle. • Never rely solely on the rear view monitor. As there are blind spots that do not appear on the camera while backing up and parking, You must always use methods of viewing the area behind you including looking over both shoulders as well as continuously checking all three rear view mirrors. • Always look around your vehicle to make sure there are no objects or obstacles before moving the vehicle in any direction to prevent a collision. 3-99 3 Convenient features of your vehicle - The rear view monitor button (1) is pressed again - One of the infotainment system button (2) is pressed WARNING Convenient features of your vehicle • Always pay close attention when the vehicle is driven close to objects, particularly pedestrians, and especially children. • Always keep the camera lens clean. If lens is covered with foreign matter, the camera may not operate normally. Reverse Parking Distance Warning system (if equipped) • Always look around your vehi- A OAE048403 [A] : Rear Sensor Reverse Parking Distance Warning system assists the driver during reverse movement of the vehicle by chiming if any object is sensed within the distance of 120 cm (48 in) behind the vehicle. This system is a supplemental system that senses objects within the range and location of the sensors, it cannot detect objects in other areas where sensors are not installed. 3-100 WARNING cle to make sure there are not any objects or obstacles before moving the vehicle in any direction to prevent a collision. • Always pay close attention when the vehicle is driven close to objects, particularly pedestrians, and especially children. • Be aware that some objects may not be visible on the screen or be detected by the sensors, due to the objects distance, size or material, all of which can limit the effectiveness of the sensor. Operation of Reverse Parking Distance Warning system Operating condition Types of warning sound When an object is 120 cm to 60 cm (48 in to 24 in) from the rear bumper : Buzzer beeps intermittently. When an object is approximately 30 to 60 cm (12 to 24 in) from the rear bumper, the warning sound beeps more frequently. When an object is within 30 cm (12 in) of the rear bumper : Buzzer beeps continuously. Indicator NOTICE • The indicator may differ from the illustration depending on objects or sensors status. If the indicator blinks, we recommend that you have your vehicle checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. • If the audible warning does not sound or if the buzzer sounds intermittently when the gear is R (Reverse) position, this may indicate a malfunction with Reverse Parking Distance Warning system. If this occurs, we recommend that you have your vehicle checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer as soon as possible. 3-101 3 Convenient features of your vehicle • This system will activate when backing up with the ignition switch in the ON position. However, if vehicle speed exceeds 5 km/h (3 mph), the system may not detect objects. • If vehicle speed exceeds 10 km/h (6 mph), the system will not warn you even though objects are detected. • When more than two objects are sensed at the same time, the closest one will be recognized first. Types of warning sound and indicator Convenient features of your vehicle To turn off Reverse Parking Distance Warning system (if equipped) Non-operational conditions of Reverse Parking Distance Warning system Reverse Parking Distance Warning system may not operate normally when: • Moisture is frozen to the sensor. • Sensor is covered with foreign matter, such as snow or water, or the sensor cover is blocked. OAEE049415 Push the button to turn off Reverse Parking Distance Warning system. The indicator light on the button will turn on. 3-102 There is a possibility of Reverse Parking Distance Warning system malfunction when: • Driving on uneven road surfaces such as unpaved roads, gravel, bumps, or gradient. • Objects generating excessive noise such as vehicle horns, loud motorcycle engines, or truck air brakes can interfere with the sensor. • Heavy rain or water spray is present. • Wireless transmitters or mobile phones are present near the sensor. • The sensor is covered with snow. • Any non-factory equipment or accessories have been installed, or if the vehicle bumper height or sensor installation has been modified. Detecting range may decrease when: • Outside air temperature is extremely hot or cold. • Undetectable objects smaller than 100 cm (40 in) and narrower than 14 cm (6 in) in diameter. The following objects may not be recognized by the sensor: • Sharp or slim objects such as ropes, chains or small poles. • Objects, which tend to absorb sensor frequency such as clothes, spongy material or snow. NOTICE • Reverse Parking Distance Warning system may not sound consistently depending on the speed and shapes of the objects detected. • Reverse Parking Distance Warning system may malfunction if the vehicle bumper height or sensor installation has been modified or damaged. Any non-factory installed equipment or accessories may also interfere with the sensor performance. • The sensor may not recognize objects less than 30 cm (12 in) from the sensor, or it may sense an incorrect distance. Use caution. • When the sensor is frozen or stained with snow, dirt, or water, the sensor may be inoperative until the stains are removed using a soft cloth. • Do not push, scratch or strike the sensor with any hard objects that could damage the surface of the sensor. Sensor damage could occur. • Do not spray the sensors or its surrounding area directly with a high pressure washer. Shock applied from high pressure water may cause the device to not operate normally. 3 WARNING Your new vehicle warranty does not cover any accidents or damage to the vehicle or injuries to its occupants related to a Reverse Parking Distance Warning system. Always drive safely and cautiously. 3-103 Convenient features of your vehicle • This system can only sense objects within the range and location of the sensors; It cannot detect objects in other areas where sensors are not installed. Also, small or slim objects, such as poles or objects located between sensors may not be detected by the sensors. Always visually check behind the vehicle when backing up. • Be sure to inform any drivers of the vehicle that may be unfamiliar with the system regarding the systems capabilities and limitations. Reverse Parking Distance Warning system precautions Convenient features of your vehicle Forward/Reverse Parking Distance Warning system (if equipped) ■ Front sensor the distance of 100 cm (40 in) in front and 120 cm (48 in) behind the vehicle. This system is a supplemental system that senses objects within the range and location of the sensors, it cannot detect objects in other areas where sensors are not installed. Operation of Forward/Reverse Parking Distance Warning WARNING • Always look around your vehiA OAEE049414L ■ Rear sensor B OAEE049413 [A] : Front Sensor, [B] : Rear Sensor Forward/Reverse Parking Distance Warning system assists the driver during movement of the vehicle by chiming if any object is sensed within 3-104 cle to make sure there are no objects or obstacles before moving the vehicle in any direction to prevent a collision. • Always pay close attention when the vehicle is driven close to objects, particularly pedestrians, and especially children. • Be aware that some objects may not be visible on the screen or be detected by the sensors, due to the objects distance, size or material, all of which can limit the effectiveness of the sensor. OAEE049415L Operating condition • This system will activates when Forward/Reverse Parking Distance Warning system button is pressed with the engine running Types of warning sound and indicator Distance from object cm (in) 100 ~ 60 (40 ~ 24) 120 ~ 60 (48 ~ 24) 60 ~ 30 (24 ~ 12) Front Rear - Warning sound Buzzer beeps intermittently Buzzer beeps intermittently Buzzer beeps frequently - Buzzer beeps frequently Buzzer sounds continuously Front Rear When driving rearward - Front Rear 30 (12) Warning indicator When driving forward - Buzzer sounds continuously NOTICE • The indicator may differ from the illustration depending on objects or sensors status. If the indicator blinks, we recommend that the system be checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer • If the audible warning does not sound or if the buzzer sounds intermittently when shifting into R (Reverse) position, this may indicate a malfunction with Forward/Reverse Parking Distance Warning system. If this occurs, we recommend that vehicle checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. 3-105 3 Convenient features of your vehicle • Forward/Reverse Parking Distance Warning system button turns on automatically and activates Forward/Reverse Parking Distance Warning system when the gear is R (Reverse) position. However, if vehicle speed exceeds 10 km/h (6 mph), the system will not warn you even though objects are detected, and if vehicle speed exceeds 20 km/h (12 mph), the system will turn off automatically. To turn on the system, press Forward/Reverse Parking Distance Warning system button • When more than two objects are sensed at the same time, the closest one will be recognized first. Convenient features of your vehicle Non-operational conditions of Forward/Reverse Parking Distance Warning system Forward/Reverse Parking Distance Warning may not operate when: • Moisture is frozen to the sensor. (It will operate normally when the ice melts.) • Sensor is covered with foreign matter, such as snow or water, or the sensor cover is blocked. (It will operate normally when the material is removed or the sensor is no longer blocked.) • Forward/Reverse Parking Distance Warning button is off. 3-106 There is a possibility of Forward/Reverse Parking Distance Warning system malfunction when: • Driving on uneven road surfaces such as unpaved roads, gravel, bumps, or gradient. • Objects generating excessive noise such as vehicle horns, loud motorcycle engines, or truck air brakes can interfere with the sensor. • Heavy rain or water spray is present. • Wireless transmitters or mobile phones present near the sensor. • The sensor is covered with snow • Any non-factory equipment or accessories have been installed, or if the vehicle bumper height or sensor installation has been modified. Detecting range may decrease when: • Outside air temperature is extremely hot or cold. • The sensor is covered with foreign matter such as snow or water. (The sensing range will return to normal when removed.) The following objects may not be recognized by the sensor: • Sharp or slim objects such as ropes, chains or small poles. • Objects, which tend to absorb sensor frequency such as clothes, spongy material or snow. • Undetectable objects smaller than 100 cm (40 in) and narrower than 14 cm (5.5 in) in diameter. Forward/Reverse Parking Distance Warning system precautions NOTICE • This system can only sense objects within the range and location of the sensors; It cannot detect objects in other areas where sensors are not installed. Also, small or slim objects, such as poles or objects located between sensors may not be detected by the sensors. Always visually check behind the vehicle when backing up. • Be sure to inform any drivers of the vehicle that may be unfamiliar with the system regarding the systems capabilities and limitations. WARNING Pay close attention when the vehicle is driven close to objects on the road, particularly pedestrians, and especially children. Be aware that some objects may not be detected by the sensors, due to the objects distance, size or material, all of which can limit the effectiveness of the sensor. Always perform a visual inspection to make sure the vehicle is clear of all obstructions before moving the vehicle in any direction. 3-107 3 Convenient features of your vehicle • Forward/Reverse Parking Distance Warning system may not sound consistently depending on the speed and shapes of the objects detected. • Forward/Reverse Parking Distance Warning system may malfunction if the vehicle bumper height or sensor installation has been modified. Any non-factory installed equipment or accessories may also interfere with the sensor performance. • Sensor may not recognize objects less than 30 cm (12 in) from the sensor, or it may sense an incorrect distance. Use with caution. • When the sensor is frozen or stained with snow, dirt, or water, the sensor may be inoperative until the stains are removed using a soft cloth. • Do not push, scratch or strike the sensor. Sensor damage could occur. • Do not spray the sensors or its surrounding area directly with a high pressure washer. Shock applied from high pressure water may cause the device to not operate normally. Convenient features of your vehicle Self-Diagnosis When the gear is R (Reverse) position and if one or more of the below occurs you may have a malfunction in the Parking Distance Warning system. • You don't hear an audible warning sound or if the buzzer sounds intermittently. • Parking Distance Warning system warning indicator is blinked. (if equipped) If this occurs, have the system checked by a professional workshop. We recommend that vehicle be checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. 3-108 WARNING Your new vehicle warranty does not cover any accidents or damage to the vehicle or injuries to its occupants. Always drive safely and cautiously. DEFROSTER NOTICE i Information Rear window defroster To prevent damage to the conductors bonded to the inside surface of the rear window, never use sharp instruments or window cleaners containing abrasives to clean the window. • If there is heavy accumulation of snow on the rear window, brush it off before operating the rear defroster. • The rear window defroster automatically turns off after approximately 20 minutes or when the POWER button is in the OFF position. If you want to defrost and defog the front windshield, refer to “Windshield Defrosting and Defogging” in this chapter. Convenient features of your vehicle i Information 3 OAEE049301 The defroster heats the window to remove frost, fog and thin ice from the interior and exterior of the rear window, while the vehicle is in the ready ( ) mode. • To activate the rear window defroster, press the rear window defroster button located in the center facia switch panel. The indicator on the rear window defroster button illuminates when the defroster is ON. • To turn off the defroster, press the rear window defroster button again. 3-109 Convenient features of your vehicle AUTOMATIC CLIMATE CONTROL SYSTEM 1. Temperature control button 2. Fan speed control button 3. Mode selection button 4. HEAT button 5. AUTO(automatic control) button 6. OFF button 7. Front windshield defrost button 8. Rear window defrost button 9. Air conditioning button 10. Air intake control button 11. Driver only button 12. EV button 13. Climate information screen OAEE049500L 3-110 i Information Automatic heating and air conditioning OAEE049302L 1. Press the AUTO button. The modes, fan speeds, air intake and air-conditioning will be controlled automatically according to the temperature setting. 2. Press the temperature control button to set the desired temperature. 3-111 3 Convenient features of your vehicle OAEE049303 • To turn the automatic operation off, select any button of the following: - Mode selection button - Front windshield defrost button (Press the button one more time to deselect the front windshield defroster function. The 'AUTO' sign will illuminate on the information display once again.) - Fan speed control button The selected function will be controlled manually while other functions operate automatically. • For your convenience, use the AUTO button and set the temperature to 23°C (73°F). Convenient features of your vehicle Manual heating and air conditioning OAEE049686L i Information Never place anything near the sensor to ensure better control of the heating and cooling system. 3-112 The heating and cooling system can be controlled manually by pushing buttons other than the AUTO button. In this case, the system works sequentially according to the order of buttons selected. When pressing any button except the AUTO button while using automatic operation, the functions not selected will be controlled automatically. 1.Start the vehicle. 2.Set the mode to the desired position. For improving the effectiveness of heating and cooling; - Heating: - Cooling: 3.Set the temperature control to the desired position. 4.Set the air intake control to the outside (fresh) air position. 5.Set the fan speed control to the desired speed. 6.If air conditioning is desired, turn the air conditioning system on. Press the AUTO button in order to convert to full automatic control of the system. Mode selection ■ Left-hand drive ■ Right-hand drive 3 Convenient features of your vehicle (if equipped) (if equipped) (if equipped) OAEE049320 (if equipped) OAEE049320R 3-113 Convenient features of your vehicle Face-Level (B, C, D, E, F) Air flow is directed toward the upper body and face. Additionally, each outlet can be controlled to direct the air discharged from the outlet. Bi-Level (B, C, D, E, F) OAEE049306 The mode selection button controls the direction of the air flow through the ventilation system. The air flow outlet port is converted as follows: Air flow is directed towards the face and the floor. Floor & Defrost (A, C, D, E, F) Most of the air flow is directed to the floor and the windshield with a small amount directed to the side window defrosters. Floor-Level (A, C, D, E, F) Most of the air flow is directed to the floor, with a small amount of the air being directed to the windshield and side window defrosters. 3-114 OAEE049307 Defrost-Level Most of the air flow is directed to the windshield with a small amount of air directed to the side window defrosters. ■ Front Also, you can adjust the direction of air delivery from these vents using the vent control lever as shown. Temperature control button 3 OAEE049303 Press the temperature control button to set the desired temperature. OAEPH049309L Instrument panel vents The outlet vents can be opened or closed ( ) using the vent control lever. 3-115 Convenient features of your vehicle OAEE049321 ■ Rear (if equipped) Convenient features of your vehicle Air intake control Recirculated air position With the recirculated air position selected, air from the passenger compartment will be drawn through the heating system and heated or cooled according to the function selected. Outside (fresh) air position OAEE049312L This is used to select the outside (fresh) air position or recirculated air position. To change the air intake control position, push the control button. With the outside (fresh) air position selected, air enters the vehicle from outside and is heated or cooled according to the function selected. i Information Prolonged operation of the heater in the recirculated air position (without air conditioning selected) may cause fogging of the windshield and side windows and the air within the passenger compartment may become stale. In addition, prolonged use of the air conditioning with the recirculated air position selected will result in excessively dry air in the passenger compartment. 3-116 WARNING • Continued climate control system operation in the recirculated air position may allow humidity to increase inside the vehicle which may fog the glass and obscure visibility. • Do not sleep in a vehicle with the air conditioning or heating system on. It may cause serious harm or death due to a drop in the oxygen level and/or body temperature. • Continued climate control system operation in the recirculated air position can cause drowsiness or sleepiness, and loss of vehicle control. Set the air intake control to the outside (fresh) air position as much as possible while driving. Fan speed control NOTICE Driver only Operating the fan speed when the POWER button is in the ON position could cause the battery to discharge. Operate the fan speed when the vehicle is in the ready ( ) mode. OAEE049314 If you press the DRIVER ONLY button( DRIVER ONLY ) and the indicator light illuminates, cold air mostly blows in the direction of the driver’s seat. However, some of the cold air may come out of other seats’ ducts to keep indoor air pleasant. If you use the button with no passenger in the front passenger seat, energy consumption will be reduced. DRIVER ONLY button will be turned off under the following conditions: 1) Defrost on 2) DRIVER ONLY button re-push 3-117 Convenient features of your vehicle OAEE049313 The fan speed can be set to the desired speed by pushing the fan speed control button. The higher the fan speed is, the more air is delivered. Pressing the OFF button turns off the fan. 3 Convenient features of your vehicle Air conditioning HEAT button EV mode OAEE049315 OAEE049310 OAEE049311 Push the A/C button to turn the air conditioning system on (indicator light will illuminate). Push the button again to turn the air conditioning system off. Push the HEAT button to turn the heater on (indicator light will illuminate). Push the button again to turn the heater off. Push the EV button to enter the EV mode on the infotainment system screen. The EV mode has a total of 7 menus including Range, Nearby Stations, Energy Information, Drive Mode, ECO Driving, Charging/Climate Settings and EV Settings. Air conditioner/Heater uses energy from the battery. If you use the heater or air conditioner for too long, distance to empty can be reduced due to too much power consumption. Turn off the heater and air conditioner if you do not need them. 3-118 For details on EV mode, refer to the infotainment system System manual that is provided separately. OFF mode System operation Ventilation Heating OAEE049316 Push the OFF button to turn the climate control system off. However, you can still operate the mode and air intake buttons as long as the POWER button is in the ON position. 1. Set the mode to the position. 2. Set the air intake control to the outside (fresh) air position. 3. Set the temperature control to the desired position. 4. Set the fan speed control to the desired speed. 5. If dehumidified heating is desired, turn the air conditioning system on. • If the windshield fogs up, set the mode to the or position. 3-119 3 Convenient features of your vehicle 1. Set the mode to the position. 2. Set the air intake control to the outside (fresh) air position. 3. Set the temperature control to the desired position. 4. Set the fan speed control to the desired speed. Operation Tips • To keep dust or unpleasant fumes from entering the vehicle through the ventilation system, temporarily set the air intake control to the recirculated air position. Be sure to return the control to the fresh air position when the irritation has passed to keep fresh air in the vehicle. This will help keep the driver alert and comfortable. • Air for the heating/cooling system is drawn in through the grilles just ahead of the windshield. Care should be taken that these are not blocked by leaves, snow, ice or other obstructions. • To prevent interior fog on the windshield, set the air intake control to the fresh air position and fan speed to the desired position, turn on the air conditioning system, and adjust the temperature control to desired temperature. Convenient features of your vehicle Air conditioning HYUNDAI Air Conditioning Systems are filled with R-134a or R1234yf refrigerant. 1. Start the vehicle. Push the air conditioning button. 2. Set the mode to the position. 3. Set the air intake control to the outside air or recirculated air position. 4. Adjust the fan speed control and temperature control to maintain maximum comfort. i Information Your vehicle is filled with R-134a or R-1234yf according to the regulation in your country at the time of production. You can find out which air conditioning refrigerant is applied to your vehicle on the label located inside of the hood. 3-120 NOTICE • The refrigerant system should only be serviced by trained and certified technicians to insure proper and safe operation. • The refrigerant system should be serviced in a well-ventilated place. • The air conditioning evaporator (cooling coil) shall never be repaired or replaced with one removed from a used or salvaged vehicle and new replacement MAC evaporators shall be certified (and labeled) as meeting SAE Standard J2842. i Information When opening the windows in humid weather air conditioning may create water droplets inside the vehicle. Since excessive water droplets may cause damage to electrical equipment, air conditioning should only be used with the windows closed. Air conditioning system operation tips • If the vehicle has been parked in direct sunlight during hot weather, open the windows for a short time to let the hot air inside the vehicle escape. • Use air conditioning to reduce humidity and moisture inside the vehicle on rainy or humid days. • During air conditioning system operation, you may occasionally notice a slight change in the vehicle speed as the air conditioning compressor cycles. This is a normal system operation characteristic. • Use the air conditioning system every month only for a few minutes to ensure maximum system performance. • When using the air conditioning system, you may notice clear water dripping (or even puddling) on the ground under the passenger side of the vehicle. This is a normal system operation characteristic. System maintenance Climate control air filter If the air flow rate suddenly decreases, we recommend the system be checked at an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. Outside air i Information Recirculated air Blower Climate control air filter Evaporator core Heater core 1LDA5047 This filter is installed behind the glove box. It filters the dust or other pollutants that enter the vehicle through the heating and air conditioning system. We recommend that the climate control air filter be replaced by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer according to the maintenance schedule. If the vehicle is being driven in severe conditions such as dusty or rough roads, more frequent climate control filter inspections and changes are required. • Replace the filter according to the Maintenance Schedule. If the car is being driven in severe conditions such as dusty, rough roads, more frequent climate control air filter inspections and changes are required. • When the air flow rate suddenly decreases, we recommend that the system be checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. 3-121 3 Convenient features of your vehicle • Operating the air conditioning system in the recirculated air position provides maximum cooling, however, continual operation in this mode may cause the air inside the vehicle to become stale. • During cooling operation, you may occasionally notice a misty air flow because of rapid cooling and humid air intake. This is a normal system operation characteristic. Convenient features of your vehicle Checking the amount of air conditioner refrigerant and compressor lubricant When the amount of refrigerant is low, the performance of the air conditioning is reduced. Overfilling also has a bad influence on the air conditioning system. Therefore, if abnormal operation is found, we recommend that the system be inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. WARNING Vehicles equipped with R-134a Because the refrigerant is at very high pressure, the air conditioning system should only be serviced by trained and certified technicians. It is important that the correct type and amount of oil and refrigerant is used. Otherwise, it may cause damage to the vehicle and personal injury. 3-122 WARNING Vehicles equipped with R-1234yf Because the refrigerant is mildly inflammable at very high pressure, the air conditioning system should only be serviced by trained and certified technicians. It is important that the correct type and amount of oil and refrigerant is used. Otherwise, it may cause damage to the vehicle and personal injury. WINDSHIELD DEFROSTING AND DEFOGGING WARNING Windshield heating Automatic climate control system To defog inside windshield 3 OAEE049317L 1. Select desired fan speed. 2. Select desired temperature. 3. Press the defroster button ( ). 4. The air-conditioning will turn on according to the detected ambient temperature, outside (fresh) air position and higher fan speed will be selected automatically. 3-123 Convenient features of your vehicle Do not use the or position during cooling operation in extremely humid weather. The difference between the temperature of the outside air and that of the windshield could cause the outer surface of the windshield to fog up, causing loss of visibility. In this case, set the mode selection button to the position and fan speed control knob or button to lower speed. • For maximum defrosting, set the temperature control to the extreme right/hot position and the fan speed control to the highest speed. • If warm air to the floor is desired while defrosting or defogging, set the mode to the floor-defrost position. • Before driving, clear all snow and ice from the windshield, rear window, outside rear view mirrors, and all side windows. • Clear all snow and ice from the hood and air inlet in the cowl grill to improve heater and defroster efficiency and to reduce the probability of fogging up inside of the windshield. Convenient features of your vehicle If the air-conditioning, outside (fresh) air position and higher fan speed are not selected automatically, adjust the corresponding button manually. If the position is selected, lower fan speed is controlled to higher fan speed. 3-124 To defrost outside windshield Defogging logic OAEE049318L OAEE049319L 1. Set fan speed to the highest position. 2. Set temperature to the extreme hot (HI) position. 3. Press the defroster button ( ). 4. The air-conditioning will turn on according to the detected ambient temperature and outside (fresh) air position will be selected automatically. If the position is selected, lower fan speed is controlled to higher fan speed. To reduce the probability of fogging up the inside of the windshield, the air intake or air conditioning are controlled automatically according to certain conditions such as or position. To cancel or return the defogging logic, do the following. 1. Turn the POWER button to the ON position. 2. Press the defroster button ( ). 3. While pressing the air conditioning button (A/C), press the air intake control button at least 5 times within 3 seconds. The climate control information screen will blink 3 times. It indicates that the defogging logic is canceled or returned to the programmed status. Auto defogging system When the Auto Defogging System operates, the indicator will illuminate. OAEE049687L Auto defogging reduces the possibility of fogging up the inside of the windshield by automatically sensing the moisture of inside the windshield. The auto defogging system operates when the heater or air conditioning is on. i Information The auto defogging system may not operate normally, when the outside temperature is below -10 °C. Step 1 : Outside air position Step 2 : Operating the air conditioning Step 3 : Blowing air toward the windshield Step 4 : Increasing air flow toward the windshield If the air conditioning is off or recirculated air position is manually selected while Auto Defogging System is ON, the Auto Defogging System Indicator will blink 3 times to signal that the manual operation has been canceled. To cancel or reset the Auto Defogging System Press the front windshield defroster button for 3 seconds when the POWER button is in the ON position. 3-125 3 Convenient features of your vehicle If higher level of moisture are sensed in the vehicle, the Auto Defogging System will operate in the following order: If the battery has been discharged or disconnected, it resets to the defog logic status. Convenient features of your vehicle When the Auto Defogging System is canceled, ADS OFF symbol will blink 3 times and the ADS OFF will be displayed on the climate control information screen. When the Auto Defogging System is reset, ADS OFF symbol will blink 6 times without a signal. i Information • When the air conditioning is turned on by Auto defogging system, if you try to turn off the air conditioning, the indicator will blink 3 times and the air conditioning will not be turned off. • For efficiency, do not select recirculated air position while Auto defogging system is operating. NOTICE Do not remove the sensor cover located on the upper end of the windshield glass. Damage to system parts could occur and may not be covered by your vehicle warranty. 3-126 CLIMATE CONTROL ADDITIONAL FEATURES Sunroof inside air recirculation (if equipped) When the sunroof is opened, outside (fresh) air will be automatically selected. At this time, if you press the air intake control button, recirculated air position will be selected but will change back to outside (fresh) air after 3 minutes. When the sunroof is closed, the air intake position will return to the original position that was selected. STORAGE COMPARTMENT WARNING Center console storage ALWAYS keep the storage compartment covers closed securely while driving. Items inside your vehicle are moving as fast as the vehicle. If you have to stop or turn quickly, or if there is a crash, the items may fly out of the compartment and may cause an injury if they strike the driver or a passenger. 3 OAEE046418 NOTICE To avoid possible theft, do not leave valuables in the storage compartments. To open : Press the button (1). 3-127 Convenient features of your vehicle Never store cigarette lighters, propane cylinders, or other flammable/explosive materials in the vehicle. These items may catch fire and/or explode if the vehicle is exposed to hot temperatures for extended periods. WARNING Convenient features of your vehicle Glove box Sunglass holder (if equipped) WARNING • Do not keep objects except OAEE046427 To open: Pull the lever (1). WARNING ALWAYS close the glove box door after use. An open glove box door can cause serious injury to the passenger in an accident, even if the passenger is wearing a seat belt. 3-128 OAD045413 To open: Press the cover and the holder will slowly open. Place your sunglasses in the compartment door with the lenses facing out. To close: Push back into position. Make sure the sunglass holder is closed while driving. sunglasses inside the sunglass holder. Such objects can be thrown from the holder in the event of a sudden stop or an accident, possibly injuring the passengers in the vehicle. • Do not open the sunglass holder while the vehicle is moving. The rear view mirror of the vehicle can be blocked by an open sunglass holder. • Do not put the glasses forcibly into a sunglass holder. It may cause personal injury if you try to open it forcibly when the glasses are jammed in holder. Multi box (if equipped) WARNING Do not keep objects that can be thrown from the multi box and severely injure passengers in the vehicle in the event of a sudden stop or an accident. 3 Convenient features of your vehicle OAEE046402L OAEE046403 Use the multi box to keep small objects. 3-129 Convenient features of your vehicle INTERIOR FEATURES Ashtray (if equipped) Cup holder Rear ■ Front Pull the armrest down to use the cup holders. WARNING • Avoid abrupt starting and OAEE049404 OAEE049471L ■ Rear To use the ashtray, open the cover. To clean the ashtray: The plastic receptacle should be removed by lifting the plastic ashtray receptacle upward after turning the cover counterclockwise and pulling it out. OAE046424 WARNING Ashtray use Putting lit cigarettes or matches in an ashtray with other combustible materials may cause a fire. 3-130 Cups or small beverages cups may be placed in the cup holders. braking when the cup holder is in use to prevent spilling your drink. If hot liquid spills, you could be burned. Such a burn to the driver could cause loss of vehicle control resulting in an accident. • Do not place uncovered or unsecured cups, bottles, cans, etc., in the cup holder containing hot liquid while the vehicle is in motion. Injuries may result in the event of sudden stop or collision. • Only use soft cups in the cup holders. Hard objects can injure you in an accident. WARNING i Information Sunvisor Close the vanity mirror cover securely and return the sunvisor to its original position after use. Keep cans or bottles out of direct sun light and do not put them in a hot vehicle. It may explode. WARNING NOTICE OAE046425 To use a sunvisor, pull it downward. To use a sunvisor for a side window, pull it downward, unsnap it from the bracket (1) and swing it to the side (2). To use the vanity mirror, pull down the sunvisor and slide the mirror cover (3). Use the ticket holder (4) to hold tickets. NOTICE Do not put several tickets in the ticket holder at one time. This could cause damage to the ticket holder. 3-131 Convenient features of your vehicle • Keep your drinks sealed while driving to prevent spilling your drink. If liquid spills, it may get into the vehicle's electrical/electronic system and damage electrical/electronic parts. • When cleaning spilled liquids, do not dry the cup holder at high temperature. This may damage the cup holder. 3 For your safety, do not block your view when using the sunvisor. Convenient features of your vehicle Power outlet (if equipped) OAEE049405L The power outlet is designed to provide power for mobile telephones or other devices designed to operate with vehicle electrical systems. The devices should draw less than 180 W(Watt) with the vehicle in the ready ( ) mode. WARNING Avoid electrical shocks. Do not place your fingers or foreign objects (pin, etc.) into a power outlet or touch the power outlet with a wet hand. 3-132 NOTICE To prevent damage to the Power Outlets : • Use the power outlet only when the vehicle is in the ready ( ) mode and remove the accessory plug after use. Using the accessory plug for prolonged periods of time with the vehicle off could cause the battery to discharge. • Only use 12V electric accessories which are less than 180 W(Watt) in electric capacity. • Adjust the air-conditioner or heater to the lowest operating level when using the power outlet. • Close the cover when not in use. • Some electronic devices can cause electronic interference when plugged into a vehicle’s power outlet. These devices may cause excessive audio static and malfunctions in other electronic systems or devices used in your vehicle. (Continued) (Continued) • Push the plug in as far as it will go. If good contact is not made, the plug may overheat and the fuse may open. • Plug in battery equipped electrical/electronic devices with reverse current protection. The current from the battery may flow into the vehicle's electrical/electronic system and cause system malfunction. Wireless cellular phone charging system (if equipped) There is a wireless cellular phone charger inside the front console. The system is available when all doors are closed, and when the POWER button is in the ACC, ON or START position. The wireless cellular phone charging system charges only the Qi-enabled cellular phones ( ). Read the label on the cellular phone accessory cover or visit your cellular phone manufacturer’s website to check whether your cellular phone supports the Qi technology. The wireless charging process starts when you put a Qi-enabled cellular phone on the wireless charging unit. 1. Remove other items, including the smart key, from the wireless charging unit. If not, the wireless charging process may be interrupted. Place the cellular phone on the center of charging pad. 2. The indicator light is orange when the cellular phone is chargeing. The indicator light turns green when phone charging is completed. 3. You can turn ON or OFF the wireless charging function in the user settings mode on the instrument cluster. (For further information, refer to the “LCD display” in this chapter.) If your cellular phone is not charging: - Slightly change the position of the cellular phone on the charging pad. - Make sure the indicator light is orange. The indicator light will blink orange for 10 seconds if there is a malfunction in the wireless charging system. In this case, temporarily stop the charging process, and re-attempt to wirelessly charge your cellular phone again. The system warns you with a message on the LCD display if the cellular phone is still on the wireless charging unit after the POWER button is in the OFF position and the front door is opened. i Information For some manufacturers' cellular phones, the system may not warn you even though the cellular phone is left on the wireless charging unit. This is due to the particular characteristic of the cellular phone and not a malfunction of the wireless charging. 3-133 3 Convenient features of your vehicle OAEE049407 To charge a cellular phone Convenient features of your vehicle NOTICE • The wireless cellular phone charging system may not support certain cellular phones, which are not verified for the Qi specification ( ). • When placing your cellular phone on the charging mat, position the phone in the middle of the mat for optimal charging performance. If your cell phone is off to the side, the charging rate may be less and in some cases the cell phone may experience higher heat conduction. • In some cases, the wireless charging may stop temporarily when the Smart Key is used, either when starting the vehicle or locking/unlocking the doors, etc. • When charging certain cellular phones, the charging indicator may not change to green when the cell phone is fully charged. (Continued) 3-134 (Continued) • The wireless charging process may temporarily stop, when temperature abnormally increases inside the wireless cellular phone charging system. The wireless charging process restarts, when temperature falls to a proper level. • The wireless charging process may temporarily stop when there is any metallic item, such as a coin, between the wireless cellular phone charging system and a cellular phone. • For certain cellular phones with their own protection, the wireless charging speed may decrease and the wireless charging may stop. • If the cellular phone has a thick cover, the wireless charging may not be possible. • If the cell phone is not completely contacting the charging pad, wireless charging may not operate properly. (Continued) (Continued) • Some magnetic items like credit cards, phone cards or rail tickets may be damaged if left with the cellular phone during the charging process. • If the cellular phone without the wireless charging function or the metallic items are placed on the charging pad, it may cause slight noise. This noise does not affect the cellular phone and the vehicle, because this noise is an operating sound during determining the item on the charging pad. • If the POWER button is in the OFF position, the charging also stops. Cigarette lighter (if equipped) WARNING • Do not hold the lighter in after To use the cigarette lighter, the POWER button must be in the ACC or ON position. Push the cigarette lighter all the way into its socket. When the element is heated, the lighter will pop out to the “ready” position. We recommend that you use parts for replacement from an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. NOTICE Only a genuine HYUNDAI lighter should be used in the cigarette lighter socket. The use of plug-in accessories (shavers, hand-held vacuums, and coffee pots, etc.) may damage the socket or cause electrical failure. WARNING Do not adjust the clock while driving.You may lose your steering control and cause severe personal injury or accidents. Vehicles with Audio system Select the [SETUP] button on the audio system ➟ Select [Date/Time]. • Set time: Set the time displayed on the audio screen. • Time format: Choose between 12hour and 24-hour time formats. Vehicles with Navigation system Select the Settings menu on the Navigation system ➟ Select [Date/Time]. • GPS time: Displays time according to the received GNSS time. • 24-hour: Switches to 12 hour or 24 hour. ❈ Detailed information for the Infotainment system is described in a separately supplied manual. 3-135 3 Convenient features of your vehicle OAEE049472L it is already heated because it will overheat. • If the lighter does not pop out within 30 seconds, remove it to prevent overheating. • Do not insert foreign objects into the socket of the cigarette lighter. It may damage the cigarette lighter. Clock Convenient features of your vehicle Clothes hanger (if equipped) OAEE046434 These hangers are not designed to hold large or heavy items. 3-136 WARNING Floor mat anchor(s) (if equipped) OGSB047265L Do not hang other objects such as hangers or hard objects except clothes. Also, do not put heavy, sharp or breakable objects in the clothes pockets. In an accident or when the curtain air bag is inflated, it may cause vehicle damage or personal injury. OAE046430 ALWAYS use the Floor Mat Anchors to attach the front floor mats to the vehicle. The anchors on the front floor carpet keep the floor mats from sliding forward. WARNING CAUTION To prevent damage to the goods or the vehicle, care should be taken when carrying fragile or bulky objects in the luggage compartment. WARNING OAEE046408 To keep items from shifting in the cargo area, you can use the four holders located in the cargo area to attach the luggage net. If necessary, we recommend that you contact your authorized HYUNDAI dealer to obtain a luggage net. To avoid eye injury, DO NOT overstretch the luggage net. ALWAYS keep your face and body out of the luggage net’s recoil path. DO NOT use the luggage net when the strap has visible signs of wear or damage. 3-137 3 Convenient features of your vehicle The following must be observed when installing ANY floor mat to the vehicle. • Ensure that the floor mats are securely attached to the vehicle's floor mat anchor(s) before driving the vehicle. • Do not use ANY floor mat that cannot be firmly attached to the vehicle's floor mat anchors. • Do not stack floor mats on top of one another (e.g. all-weather rubber mat on top of a carpeted floor mat). Only a single floor mat should be installed in each position. IMPORTANT - Your vehicle was manufactured with driver's side floor mat anchors that are designed to securely hold the floor mat in place. To avoid any interference with pedal operation, HYUNDAI recommends that the HYUNDAI floor mat designed for use in your vehicle be installed. Luggage net (holder) (if equipped) Convenient features of your vehicle To use the cargo security screen Cargo security screen (if equipped) When the cargo security screen is not in use: 1. Pull the cargo security screen backward and up to release it from the guides. 2. The cargo security screen will automatically slide back in. NOTICE OAEE046423 OAEE046422 Use the cargo security screen to hide items stored in the cargo area. 1. Pull the cargo security screen towards the rear of the vehicle by the handle (1). 2. Insert the guide pin into the guide (2). NOTICE Pull out the cargo security screen with the handle in the center to prevent the guide pin from falling out of the guide. 3-138 The cargo security screen may not automatically slide back in if the cargo security screen is not fully pulled out. Fully pull it out and then let go. To remove the cargo security screen 3 Convenient features of your vehicle OAEE046424L OAEE046409 1. Push out the lower part of guide pins in both sides. 2. While pushing the guide pins, pull out the cargo security screen. 3. Open the luggage tray and keep the cargo security screen in the tray. 3-139 Infotainment system Infotainment system ..............................................4-2 USB and iPod® port ..........................................................4-2 Antenna ...............................................................................4-2 Steering wheel audio control .........................................4-3 Bluetooth® Wireless Technology hands-free ..........4-4 Audio / Video / Navigation system ..............................4-4 4 Infotainment system INFOTAINMENT SYSTEM i Information Antenna Roof antenna (Type A) USB and iPod® port • If you install an aftermarket HID headlamp, your vehicle’s audio and electronic device may malfunction. • Prevent chemicals such as perfume, cosmetic oil, sun cream, hand cleaner, and air freshener from contacting the interior parts because they may cause damage or discoloration. OAEE049411L You can use an USB port to plug in and USB and an iPod® port. i Information When using a portable audio device connected to the power outlet, noise may occur during playback. If this happens, use the power source of the portable audio device. ❈ 4-2 iPod® is a trademark of Apple Inc. OAEPH049481L The roof antenna receives both AM and FM broadcast signals. Rotate the roof antenna in a counterclockwise direction to remove it. Rotate it in a clockwise direction to reinstall it. NOTICE • Before entering a place with a low height clearance or a car wash, remove the antenna by rotating it counterclockwise. If not, the antenna may be damaged. (Continued) (Continued) • When reinstalling your antenna, it is important that it is fully tightened and adjusted to the upright position to ensure proper reception. Steering wheel audio control (if equipped) ■ Type A Do not operate audio remote control buttons simultaneously. VOLUME (VOL + / - ) (1) • Move the VOLUME toggle switch up to increase volume. • Move the VOLUME toggle switch down to decrease volume. Shark fin antenna (Type B) ■ Type B SEEK/PRESET ( / ) (2) If the SEEK/PRESET toggle switch is moved up or down and held for 0.8 second or more, it will function in the following modes. ■ Type C OAEE049410 OAE046474L RADIO mode It will function as the AUTO SEEK select switch. It will SEEK until you release the switch. MEDIA mode It will function as the FF/REW switch. The steering wheel audio control switches are installed for your convenience. 4-3 4 Infotainment system OAE046437 The shark fin antenna receives transmitted data. (for example: AM/FM, DAB, GPS/ GNSS) NOTICE Infotainment system If the SEEK/PRESET toggle switch is moved up or down, it will function in the following modes. Bluetooth® Wireless Technology hands-free RADIO mode It will function as the PRESET STATION UP/DOWN switch. MEDIA mode It will function as the TRACK UP/ DOWN switch. MODE ( ) (3) Press the MODE button to select Radio, Disc, or AUX. MUTE ( • Audio : Detailed information of the AUDIO system is described in the manual supplied separately. • AVN : Detailed information for the Bluetooth® Wireless Technology hands-free is described in the manual supplied separately. OAE046440 Audio / Video / Navigation system (if equipped) Detailed information for the navigation system is described in a separately supplied manual. ) (4) • Press the button to mute the sound. • Press the button again to activate the sound. i Information Detailed information for audio control buttons are described in the following pages in this chapter. 4-4 (1) Call / Answer button (2) Call end button (3) Microphone OAE046447 You can use the phone wirelessly by using the Bluetooth® Wireless Technology. Driving your vehicle Before driving.........................................................5-3 Braking system.....................................................5-27 Before entering the vehicle ...........................................5-3 Before starting...................................................................5-3 Power brakes ..................................................................5-27 Disc brakes wear indicator ..........................................5-28 Electronic Parking Brake (EPB)...................................5-28 Auto hold .........................................................................5-33 Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) ....................................5-37 Electronic Stability Control (ESC)................................5-39 Vehicle Stability Management (VSM).........................5-43 Hill-Start Assist Control (HAC) ....................................5-44 Good braking practices ................................................5-45 Power button ..........................................................5-4 POWER button positions .................................................5-6 Starting the vehicle...........................................................5-8 Turning off the vehicle..................................................5-10 Reduction gear .....................................................5-11 Reduction gear operation .............................................5-11 Parking...............................................................................5-13 LCD display messages....................................................5-14 Good driving practices ..................................................5-16 Paddle shifter (Regenerative braking control) ..5-18 One pedal driving ............................................................5-19 Smart recuperation system (with smart cruise control system)...................5-20 System setting .................................................................5-20 To activate Smart Recuperation System ...................5-20 Smart Recuperation System will be temporarily cancelled when: ...............................................................5-21 To resume Smart Recuperation System ....................5-22 To turn Smart Recuperation System off...................5-22 Vehicle-to-Vehicle Distance recognition sensor (Front radar).....................................................................5-22 System malfunction........................................................5-23 Limitations of the system .............................................5-23 Drive mode integrated control system .............5-46 Drive mode........................................................................5-46 Initial setting for each Drive Mode ............................5-46 Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist (FCA) system - sensor fusion type (Front view camera + Front radar) ....................5-47 System setting and activation......................................5-47 FCA warning message and brake control.................5-49 FCA sensor (Front camera+ Front radar).................5-52 System malfunction........................................................5-54 Limitations of the system .............................................5-56 Lane Keeping Assist (LKA) system ..................5-63 LKA operation ..................................................................5-65 Warning light and message ..........................................5-68 Limitations of the System.............................................5-69 LKA system function change .......................................5-71 5 Blind-spot Collision Warning (BCW) system ...5-72 System description .........................................................5-72 System setting and operation......................................5-73 Warning message and system control.......................5-75 Declaration of conformity ...........................................5-81 Driver Attention Warning (DAW) ......................5-83 System setting and operation......................................5-83 Resetting the system ....................................................5-86 System standby ...............................................................5-86 System malfunction........................................................5-86 Leading Vehicle Departure Alert .................................5-89 5 Rear Cross-Traffic Collision Warning (RCCW) system ................................................................5-123 System description .......................................................5-123 System setting and operation....................................5-123 Warning message and system control ....................5-125 Detecting Sensor...........................................................5-127 Speed limit control system ..............................5-133 Speed Limit Control operation...................................5-133 Intelligent Speed Limit Warning (ISLW)..........5-135 Cruise control ......................................................5-91 System setting and operation....................................5-136 Display .............................................................................5-137 Limitations of the system ...........................................5-140 Cruise control operation................................................5-91 Special driving conditions.................................5-142 Smart cruise control system (with stop & go system) ....................................5-97 Hazardous driving conditions ....................................5-142 Rocking the vehicle ......................................................5-142 Smooth cornering .........................................................5-143 Driving at night..............................................................5-143 Driving in the rain .........................................................5-143 Driving in flooded areas..............................................5-144 Highway driving.............................................................5-144 To adjust the sensitivity of Smart Cruise Control ..5-99 To convert to Cruise Control mode ..........................5-100 Smart Cruise Control speed........................................5-101 Smart Cruise Control Vehicle-to-Vehicle Distance..5-106 Sensor to detect distance to the vehicle ahead...5-109 Limitations of the system ...........................................5-111 Lane Following Assist (LFA) system ..............5-116 LFA operation ................................................................5-118 Warning message..........................................................5-119 Limitations of the system ...........................................5-121 Winter driving.....................................................5-145 Snow or icy conditions ................................................5-145 Winter precautions .......................................................5-147 Vehicle weight ....................................................5-149 Overloading ....................................................................5-149 Trailer towing .....................................................5-150 BEFORE DRIVING Before starting • Be sure all windows, outside mirror(s), and outside lights are clean and unobstructed. • Remove frost, snow, or ice. • Visually check the tires for uneven wear and damage. • Check under the vehicle for any sign of leaks. • Be sure there are no obstacles behind you if you intend to back up. • Make sure the hood, the tailgate, and the doors are securely closed and locked. • Adjust the position of the seat and steering wheel. • Adjust the inside and outside rearview mirrors. • Verify all the lights work. • Fasten your seat belt. Check that all passengers have fastened their seat belts. • Check the gauges and indicators in the instrument panel and the messages on the instrument display when the POWER button is in the ON position. • Check that any items you are carrying are stored properly or fastened down securely. WARNING To reduce the risk of SERIOUS INJURY or DEATH, take the following precautions: • ALWAYS wear your seat belt. All passengers must be properly belted whenever the vehicle is moving. For more information, refer to "Seat Belts" in chapter 2. • Always drive defensively. Assume other drivers or pedestrians may be careless and make mistakes. • Stay focused on the task of driving. Driver distraction can cause accidents. • Leave plenty of space between you and the vehicle in front of you. 5-3 5 Driving your vehicle Before entering the vehicle Driving your vehicle POWER BUTTON WARNING NEVER drink or take drugs and drive. Drinking or taking drugs and driving is dangerous and may result in an accident and SERIOUS INJURY or DEATH. Drunk driving is the number one contributor to the highway death toll each year. Even a small amount of alcohol will affect your reflexes, perceptions and judgment. Just one drink can reduce your ability to respond to changing conditions and emergencies and your reaction time gets worse with each additional drink. Driving while under the influence of drugs is as dangerous or more dangerous than driving under the influence of alcohol. (Continued) 5-4 (Continued) You are much more likely to have a serious accident if you drink or take drugs and drive. If you are drinking or taking drugs, don't drive. Do not ride with a driver who has been drinking or taking drugs. Choose a designated driver or call a taxi. WARNING To reduce the risk of SERIOUS INJURY or DEATH, take the following precautions: • NEVER allow children or any person who is unfamiliar with the vehicle to touch the POWER button or related parts. Unexpected and sudden vehicle movement can occur. • NEVER reach through the steering wheel for the POWER button or any other control, while the vehicle is in motion. The presence of your hand or arm in this area may cause a loss of vehicle control resulting in an accident. WARNING OAEE056019 • NEVER press the POWER button while the vehicle is in motion except in an emergency. This will result in the vehicle turning off and loss of power assist for the steering and brake systems. This may lead to loss of directional control and braking function, which could cause an accident. • Before leaving the driver's seat, always make sure the gear is in the P (Park) position, set the parking brake, press the POWER button to the OFF position, and take the Smart Key with you. Unexpected vehicle movement may occur if these precautions are not followed. 5-5 5 Driving your vehicle Whenever the front door is opened, the POWER button will illuminate and will go off 30 seconds after the door is closed. To turn the vehicle off in an emergency: Press and hold the POWER button for more than two seconds OR Rapidly press and release the POWER button three times (within three seconds). If the vehicle is still moving, you can restart the vehicle without depressing the brake pedal by pressing the POWER button with the gear in the N (Neutral) position. WARNING Driving your vehicle POWER button positions Button Position 5-6 Action Notice OFF To turn off the vehicle, press the POWER If the steering wheel is not locked properly button with the gear in P (Park). when you open the driver's door, the warning chime will sound. Also, the vehicle will turn off when the POWER button is pressed with the gear in D (Drive) or R (Reverse) because the gear automatically shifts to the P (Park) position. But, when it is pressed in N (Neutral), the POWER button will go to the ACC position. The steering wheel locks to protect the vehicle from theft (if equipped). ACC Press the POWER button when the button is in the OFF position without depressing the brake pedal. Some of the electrical accessories are usable. The steering wheel unlocks. If the steering wheel doesn't unlock properly, the POWER button will not work. Press the POWER button while turning the steering wheel right and left to release tension. Button Position ON START Action Press the POWER button while it is in the ACC position without depressing the brake pedal. The warning lights can be checked before the vehicle is started. Notice Do not leave the POWER button in the ON position when the vehicle is not in the ready ( ) mode to prevent the battery from discharging. 5-7 5 Driving your vehicle To start the vehicle, depress the brake pedal If you press the POWER button without and press the POWER button with the gear depressing the brake pedal, the vehicle does in the P (Park) position. not start and the POWER button changes as follows: OFF → ACC → ON → OFF or ACC Driving your vehicle Starting the vehicle WARNING • Always wear appropriate shoes when operating your vehicle. Unsuitable shoes, such as high heels, ski boots, sandals, flipflops, etc., may interfere with your ability to use the brake and accelerator pedals. • Do not start the vehicle with the accelerator pedal depressed. The vehicle can move and lead to an accident. 5-8 i Information • The vehicle will start by pressing the POWER button, only when the smart key is in the vehicle. • Even if the smart key is in the vehicle, and when it is far away from the driver, the vehicle may not start. • When the POWER button is in the ACC or ON position, any door is open, the system checks for the smart key. When the smart key is not in the vehicle, the " " indicator will blink and the warning "Key not in vehicle" will come on. When all doors are closed, the chime will also sound for about 5 seconds. Keep the smart key in the vehicle when in the ACC position or if the vehicle is in the ready ( ) mode. 1. Always carry the smart key with you. 2. Make sure the parking brake is applied. 3. Make sure the gear is in P (Park). 4. Depress the brake pedal. 5. Press the POWER button. If the vehicle starts, the " " indicator will come on. i Information • Always start the vehicle with your foot on the brake pedal. Do not depress the accelerator while starting the vehicle. • If ambient temperature is low, the " " indicator may remain illuminated longer than the normal amount of time. NOTICE To prevent damage to the vehicle: • If the " " indicator turns off while you are in motion, do not attempt to shift to the P (Park) position. If traffic and road conditions permit, you may shift to the N (Neutral) position while the vehicle is still moving and press the POWER button in an attempt to restart the vehicle. • Do not push or tow your vehicle to start the vehicle. NOTICE OAEE056024 i Information If the smart key battery is weak or the smart key does not work correctly, you can start the vehicle by pressing the POWER button with the smart key in the direction of the picture above. 5-9 5 Driving your vehicle To prevent damage to the vehicle: Do not press the POWER button for more than 10 seconds except when the stop lamp fuse is blown. When the stop lamp fuse is blown, you cannot normally start the vehicle. Replace the fuse with a new one. If you are not able to replace the fuse, you can start the vehicle by pressing and holding the POWER button for 10 seconds with the POWER button in the ACC position. For your safety always depress the brake pedal before starting the vehicle. Driving your vehicle Turning off the vehicle 1. 2. 3. 4. Depress the brake pedal fully. Shift to P (Park). Apply the parking brake. Press the POWER button to turn the vehicle off. 5. Make sure the " " indicator light on the instrument cluster is turned off. CAUTION If the " " indicator light on the instrument cluster is still on, the vehicle is not turned off and can move when the gear is in any position except P (Park). 5-10 REDUCTION GEAR Gear position Reduction gear operation WARNING OAEE056001L Select gear positions by pressing the shift button. For your safety, always depress the brake pedal while shifting to another gear. OAEE049212 The indicator in the instrument cluster displays the gear position when the POWER button is in the ON position. 5-11 5 Driving your vehicle To reduce the risk of serious injury or death: • ALWAYS check the surrounding areas near your vehicle for people, especially children, before shifting a vehicle into D (Drive) or R (Reverse). • Before leaving the driver's seat, always make sure the gear is in the P (Park) position, then set the parking brake, and place the POWER button in the OFF position. Unexpected and sudden vehicle movement can occur if these precautions are not followed. Driving your vehicle P (Park) Always come to a complete stop before shifting into P (Park). To shift the gear from R (Reverse), N (Neutral) or D (Drive) to P (Park), press the [P] button. If you turn off the vehicle in D (Drive) or R (Reverse), the gear automatically shifts to P (Park). WARNING • Shifting into P (Park) while the vehicle is in motion may cause you to lose control of the vehicle. • After the vehicle has stopped, always make sure the gear is in P (Park), apply the parking brake, and turn the vehicle off. • Do not use the P (Park) position in place of the parking brake. 5-12 R (Reverse) Use this position to drive the vehicle backward. To shift to R (Reverse), press the [R] button while depressing the brake pedal. N (Neutral) The wheels and gear are not engaged. To shift to N (Neutral), press the [N] button while depressing the brake pedal. Always depress the brake pedal when you are shifting from N (Neutral) to another gear. In N (Neutral), if the driver attempts to turn off the vehicle, the gear remains in N (Neutral) and the POWER button will be in the ACC position. To turn off the vehicle from the ACC position, press the POWER button to the ON position, press the [P] button, and press the POWER button to the OFF position. When the driver’s door is opened within 3 minutes with the POWER button in the ACC position and the gear in N (Neutral), the vehicle is automatically turned OFF and shifted to the P (Park) position. D (Drive) This is the normal driving position. To shift to D (Drive), press the [D] button while depressing the brake pedal. Shift-lock system For your safety, your vehicle has a shift-lock system which prevents shifting the gear from P (Park) or N (Neutral) into R (Reverse) or D (Drive) unless the brake pedal is depressed. To shift from P (Park) or N (Neutral) into R (Reverse) or D (Drive) : 1. Depress and hold the brake pedal. 2. Start the vehicle or place the POWER button in the ON position. 3. Press the R (Reverse) or D (Drive) button. When the battery (12 V) is discharged You cannot shift the gear when the battery is discharged. Jump start your vehicle (refer to “Jump Starting” in chapter 6) or we recommend that you contact an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. Parking Always come to a complete stop and continue to depress the brake pedal. Shift to the P (Park) position, apply the parking brake, and place the POWER button in the OFF position. Take the Key with you when exiting the vehicle. 5 Driving your vehicle 5-13 Driving your vehicle LCD display messages Shifting conditions not met Press brake pedal to change gear Shift to P after stopping OAEE059105L OAEE059103L The message appears on the LCD display when driving speed is too fast to shift the gear. Decrease the vehicle speed or slow down before shifting the gear. 5-14 OAEE059104L The message appears on the LCD display, when the brake pedal is not depressed while shifting the gear. Depress the brake pedal and then shift the gear. The message appears on the LCD display when the gear is shifted to P (Park) while the vehicle is moving. Stop the vehicle before shifting to P (Park). PARK engaged Gear already selected Shift button held down OAEE059110L OAEE059109L The message appears on the LCD display when the selected gear button is pressed again. The message appears on the LCD display when the shift button is continuously pressed or there is problem with the button. Make sure that there is no object over the shift button. If the problem persists, we recommend you to immediately have the vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer 5-15 5 Driving your vehicle OAEE059111L The message appears on the LCD display when the P (Park) position is engaged. Driving your vehicle Check shift controls Good driving practices OAEE059106L The message appears on the LCD display when there is problem with the shift buttons. We recommend you to immediately have the vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer 5-16 • Never shift to P (Park) or N (Neutral) to any other position with the accelerator pedal depressed. • Never shift to P (Park) when the vehicle is in motion. Be sure the vehicle is completely stopped before you attempt to shift into R (Reverse) or D (Drive). • Do not shift to N (Neutral) when driving. Doing so may result in an accident. • Do not drive with your foot resting on the brake pedal. Even light, but consistent pedal pressure can result in the brakes overheating, brake wear and possibly even brake failure. • Always apply the parking brake when leaving the vehicle. Do not depend on placing the gear in P (Park) to keep the vehicle from moving. • Exercise extreme caution when driving on a slippery surface. Be especially careful when braking, accelerating or shifting gears. Also, avoid increasing the regenrative braking level suddenly. On a slippery surface, an abrupt change in vehicle speed can cause the drive wheels to lose traction and may cause loss of vehicle control resulting in an accident • Optimum vehicle performance and economy is obtained by smoothly depressing and releasing the accelerator. WARNING 5 Driving your vehicle To reduce the risk of SERIOUS INJURY or DEATH: • ALWAYS wear your seat belt. In a collision, an unbelted occupant is significantly more likely to be seriously injured or killed than a properly belted occupant. • Avoid high speeds when cornering or turning. • Do not make quick steering wheel movements, such as sharp lane changes or fast, sharp turns. • The risk of rollover is greatly increased if you lose control of your vehicle at highway speeds. • Loss of control often occurs if two or more wheels drop off the roadway and the driver over steers to reenter the roadway. (Continued) (Continued) • In the event your vehicle leaves the roadway, do not steer sharply. Instead, slow down before pulling back into the travel lanes. • HYUNDAI recommends you follow all posted speed limits. 5-17 Driving your vehicle PADDLE SHIFTER (REGENERATIVE BRAKING CONTROL) What Does Regenerative Braking Do? It uses an electric motor when decelerating and braking and transforms kinetic energy to electrical energy in order to charge the high voltage battery. OAEE056003 OAEE049216 The paddle shifter is used to adjust the regenerative braking rate from 0 to 3 during decelerating or braking. • Left side ( ): Increases regenerative braking and deceleration. • Right side ( ): Decreases regenerative braking and deceleration. The selected regenerative braking rate is displayed on the instrument cluster. i Information The paddle shifter does not operate when: • The [ ] and [ ] paddle shifters are pulled at the same time. • The Cruise Control system or Advanced Cruise Control system is activated. 5-18 nitial setting of the regenerative braking level and adjustable range vary according to the selected Drive mode. Drive mode Initial setting Adjustable Range ECO+ 2 0-3 ECO 2 0-3 NORMAL 1 0-3 SPORT 1 0-3 Automatic engagement of EPB The driver can stop the vehicle by pulling and holding the left side paddle shifter. After the vehicle is stopped by the One Pedal Driving function, EPB is automatically engaged when any of these conditions occur: • The driver's door is open • The driver's seatbelt is unfastened. • The hood is open • The tailgate is open. • 5 minutes have passed after the vehicle has stopped. • The system operation is limited due to other reasons. Operating Conditions The system enters the operating condition when the conditions below are met: • The driver's door is closed. • The driver's seat belt is fastened. To operate: • Pull and hold the left side paddle shifter while coasting. • When the vehicle speed is above 3 km/h, release the paddle shifter to return to the previously set level. • When the vehicle speed is below 3 km/h, the function maintains control to stop the vehicle even though the paddle shifter is released. • While the One pedal driving is in activation, the driver can control the vehicle stopping position using the accelerator pedal. WARNING Stopping the vehicle may not be possible according to the vehicle and road conditions. Pay attention to the road condition ahead and apply the brake if necessary. 5-19 5 Driving your vehicle For more details, refer to "Drive Mode Integrated Control System" in this chapter. One pedal driving Driving your vehicle SMART RECUPERATION SYSTEM (IF EQUIPPED WITH SMART CRUISE CONTROL SYSTEM) The Smart Recuperation System controls the regenerative braking automatically according to the road gradient and driving condition of the vehicle in front. The system minimizes the unnecessary operation of the brake and acceleration pedal, improving the fuel efficiency and assisting the driver. System setting The Smart Recuperation System enters the ready status when: The gear is in P (Park) and select 'User settings → Convenience → Smart recuperation' on the User Settings mode. The setting is maintained when the vehicle is restarted. 5-20 To activate Smart Recuperation System With 'AUTO' for the regenerative braking level displayed on the cluster, the regenerative braking level is controlled automatically when vehicle speed is above 10 km/h (6 mph) and one of the condition below is met. - The road gradient changes - Distance from the vehicle ahead reduces or increases - Speed of the vehicle ahead reduces or increases WARNING When vehicle speed is under 10 km/h (6 mph), the Smart Recuperation System is cancelled. The driver must adjust the vehicle speed by depressing the accelerator or brake pedal according to the road condition ahead and driving condition. OAEE049671 When the system is turned on from the User Settings mode, but the front radar doesn't recognize the vehicle in front, 'AUTO' is displayed in white. WARNING OAEE049671L • Cancelled manually Pulling and holding the right side paddle shifter for more than 1 second. The Smart Recuperation System turns off temporarily and AUTO for the regenerative braking level disappears from the cluster. • Cancelled automatically - The vehicle is shifted to N (Neutral), R (Reverse) or P (Park). - The Cruise Control System (including the Smart Cruise Control system) is in activation. - The ESC (Electronic Stability Control) or ABS is operating. 5-21 5 Driving your vehicle If the front radar recognizes the vehicle in front, 'AUTO' is displayed in blue. The regenerative braking level is automatically controlled depending on the driving condition of the vehicle in front and the level is indicated with arrows. However, current regenerative braking level is maintained if the driver depresses the brake pedal while the system is in activation. Also, the system is cancelled temporarily if the accelerator pedal is depressed. The Smart Recuperation System which automatically controls the regenerative braking level when coasting is only a supplemental system for the driver's convenience. The system cannot completely stop the vehicle nor avoid all collisions. The brake control may be insufficient depending on the speed of the vehicle in front and when the vehicle in front suddenly stops, a vehicle cuts in suddenly and there is a steep slope. Always look ahead cautiously to prevent unexpected and sudden situations from occurring. Smart Recuperation System will be temporarily cancelled when: Driving your vehicle WARNING When the Smart Recuperation System is cancelled automatically, adjust the vehicle speed directly by depressing the accelerator or brake pedal according to the road condition ahead and driving condition. To resume Smart Recuperation System To re-activate the Smart Recuperation System while driving, pull and hold the right side paddle shifter for more than 1 second again. Then, AUTO for the regenerative braking level will appear on the cluster. To turn Smart Recuperation System off To turn off the system, shift to P (Park) and deselect 'User settings → Convenience → Smart recuperation' on the User Settings mode. Vehicle-to-Vehicle Distance recognition sensor (Front radar) In order for the Smart Recuperation System to operate properly, always make sure the radar sensor cover is clean and free of dirt, snow, and debris. Dirt, snow, or foreign substances on the lens may adversely affect the sensing performance of the sensor. In this case, the system operation may stop temporarily and not operate normally. CAUTION • Do not apply license plate frame or foreign objects such as a bumper sticker or a bumper guard near the radar sensor. Doing so may adversely affect the sensing performance of the radar. • Always keep the radar sensor and lens cover clean and free of dirt and debris. (Continued) 5-22 System malfunction Limitations of the system The Smart Recuperation System may not operate properly in certain situations when the driving condition is beyond the performance of the front radar sensor. Driver's attention is required in such cases when the system does not react properly or operate unintentionally. OOSEV048204L 5 Check Smart Recuperation system The message will appear when the system is not functioning normally. The system will be cancelled and the word 'AUTO' on the cluster will disappear and instead display regenerative braking level. Check for foreign substances on the front radar. Remove any dirt, snow, or foreign material that could interfere with the radar sensors. If the system still does not operate normally, we recommend that you take your vehicle to an authorized HYUNDAI dealer and have the system checked. Driving your vehicle (Continued) • Use only a soft cloth to wash the vehicle. Do not spray pressurized water directly on the sensor or sensor cover. • Be careful not to apply unnecessary force on the radar sensor or sensor cover. If the sensor is forcibly moved out of proper alignment, the Smart Recuperation System may not operate correctly. In this case, a warning message may not be displayed. We recommend that the vehicle be inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. • If the front bumper becomes damaged in the area around the radar sensor, the Smart Recuperation System may not operate properly. We recommend that the vehicle be inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. • Use only genuine HYUNDAI parts to repair or replace a damaged sensor or sensor cover. Do not apply paint to the sensor cover. 5-23 Driving your vehicle On curves On inclines OAD058166L OAD058165L When coasting on the curve, the system may not detect the vehicle in your lane and the regenerative braking level will reduce automatically, making you feel that the vehicle is accelerating. Also, if the system suddenly recognizes the vehicle in front, the regenerative braking level will increase automatically, making you feel that the vehicle is decelerating. The driver must maintain a safe braking distance, and if necessary, depress the brake pedal to reduce your driving speed in order to maintain a safe distance. 5-24 Your vehicle speed can be reduced due to a vehicle in the adjacent lane. Apply the accelerator pedal and select the appropriate speed. Check to be sure that the road conditions permit safe operation of the Smart Recuperation System. OAEE059617 When coasting on an uphill or downhill, the system may not detect the vehicle in your lane and the regenerative braking level will reduce automatically, making you feel that the vehicle is accelerating. Also, if the system suddenly recognizes the vehicle in front, the regenerative braking level will increase automatically, making you feel that the vehicle is decelerating. The driver must maintain a safe braking distance, and if necessary, depress the brake pedal to reduce your driving speed in order to maintain a safe distance. Lane changing Vehicle recognition OAD058173N Some vehicles in your lane cannot be recognized by the sensor: - Narrow vehicles such as motorcycles or bicycles - Vehicles offset to one side - Slow-moving vehicles or suddendecelerating vehicles - Stopped vehicles (When the vehicle ahead drives away, the system may not detect a stopped vehicle.) - Vehicles with small rear profile such as trailers with no loads 5 Driving your vehicle OAD058167L • A vehicle which moves into your lane from an adjacent lane cannot be recognized by the sensor until it is in the sensor's detection range. • The radar may not detect immediately when a vehicle cuts in suddenly. Always pay attention to the traffic, road and driving conditions. A vehicle ahead cannot be recognized correctly by the sensor if any of following occurs: - When the vehicle is pointing upwards due to overloading in the luggage compartment - While the steering wheel is operating - When driving to one side of the lane - When driving on narrow lanes or on curves Apply the brake or accelerator pedal if necessary. 5-25 Driving your vehicle WARNING When using the Smart Recuperation System take the following precautions: • If an emergency stop is necessary, you must apply the brakes. • Keep a safe distance according to road conditions and vehicle speed. If the vehicle to vehicle distance is too close during a high-speed driving, a serious collision may result. • Always maintain sufficient braking distance and decelerate your vehicle by applying the brakes if necessary. • The Smart Recuperation System cannot recognize a stopped vehicle, pedestrians or an oncoming vehicle. Always look ahead cautiously to prevent unexpected and sudden situations from occurring. (Continued) 5-26 (Continued) • Vehicles moving in front of you with a frequent lane change may cause a delay in the system's reaction or may cause the system to react to a vehicle actually in an adjacent lane. Always drive cautiously to prevent unexpected and sudden situations from occurring. • The Smart Recuperation System may not recognize complex driving situations so always pay attention to driving conditions and control your vehicle speed. NOTICE The Smart Recuperation System may not operate temporarily due to: • Electrical interference • Modifying the suspension • Differences of tire abrasion or tire pressure • Installing different type of tires BRAKING SYSTEM Power brakes WARNING Take the following precautions: • Do not drive with your foot resting on the brake pedal. This will create abnormal high brake temperatures, excessive brake lining and pad wear, and increased stopping distances. • When descending down a long or steep hill, use the paddle shifter (left side lever) to increase regenerative braking control in order to control your speed without using the brake pedal excessively. Applying the brakes continuously will cause the brakes to overheat and could result in a temporary loss of braking performance. (Continued) (Continued) • Wet brakes may impair the vehicle's ability to safely slow down; the vehicle may also pull to one side when the brakes are applied. Applying the brakes lightly will indicate whether they have been affected in this way. Always test your brakes in this fashion after driving through deep water. To dry the brakes, lightly tap the brake pedal to heat up the brakes while maintaining a safe forward speed until brake performance returns to normal. Avoid driving at high speeds until the brakes function correctly. 5-27 5 Driving your vehicle Your vehicle has power-assisted brakes that adjust automatically through normal usage. If the vehicle is not in the ready ( ) mode or the vehicle is turned off while driving, the power assist for the brakes will not work. You can still stop your vehicle by applying greater force to the brake pedal than typical. The stopping distance, however, will be longer than with power brakes. When the vehicle is not in the ready ( ) mode, the reserve brake power is partially depleted each time the brake pedal is applied. Do not pump the brake pedal when the power assist has been interrupted. Pump the brake pedal only when necessary to maintain steering control on slippery surfaces. Driving your vehicle NOTICE • Do not continue depressing the brake pedal if the " " indicator is OFF. The battery may be discharged. • Noise and vibration generated during braking is normal. • Under normal operation, electric brake pump noise and motor vibration may occur temporarily in below cases. - When the pedal is depressed suddenly. - When the pedal is repeatedly depressed in short intervals. - When the ABS function is activated while braking. Disc brakes wear indicator When your brake pads are worn and new pads are required, you will hear a high pitched warning sound from your front or rear brakes. You may hear this sound come and go or it may occur whenever you depress the brake pedal. Note that some driving conditions or climates may cause a brake squeal when you first apply (or lightly apply) the brakes. This is normal and does not indicate a problem with your brakes. NOTICE To avoid costly brake repairs, do not continue to drive with worn brake pads. i Information Always replace brake pads as complete front or rear axle sets. 5-28 Electronic Parking Brake (EPB) Applying the parking brake OAEE059004 To apply the Electronic Parking Brake (EPB) manually: 1. Depress the brake pedal. 2. Pull the EPB switch upwards. Make sure the Parking Brake Warning Light comes on. With the AUTO HOLD feature enabled, the EPB is automatically applied when the vehicle is shut off. However, if the EPB switch is pressed within 1 second after the vehicle is turned off, the EPB will not be applied. WARNING Releasing the parking brake To reduce the risk of SERIOUS INJURY or DEATH, do not operate the parking brake while the vehicle is moving except in an emergency situation. It could damage the brake system and lead to an accident. OAEE059005 5-29 5 Driving your vehicle To release the Electronic Parking Brake (EPB) manually: • Have the POWER button in the ON position. • Depress the brake pedal. • Press the EPB switch. Make sure the Parking Brake Warning Light goes off. To release the Electronic Parking Brake (EPB) automatically: • Shifted to P (Park) With the vehicle in the ready ( ) mode depress the brake pedal and shift out of P (Park) to R (Reverse) or D (Drive). • Shifted to N (Neutral) With the vehicle in the ready ( ) mode depress the brake pedal and shift out of N (Neutral) to R (Reverse) or D (Drive). • Under the following conditions 1. Start the vehicle. 2. Fasten the driver's seat belt. 3. Close the driver's door, hood and tailgate. 4. Depress the accelerator pedal while the gear is in D (Drive) or R (Reverse). The Parking Brake Warning Light should be turned off when the EPB is released. Driving your vehicle i Information • For your safety, you can engage the EPB even though the POWER button is in the OFF position, but you cannot release it. • For your safety, depress the brake pedal and release the parking brake manually with the EPB switch when you drive downhill or when backing up the vehicle. NOTICE • If the parking brake warning light is still on even though the EPB has been released, we recommend that the system be checked an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. • Do not drive your vehicle with the EPB applied. It may cause excessive brake pad and brake rotor wear. 5-30 Electronic Parking Brake (EPB) may be automatically applied when: • Requested by other systems • The vehicle is turned off with the EPB applied Warning messages i Information If the driver turns the vehicle off while Auto Hold is operating, EPB will be automatically applied. However, if you press the EPB switch within one second after the vehicle is turned off, the EPB will not be applied. OTM058132L To release EPB, fasten seatbelt, close door, hood, and tailgate • If you try to drive with the EPB applied, a warning will sound and a message will appear. • If the driver's seat belt is not fastened and the hood or tailgate is opened, a warning will sound and a message will appear. • If there is a problem with the vehicle, a warning may sound and a message may appear. If the situation occurs, depress the brake pedal and release EPB by pressing the EPB switch. WARNING • To prevent unintentional move- • A click sound may be heard while operating or releasing the EPB, but these conditions are normal and indicate that the EPB is functioning properly. • When leaving your keys with a parking lot attendant or valet, make sure to inform him/her how to operate the EPB. • The EPB may malfunction if you drive with the EPB applied. • When you automatically release EPB by depressing the accelerator pedal, depress it slowly. OOSEV058098L/OAEPH059648L Deactivating AUTO HOLD... Press brake pedal/ Turning off AUTO HOLD. Press brake pedal When the conversion from Auto Hold to EPB is not working properly a warning will sound and a message will appear. 5-31 5 Driving your vehicle ment when stopped and leaving the vehicle, do not use the P (Park) position in place of the parking brake. Set the parking brake and make sure the vehicle is securely positioned in P (Park). • Never allow anyone who is unfamiliar with the vehicle to touch the parking brake. If the parking brake is released unintentionally, serious injury may occur. • All vehicles should always have the parking brake fully engaged when parking to avoid inadvertent movement of the car which can injure occupants or pedestrians. NOTICE Driving your vehicle EPB malfunction indicator The EPB malfunction indicator may illuminate when the ESC (Electronic Stability Control) indicator comes on to indicate that the ESC is not working properly, but it does not indicate a malfunction of the EPB. NOTICE OOSEV058099L Parking brake automatically applied If the EPB is applied while Auto Hold is activated, a warning will sound and a message will appear. 5-32 OAEE059006 This warning light illuminates if the POWER button is changed to the ON position and goes off in approximately 3 seconds if the system is operating normally. If the EPB malfunction indicator remains on, comes on while driving, or does not come on when the POWER button is changed to the ON position, this indicates that the EPB may have malfunctioned. If this occurs, we recommend that the system be checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. • If the EPB warning light is still on, we recommend that the system be checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. • If the parking brake warning light does not illuminate or blinks even though the EPB switch was pulled up, the EPB may not be applied. • If the parking brake warning light blinks when the EPB warning light is on, press the switch, then pull it up. Once more press it back to its original position and pull it back up. If the EPB warning does not go off, we recommend that the system be checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. Emergency braking If there is a problem with the brake pedal while driving, emergency braking is possible by pulling up and holding the EPB switch. Braking is possible only while you are holding the EPB switch. WARNING Do not operate the parking brake while the vehicle is moving except in an emergency situation. NOTICE If you continuously notice a noise or burning smell when the EPB is used for emergency braking, we recommend that the system be checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. Auto hold (if equipped) The Auto Hold maintains the vehicle in a standstill even though the brake pedal is not depressed after the driver brings the vehicle to a complete stop by depressing the brake pedal. Set up White 5 i Information During emergency braking by the EPB, the parking brake warning light will illuminate to indicate that the system is operating. OAEE059007 1. With the driver's door and hood closed, fasten the driver's seat belt or depress the brake pedal and then press the [AUTO HOLD] switch. The white AUTO HOLD indicator will come on and the system will be in the standby position. 5-33 Driving your vehicle When the EPB (Electronic Parking Brake) does not release If the EPB does not release normally, we recommend that you contact an authorized HYUNDAI dealer by loading the vehicle on a flatbed tow truck and have the system checked. Driving your vehicle White Green OAEE059008 2. When you stop the vehicle completely by depressing the brake pedal, the AUTO HOLD indicator changes from white to green. 3. The vehicle will remain stationary even if you release the brake pedal. 4. If EPB is applied, Auto Hold will be released. 5-34 Leaving • If you press the accelerator pedal with the gear in D (Drive) or R (Reverse), the Auto Hold will be released automatically and the vehicle will start to move. The AUTO HOLD indicator changes from green to white. • If the vehicle is restarted using the cruise control toggle switch (RES+ or SET-) while Auto Hold and cruise control is operating, the Auto Hold will be released regardless of accelerator pedal operation. The AUTO HOLD indicator changes from green to white. (if equipped with cruise control system) WARNING When driving off from Auto Hold by depressing the accelerator pedal, always check the surrounding area near your vehicle. Slowly depress the accelerator pedal for a smooth start. Cancel Light off OAEE059009 To cancel the Auto Hold operation, press the [AUTO HOLD] switch. The AUTO HOLD indicator will turn off. To cancel the Auto Hold operation when the vehicle is at a standstill, press the [AUTO HOLD] switch while depressing the brake pedal. i Information WARNING • Depress the accelerator pedal slowly when you start the vehicle. • For your safety, cancel the Auto Hold when you drive downhill, back up the vehicle or park the vehicle. NOTICE If there is a malfunction with the driver's door or hood open detection system, the Auto Hold may not work properly. We recommend that you contact an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. 5-35 5 Driving your vehicle • The Auto Hold does not operate when: - The driver's seat belt is unfastened and driver's door is opened - The hood is opened - The gear is in P (Park) - The EPB is applied - The tailgate is opened • For your safety, the Auto Hold automatically switches to EPB in such cases: - The driver's door is opened - The hood is opened while the gear is in D (Drive) - The vehicle is in a standstill for more than 10 minutes - The vehicle is standing on a steep slope - The vehicle moved several times - The tailgate is opened while the gear is in R (Reverse) (Continued) (Continued) In these cases, the parking brake warning light comes on, the AUTO HOLD indicator changes from green to white, and a warning sounds and a message will appear to inform you that EPB has been automatically engaged. Before driving again, depress the brake pedal, check the surrounding area near your vehicle and release the parking brake manually with the EPB switch. • If the AUTO HOLD indicator lights up yellow, the Auto Hold is not working properly. We recommend that you contact an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. • While operating Auto Hold, you may hear mechanical noise. However, it is normal operating noise. Driving your vehicle Warning messages OOSEV058099L Parking brake automatically applied When the EPB is applied from Auto Hold, a warning will sound and a message will appear. 5-36 OOSEV058098L/OAEPH059648L OIK057080L Deactivating AUTO HOLD... Press brake pedal/ Turning off AUTO HOLD. Press brake pedal When the conversion from Auto Hold to EPB is not working properly a warning will sound and a message will appear. Depress the brake pedal when the above message appears for the Auto Hold and EPB may not activate. Press brake pedal to deactivate AUTO HOLD If you did not apply the brake pedal when you release the Auto Hold by pressing the [AUTO HOLD] switch, a warning will sound and a message will appear. Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) WARNING OAEE059680L 5 ABS is an electronic braking system that helps prevent a braking skid. ABS allows the driver to steer and brake at the same time. 5-37 Driving your vehicle AUTO HOLD conditions not met. Close door, hood and tailgate When you press the [AUTO HOLD] switch, if the driver's door, hood and tailgate are not closed, a warning will sound and a message will appear on the cluster LCD display. Press the [AUTO HOLD] switch after closing the driver's door, hood and tailgate. An Anti-Lock Braking System (ABS) or an Electronic Stability Control (ESC) system will not prevent accidents due to improper or dangerous driving maneuvers. Even though vehicle control is improved during emergency braking, always maintain a safe distance between you and objects ahead of you. Vehicle speeds should always be reduced during extreme road conditions. The braking distance for cars equipped with ABS or ESC may be longer than for those without these systems in the following road conditions. Drive your vehicle at reduced speeds during the following conditions: • Rough, gravel or snow-covered roads. (Continued) (Continued) • On roads where the road surface is pitted or has different surface height. • Tire chains are installed on your vehicle. The safety features of an ABS or ESC equipped vehicle should not be tested by high speed driving or cornering. This could endanger the safety of yourself or others. Driving your vehicle Using ABS To obtain the maximum benefit from your ABS in an emergency situation, do not attempt to modulate your brake pressure and do not try to pump your brakes. Depress your brake pedal as hard as possible. When you apply your brakes under conditions which may lock the wheels, you may hear sounds from the brakes, or feel a corresponding sensation in the brake pedal. This is normal and it means your ABS is active. ABS does not reduce the time or distance it takes to stop the vehicle. Always maintain a safe distance from the vehicle in front of you. ABS will not prevent a skid that results from sudden changes in direction, such as trying to take a corner too fast or making a sudden lane change. Always drive at a safe speed for the road and weather conditions. 5-38 ABS cannot prevent a loss of stability. Always steer moderately when braking hard. Severe or sharp steering wheel movement can still cause your vehicle to veer into oncoming traffic or off the road. On loose or uneven road surfaces, operation of the anti-lock brake system may result in a longer stopping distance than for vehicles equipped with a conventional brake system. The ABS warning light ( ) will stay on for several seconds after the POWER button is in the ON position. During that time, the ABS will go through self-diagnosis and the light will go off if everything is normal. If the light stays on, you may have a problem with your ABS. We recommend that you contact an authorized HYUNDAI dealer as soon as possible. WARNING If the ABS warning light ( ) is on and stays on, you may have a problem with the ABS. Your power brakes will work normally. To reduce the risk of serious injury or death, we recommend that you contact your HYUNDAI dealer as soon as possible. NOTICE When you jump start your vehicle because of a drained battery, the ABS warning light ( ) may turn on at the same time. This happens because of the low battery voltage. It does not mean your ABS is malfunctioning. Have the battery recharged before driving the vehicle. Electronic Stability Control (ESC) ■ Type A OAEE059016L ■ Type B 5 OAEE059025L The Electronic Stability Control (ESC) system helps to stabilize the vehicle during cornering maneuvers. 5-39 Driving your vehicle When you drive on a road having poor traction, such as an icy road, and apply your brakes continuously, the ABS will be active continuously and the ABS warning light ( ) may illuminate. Pull your car over to a safe place and turn the vehicle off. Restart the vehicle. If the ABS warning light is off, then your ABS system is normal. Otherwise, you may have a problem with your ABS system. We recommend that you contact an authorized HYUNDAI dealer as soon as possible. i Information Driving your vehicle ESC checks where you are steering and where the vehicle is actually going. ESC applies braking pressure to any one of the vehicle's brakes and intervenes in the electric vehicle control system to assist the driver with keeping the vehicle on the intended path. It is not a substitute for safe driving practices. Always adjust your speed and driving to the road conditions. WARNING Never drive too fast for the road conditions or too quickly when cornering. The ESC system will not prevent accidents. Excessive speed in turns, abrupt maneuvers, and hydroplaning on wet surfaces can result in severe accidents. 5-40 ESC operation ESC ON condition When the POWER button is in the ON position, the ESC and the ESC OFF indicator lights illuminate for approximately three seconds. After both lights go off, the ESC is enabled. When operating When the ESC is in operation, the ESC indicator light blinks: • When you apply your brakes under conditions which may lock the wheels, you may hear sounds from the brakes, or feel a corresponding sensation in the brake pedal. This is normal and it means your ESC is active. • When the ESC activates, the vehicle may not respond to the accelerator as it does under routine conditions. • If the Cruise Control was in use when the ESC activates, the Cruise Control automatically disengages. The Cruise Control can be reengaged when the road conditions allow. See "Cruise Control System" later in this chapter. (if equipped) ESC OFF condition To cancel ESC operation : Indicator lights • State 2 ■ ESC indicator light (blinks) • State 1 ■ ESC OFF indicator light (comes on) OAEPH059019L Press the ESC OFF button briefly. The ESC OFF indicator light and/or message "Traction Control disabled" will illuminate. In this state, the traction control function of ESC is disabled, but the brake control function of ESC still operates. When the POWER button is pressed to the ON position, the ESC indicator light illuminates, then goes off if the ESC system is operating normally. The ESC indicator light blinks whenever the ESC is operating. If the ESC indicator light stays on, your vehicle may have a malfunction with the ESC system. When this warning light illuminates we recommend that the vehicle be checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer as soon as possible. The ESC OFF indicator light comes on when the ESC is turned off with the button. 5-41 5 Driving your vehicle OAEPH059017L Press and hold the ESC OFF button continuously for more than 3 seconds. The ESC OFF indicator light and/or message "Traction & Stability Control disabled" illuminates and a warning chime sounds. In this state, both the traction control function of ESC and the brake control function of ESC are disabled. If the POWER button is placed to the OFF position when ESC is off, ESC remains off. Upon restarting the vehicle, the ESC will automatically turn on again. Driving your vehicle WARNING When the ESC is blinking, this indicates the ESC is active: Drive slowly and NEVER attempt to accelerate. NEVER turn the ESC off while the ESC indicator light is blinking or you may lose control of the vehicle resulting in an accident. NOTICE Driving with wheels and tires with different sizes may cause the ESC system to malfunction. Before replacing tires, make sure all four tires and wheels are the same size. Never drive the vehicle with different sized wheels and tires installed. 5-42 ESC OFF usage When Driving The ESC OFF mode should only be used briefly to help free the vehicle if stuck in snow or mud, by temporarily stopping operation of the ESC, to maintain wheel torque. To turn ESC off while driving, press the ESC OFF button while driving on a flat road surface. NOTICE • Do not allow wheel(s) of one axle to spin excessively while the ESC, ABS, and parking brake warning lights are displayed. The repairs would not be covered by the vehicle warranty. Reduce vehicle power and do not spin the wheel(s) excessively while these lights are displayed. • When operating the vehicle on a dynamometer, make sure the ESC is turned off (ESC OFF light illuminated). i Information Turning the ESC off does not affect ABS or standard brake system operation. Vehicle Stability Management (VSM) VSM operation VSM ON condition The Vehicle Stability Management (VSM) is a function of the Electronic Stability Control (ESC) system. It helps ensure the vehicle stays stable when accelerating or braking suddenly on wet, slippery and rough roads where traction over the four tires can suddenly become uneven. The VSM operates when: • The Electronic Stability Control (ESC) is on. • Vehicle speed is approximately above 15 km/h (9 mph) on curve roads. • Vehicle speed is approximately above 20 km/h (12 mph) when the vehicle is braking on rough roads. WARNING 5 When operating When you apply your brakes under conditions which may activate the ESC, you may hear sounds from the brakes, or feel a corresponding sensation in the brake pedal. This is normal and it means your VSM is active. Driving your vehicle Take the following precautions when using the Vehicle Stability Management (VSM): • ALWAYS check the speed and the distance to the vehicle ahead.The VSM is not a substitute for safe driving practices. • Never drive too fast for the road conditions. The VSM system will not prevent accidents. Excessive speed in bad weather, slippery and uneven roads can result in severe accidents. i Information The VSM does not operate when: • Driving on a banked road such as a gradient or incline. • Driving in reverse. • The ESC OFF indicator light is on. • The EPS (Electric power steering) warning light ( ) is on or blinks. 5-43 Driving your vehicle VSM OFF condition To cancel VSM operation, press the ESC OFF button. ESC OFF indicator light ( ) will illuminate. To turn on VSM, press the ESC OFF button again. The ESC OFF indicator light will go out. WARNING If the ESC indicator light ( ) or EPS warning light ( ) stays on or blinks, your vehicle may have a malfunction with the VSM system. When the warning light illuminates we recommend that the vehicle be checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer as soon as possible. NOTICE Driving with wheels and tires with different sizes may cause the ESC system to malfunction. Before replacing tires, make sure all four tires and wheels are the same size. Never drive the vehicle with different sized tires and wheels installed. Hill-Start Assist Control (HAC) The Hill-Start Assist Control (HAC) helps prevent the vehicle from rolling backwards when starting a vehicle from a stop on a hill. The system operates the brakes automatically for approximately 2 seconds and releases the brake after 2 seconds or when the accelerator pedal is depressed. WARNING Always be ready to depress the accelerator pedal when starting off an incline. The HAC activates only for approximately 2 seconds. i Information • The HAC does not operate when the gear is in P (Park) or N (Neutral). • The HAC activates even when the ESC (Electronic Stability Control) is off. However, it does not activate, when the ESC does not operate normally. 5-44 Good braking practices WARNING Wet brakes can be dangerous! The brakes may get wet if the vehicle is driven through standing water or if it is washed. Your vehicle will not stop as quickly if the brakes are wet. Wet brakes may cause the vehicle to pull to one side. 5 Driving your vehicle Whenever leaving the vehicle or parking, always come to a complete stop and continue to depress the brake pedal. Shift to the P (Park) position, then apply the parking brake, and place the POWER button in the OFF position. Vehicles parked with the parking brake not applied or not fully engaged may roll inadvertently and may cause injury to the driver and others. ALWAYS apply the parking brake before exiting the vehicle. To dry the brakes, apply the brakes lightly until the braking action returns to normal. If the braking action does not return to normal, stop as soon as it is safe to do so and we recommend that you call an authorized HYUNDAI dealer for assistance. DO NOT drive with your foot resting on the brake pedal. Even light, but constant pedal pressure can result in the brakes overheating, brake wear, and possibly even brake failure. If a tire goes flat while you are driving, apply the brakes gently and keep the vehicle pointed straight ahead while you slow down. When you are moving slowly enough for it to be safe to do so, pull off the road and stop in a safe location. Keep your foot firmly on the brake pedal when the vehicle is stopped to prevent the vehicle from rolling forward. 5-45 Driving your vehicle DRIVE MODE INTEGRATED CONTROL SYSTEM (IF EQUIPPED) Drive mode Initial setting for each Drive Mode OAEE059010 The drive mode may be selected according to the driver's preference or road condition. • The mode changes, as below, whenever the DRIVE MODE button is pressed. NORMAL SPORT ECO • Press and hold the DRIVE MODE button to select ECO+ mode. 5-46 Drive mode NORMAL SPORT ECO ECO+ *1 Feature Normal driving mode Sporty driving mode Optimal for eco- driving Ultra power saving driving mode Button activation Press Press Press Press and hold Indicator on the cluster - Air conditioner/ heater system control NORMAL (ECO/ NORMAL) *2 NORMAL (ECO/ NORMAL) *2 ECO Off Speed limit - - (90~130 km/h) *2 Below 90 km/h Regenerative braking level 1 (1~3) *2 1 (1~3) *2 2 (1~3) *2 2 *1 : Change to ECO+ mode - Distance to empty may not change when the air conditioner/heater system is off. However, actual distance may be extended. - Air conditioner/heater system turns off (except the defroster) but you may turn it on if necessary. - When the drive mode is switched from the ECO+ mode to a different mode, it is changed to air conditioner/heater operation status of the ECO mode. - The speed limit is automatically deactivated when the Smart Cruise Control system is in activation or the accelerator pedal is depressed to the end. If speed limit function is deactivated by depressing the accelerator pedal, the speed limit function will reactivate when vehicle speed is lower than the set speed limit. Also, the speed is changed to the speed set at ECO mode when the drive mode switches from the ECO+ mode to ECO mode. *2 : It is possible to set the driving condition for each drive mode (except the ECO+ mode) at the drive mode setting in the Audio and AVN system. For more information, refer to the separately supplied manual. FORWARD COLLISION-AVOIDANCE ASSIST (FCA) SYSTEM - SENSOR FUSION TYPE DAR) (IF EQUIPPED) (FRONT VIEW CAMERA + FRONT RAD The Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist (FCA) system is designed to help detect and monitor the vehicle ahead or detect a pedestrian or cyclists in the roadway through front radar signals and front view camera recognition to warn the driver that a collision is imminent, and if necessary, apply emergency braking. WARNING 5 OAEPH059649L • Setting Forward Safety function - The driver can activate the FCA by placing the ignition switch to the ON position and by selecting: 'User settings → Driver assistance → Forward safety' - If you select 'Active assist', the FCA system activates. The FCA produces warning messages and warning alarms in accordance with the collision risk levels. Braking assist will be applied in accordance with the collision risk. 5-47 Driving your vehicle Take the following precautions when using the Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist (FCA) system: • This system is only a supplemental system and it is not intended to, nor does it replace the need for extreme care and attention of the driver. The sensing range and objects detectable by the sensors are limited. Pay attention to the road conditions at all times. • Drive at posted speed limits and accordance to road conditions. • Always drive cautiously to prevent unexpected and sudden situations from occurring. The FCA system may not always stop the vehicle completely and is only intended to help mitigate a collision that is imminent. System setting and activation System setting Driving your vehicle - If you select 'Warning only', the FCA system activates and produces only warning alarms in accordance with the collision risk levels. Braking assist will not be applied in this setting. - If you select 'Off', the FCA system deactivates, The warning light illuminates on the instrument cluster, when you cancel the FCA system. The driver can monitor the FCA ON/OFF status on the LCD display. Also, the warning light illuminates when the ESC (Electronic Stability Control) is turned off. - If the warning light remains ON when the FCA is activated, we recommend that you have the system checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. 5-48 OAEPH059650L • Selecting Warning Timing The driver can select the initial warning activation time from the User Settings in the cluster LCD display by selecting 'User settings → Driver assistance → Warning timing → Normal/Later'. The options for the initial Forward Collision Warning includes the following: - Normal: When this option is selected, the initial Forward Collision Warning is activated sensitively. If you feel the warning activates too early, set the Forward Collision Warning to 'Later'. Even though, 'Normal' is selected if the front vehicle suddenly stops the initial warning activation time may not seem fast. - Later: When this option is selected, the initial Forward Collision Warning is activated later than normal. This setting reduces the amount of distance between the vehicle, pedestrian or cyclist ahead before the initial warning occurs. Select 'Later' when traffic is light and when driving speed is slow. When you accelerate suddenly to the vehicle ahead, the warning may seem to activate earlier even if ‘Later’ is selected. i Information If you change the warning timing, the warning timing of other systems may change. Always be aware before changing the warning timing. Prerequisite for activation WARNING • To avoid driver distractions, do not attempt to set or cancel the FCA while driving the vehicle. Always completely stop the vehicle at a safe place before setting or canceling the system. • The FCA automatically activates upon placing the POWER button to the ON position. The driver can deactivate the FCA by canceling the system setting on the cluster LCD display. • The FCA automatically deactivates upon canceling the ESC (Electronic Stability Control). When the ESC is canceled, the FCA cannot be activated on the LCD display. In this situation, the FCA warning light will illuminate which is normal. FCA warning message and brake control FCA produces warning messages, warning alarms, and emergency braking based on the level of risk of a frontal collision, such as when a vehicle ahead suddenly brakes, or the system detects that a collision with a pedestrian or cyclist (if equipped) is imminent. 5 Driving your vehicle The FCA gets ready to be activated, when 'Active Assist' or 'Warning Only' under Forward Safety is selected in the cluster LCD display, and when the following prerequisites are satisfied. - ESC (Electronic Stability Control) is on. - Vehicle speed is over 8 km/h (5 mph). (The FCA is only activated within a certain speed range.) - The system detects a pedestrian, cyclist (if equipped) or a vehicle in front, which may collide with your vehicle. However, FCA may not be activated or may only sound a warning alarm depending on the driving or vehicle conditions. The FCA may not operate properly according to the frontal situation, the direction of pedestrian or cyclist (if equipped) and speed. 5-49 Driving your vehicle Collision Warning (First warning) OAEPH059587L This warning message appears on the LCD display with a warning chime. Additionally, some vehicle system intervention occurs to help decelerate the vehicle. 5-50 • If FCA detects a vehicle in front, the system operates when your vehicle speed is between 8 km/h (5 mph) and 180 km/h (110 mph). Maximum vehicle speed may decrease depending on the condition of the vehicle ahead and surroundings. • If FCA detects a pedestrian or cyclist in front, the system operates when your vehicle speed is between 8 km/h (5 mph) and 70 km/h (45 mph). Maximum vehicle speed may decrease depending on the condition of the pedestrian or cyclist ahead and surroundings. • If you select 'Warning only' for the system setting, the FCA system activates and produces only warning alarms in accordance with the collision risk levels. You should control the brake directly because the FCA system will not control the brake. Emergency braking (Second warning) OAEPH059588L This warning message appears on the LCD display with a warning chime. Additionally, some vehicle system intervention occurs to help decelerate the vehicle. Brake operation • In an urgent situation, the braking system enters into the ready status for prompt reaction against the driver's depressing the brake pedal. • The FCA provides additional braking power for optimum braking performance, when the driver depresses the brake pedal. • The braking control is automatically deactivated, when the driver sharply depresses the accelerator pedal, or when the driver abruptly operates the steering wheel. • The FCA brake control is automatically canceled, when risk factors disappear. CAUTION • The driver should always use extreme caution while operating the vehicle, whether or not there is a warning message or alarm from the FCA system. • After the brake control is activated, the driver must immediately depress the brake pedal and check the surroundings. The brake activation by the system lasts for about 2 seconds. • If any other warning sound such as seat belt warning chime is already generated, the Forward CollisionAvoidance Assist (FCA) system warning may not sound. • Playing the vehicle audio system at high volume may prevent occupants from hearing the system warning sounds. 5-51 5 Driving your vehicle • If FCA detects a vehicle in front, the system operates when your vehicle speed is above 8 km/h (5 mph) and less than or equal to 180 km/h (110 mph). Maximum vehicle speed may decrease depending on the condition of the vehicle ahead and surroundings. • If FCA detects a pedestrian or cyclist in front, the system operates when your vehicle speed is between 8 km/h (5 mph) or above and under 70 km/h (45 mph). Maximum vehicle speed may decrease depending on the condition of the pedestrian or cyclist ahead and surroundings. • If you select 'Warning only' for the system setting, the FCA system activates and produces only warning alarms in accordance with the collision risk levels. You should control the brake directly because the FCA system will not control the brake. Driving your vehicle WARNING The braking control cannot completely stop the vehicle nor avoid all collisions. The driver should hold the responsibility to safely drive and control the vehicle. FCA sensor (Front view camera+ Front radar) ■ Front view camera NOTICE WARNING The FCA system logic operates within certain parameters, such as the distance from the vehicle, pedestrian or cyclist (if equipped) ahead, the speed of the vehicle ahead, and the driver's vehicle speed. Certain conditions such as inclement weather and road conditions may affect the operation of the FCA system. OAEE059013L ■ Front radar OAEE059654L WARNING Never deliberately drive dangerously to activate the system. 5-52 Dirt, snow, or foreign substances on the sensor cover or sensor may adversely affect the sensing performance of the sensor. In order for the FCA system to operate properly, always make sure the sensor cover or sensor is clean and free of dirt, snow, and debris. • Do not apply license plate frame or foreign objects such as a bumper sticker or a bumper guard near the front radar sensor. Doing so may adversely affect the sensing performance of the front radar. • Always keep the front radar sensor and cover clean and free of dirt and debris. • Use only a soft cloth to wash the vehicle. Do not spray pressurized water directly on the sensor or sensor cover. (Continued) NOTICE • NEVER install any accessories or stickers on the front windshield, or tint the front windshield. • NEVER place any reflective objects (i.e. white paper, mirror) over the crash pad. Any light reflection may prevent the system from functioning properly. • Pay extreme caution to keep the camera dry. • NEVER disassemble the camera assembly, or apply any impact on the camera assembly. i Information We recommend that you have the system checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer when: • The windshield glass is replaced. • The front radar sensor or cover gets damaged or replaced. Warning message and warning light OOSEV058030L FCA disabled (Forward Collision Avoidance Assist). Radar blocked When the sensor cover is blocked with dirt, snow, or debris, the FCA system may not detect other vehicles. If this occurs, a warning message will appear on the LCD display. Remove any dirt, snow, or debris and clean the radar sensor cover before operating the FCA system. The system will operate normally when such dirt, snow or debris is removed. 5-53 5 Driving your vehicle (Continued) • Be careful not to apply unnecessary force on the radar sensor or sensor cover. If the sensor is forcibly moved out of proper alignment, the FCA system may not operate correctly. In this case, a warning message may not be displayed. We recommend that you have the vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. • If the front bumper becomes damaged in the area around the front radar sensor, the FCA system may not operate properly. We recommend that you have the vehicle inspected by authorized HYUNDAI dealer. • Use only genuine parts to repair or replace a damaged sensor or sensor cover. Do not apply paint to the sensor cover. Driving your vehicle FCA may not properly operate in an area (e.g. open terrain), where any substances are not detected after turning ON the vehicle. Also, even though a warning message does not appear on the LCD display, the FCA may not properly operate. System malfunction • The FCA warning message may appear along with the illumination of the ESC (Electronic Stability Control) warning light. Both FCA warning light and warning message will disappear once the ESC warning light issue is resolved. WARNING The FCA system may not activate according to the road conditions, inclement weather, driving conditions or traffic conditions. 5-54 OAEPH059657L Check FCA (Forward CollisionAvoidance Asst.) system • When FCA is not working properly, the FCA warning light ( ) will illuminate and the warning message will appear for a few seconds. After the message disappears, the master warning light ( ) will illuminate. In this case, we recommend that you have the vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. WARNING (Continued) • The brake control not work, possibly causing a collision, if a vehicle in front abruptly stops. Always pay extreme caution. • Occupants may get injured, if the vehicle abruptly stops by the activated FCA system. Pay extreme caution. • The FCA system operates only when the system detect vehicles, pedestrian or cyclist in front of the vehicle. WARNING • The FCA system does not operate when the vehicle is in reverse. • The FCA system is not designed to detect other objects on the road such as animals. (Continued) 5-55 5 Driving your vehicle • FCA is only a supplemental system for the driver's convenience. The driver should hold the responsibility to control the vehicle operation. Do not solely depend on the FCA system. Rather, maintain a safe braking distance, and, if necessary, depress the brake pedal to reduce the driving speed or to stop the vehicle. • In certain instances and under certain driving conditions, the FCA system may activate unintentionally. This initial warning message appears on the LCD display with a warning chime. Also due to sensing limitations, in certain situations, the front radar sensor or front view camera recognition system may not detect the vehicle, pedestrian or cyclist ahead. The FCA system may not activate and the warning message may not be displayed. (Continued) (Continued) • Even if there is any problem with the brake control function of the FCA system, the vehicle's basic braking performance will operate normally. However, brake control function for avoiding collision will not activate. • If the vehicle in front stops suddenly, you may have less control of the brake system. Therefore, always keep a safe distance between your vehicle and the vehicle in front of you. • The FCA system may activate during braking and the vehicle may stop suddenly shifting loose objects toward the passengers. Always keep loose objects secured. • The FCA system may not activate if the driver applies the brake pedal to avoid collision. (Continued) Driving your vehicle (Continued) • The FCA system does not detect vehicles in the opposite lane. • The FCA system does not detect cross traffic vehicles that are approaching. • The FCA system cannot detect vehicles that are stopped vertically to your vehicle at a intersection or dead end street. • The FCA system cannot detect the cross traffic cyclist that are approaching. In these cases, you must maintain a safe braking distance, and if necessary, depress the brake pedal to reduce the driving speed in order to maintain a safe distance or to stop the vehicle. 5-56 Limitations of the system Detecting vehicles The Forward Collision avoidance assist (FCA) system is designed to monitor the vehicle ahead or a pedestrian or cyclist in the roadway through front view camera and radar signals recognition to warn the driver that a collision is imminent, and if necessary, apply emergency braking. In certain situations, the front view camera or the front radar sensor may not be able to detect the vehicle, pedestrian or cyclist ahead. In these cases, the FCA system may not operate normally. The driver must pay careful attention in the following situations where the FCA operation may be limited. The sensor may be limited when: • The system may not operate for 15 seconds after the vehicle is started or the front view camera is initialized • The front view camera or front radar sensor is covered with a foreign object or debris • The front view camera lens is contaminated due to tinted, filmed or coated windshield, damaged glass, or stuck of foreign matter (sticker, bug, etc.) on the glass • Inclement weather such as heavy rain or snow obscures the field of view of the front view camera or front radar sensor • There is interference by electromagnetic waves • There is severe irregular reflection from the front radar sensor • The front view camera/front radar sensor recognition is limited • The vehicle in front is too small to be detected (for example a motorcycle etc.) • The vehicle in front is driving erratically • The vehicle is on unpaved or uneven rough surfaces, or road with sudden gradient changes • The vehicle is driven near areas containing metal substances as a construction zone, railroad, etc. • The vehicle drives inside a building, such as a basement parking lot • The front view camera does not recognize the entire vehicle in front • The front view camera is damaged • The brightness outside is too low such as when the headlamps are not on at night or the vehicle is going through a tunnel • The shadow is on the road by a median strip, trees, etc. • The vehicle drives through a tollgate • The windshield glass is fogged up; a clear view of the road is obstructed • The rear part of the vehicle in front is not normally visible. (the vehicle turns in other direction or the vehicle is overturned.) • The adverse road conditions cause excessive vehicle vibrations while driving • The sensor recognition changes suddenly when passing over a speed bump • The vehicle in front is moving vertically to the driving direction • The vehicle in front is stopped vertically • The vehicle in front is driving towards your vehicle or reversing • You are on a roundabout and the vehicle in front circles 5-57 5 Driving your vehicle • The vehicle in front is an oversize vehicle or trailer that is too big to be detected by the front view camera recognition system (for example a tractor trailer, etc.) • The front view camera's field of view is not well illuminated (either too dark or too much reflection or too much backlight that obscures the field of view) • The vehicle in front does not have their rear lights or their rear lights does not turned ON or their rear lights are located unusually • The outside brightness changes suddenly, for example when entering or exiting a tunnel • Light coming from a street light or an oncoming vehicle is reflected on a wet road surface such as a puddle in the road • The field of view in front is obstructed by sun glare or head light of oncoming vehicle • The windshield glass is fogged up; a clear view of the road is obstructed Driving your vehicle Always pay attention to road and driving conditions, and if necessary, depress the brake pedal to reduce your driving speed in order to maintain a safe distance. OAD058165L OAD058166L • Driving on a curve The performance of Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist system may be limited when driving on a curved road. The front view camera or front radar sensor recognition system may not detect the vehicle, pedestrian or cyclist traveling in front on a curved road. This may result in no alarm and braking when necessary. Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist system may recognize a vehicle or pedestrian or cyclist in the next lane or outside the lane when driving on a curved road. If this occurs, the system may unnecessarily alarm the driver and apply the brake. Always pay attention to road and driving conditions, while driving. 5-58 Always keep your eyes forward while driving upward or downward on a slope, and, if necessary, depress the brake pedal to reduce your driving speed in order to maintain distance. OAD058167L • Driving on a slope The performance of Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist system may be decreased while driving upward or downward on a slope. The front view camera or front radar sensor recognition may not detect the vehicle, pedestrian or cyclist in front. This may result in unnecessary alarm and braking or no alarm and braking when necessary. When the system suddenly recognizes the vehicle, pedestrian or cyclist in front while passing over a slope, you may experience sharp deceleration. • Changing lanes When a vehicle changes lanes in front of you, the Forward CollisionAvoidance Assist system may not immediately detect the vehicle, especially if the vehicle changes lanes abruptly. In this case, you must maintain a safe braking distance, and if necessary, depress the brake pedal to reduce your driving speed in order to maintain a safe distance. 5-59 5 Driving your vehicle OAEE059617 Driving your vehicle Detecting pedestrians or cyclists OAD058168L OAEE059620 When driving in stop-and-go traffic, and a vehicle in front of you merges out of the lane, the Forward CollisionAvoidance Assist system may not immediately detect the new vehicle that is now in front of you. In this case, you must maintain a safe braking distance, and if necessary, depress the brake pedal to reduce your driving speed in order to maintain a safe distance. • Detecting the vehicle in front of you If the vehicle in front of you has cargo that extends rearward from the cab, or when the vehicle in front of you has higher ground clearance, additional special attention is required. The Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist system may not be able to detect the cargo extending from the vehicle. In these instances, you must maintain a safe braking distance from the rearmost object, and if necessary, depress the brake pedal to reduce your driving speed in order to maintain distance. 5-60 The sensor may be limited when: • The pedestrian or cyclist is not fully detected by the front view camera recognition system, for example, if the pedestrian is leaning over or is not fully walking upright • The pedestrian or cyclist is moving very quickly or appears abruptly in the front view camera detection area • The pedestrian or cyclist is wearing clothing that easily blends into the background, making it difficult to be detected by the front view camera recognition system • The outside lighting is too bright (e.g. when driving in bright sunlight or in sun glare) or too dark (e.g. when driving on a dark rural road at night) • It is difficult to detect and distinguish the pedestrian or cyclist from other objects in the surroundings, for example, when there is a group of pedestrians, cyclists or a large crowd • The sensor recognition changes suddenly when passing over a speed bump • You are on a roundabout • The pedestrian or cyclist suddenly interrupts in front of the vehicle • The cyclist in front is riding intersected with the driving direction • There is any other electromagnetic interference • The construction area, rail or other metal object is near the cyclist • The bicycle material is not reflected well on the front radar WARNING • Do not use the Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist (FCA) system when towing a vehicle. Application of the FCA system while towing may adversely affect the safety of your vehicle or the towing vehicle. • Use extreme caution when the vehicle in front of you has cargo that extends rearward from the cab, or when the vehicle in front of you has higher ground clearance. • Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist system may operate when an object, which has similar shape or characteristic to a vehicle, pedestrian or cyclist, is detected. (Continued) 5-61 5 Driving your vehicle • There is an item similar to a person's body structure • The pedestrian or cyclist is small • The pedestrian has impaired mobility • The sensor recognition is limited • The front radar sensor or front view camera is blocked with a foreign object or debris • Inclement weather such as heavy rain or snow obscures the field of view of the front radar sensor or front view camera • When light coming from a street light or an oncoming vehicle is reflected on a wet road surface such as a puddle in the road • The field of view in front is obstructed by sun glare • The windshield glass is fogged up; a clear view of the road is obstructed • The adverse road conditions cause excessive vehicle vibrations while driving Driving your vehicle (Continued) • The FCA system is designed to help detect and monitor the vehicle ahead or detect a pedestrian or cyclist in the roadway through front radar signals and camera recognition. It is not designed to detect bicycles, motorcycles, or smaller wheeled objects such as luggage bags, shopping carts, or strollers. • Never try to test the operation of the FCA system. Doing so may cause severe injury or death. • If the front bumper, front glass, front radar or front view camera have been replaced or repaired, we recommend that you have your vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. 5-62 i Information In some instances, the FCA system may be cancelled when subjected to electromagnetic interference. LANE KEEPING ASSIST (LKA) SYSTEM (IF EQUIPPED) WARNING The Lane Keeping Assist (LKA) system is not a substitute for safe driving practices, but a convenience function only. It is the responsibility of the driver to always be aware of the surroundings and steer the vehicle. OAEE059013L Take the following precautions when using the Lane Keeping Assist (LKA) system : • Do not turn the steering wheel suddenly when the steering wheel is being assisted by the system. • LKA system helps to prevent the driver from moving out of the lane unintentionally by assisting the driver's steering. However, the driver should not solely rely on the system but always pay attention on the steering wheel to stay in the lane. • The operation of the LKA system can be cancelled or not work properly according to road condition and surroundings. Always be cautious when driving. (Continued) 5-63 5 Driving your vehicle The Lane Keeping Assist (LKA) system helps detect lane markers on the road with a front view camera at the front windshield, and assists the driver's steering to help keep the vehicle between lanes. When the system detects the vehicle straying from its lane, it alerts the driver with a visual and audible warning, while applying a slight countersteering torque, trying to help prevent the vehicle from moving out of its lane. WARNING Driving your vehicle (Continued) • Do not disassemble the LKA system camera temporarily to tint the window or attach any types of coatings and accessories. If you disassemble the camera and assemble it again, we recommend that you take your vehicle to an authorized HYUNDAI dealer and have the system checked for calibration. • When you replace the windshield glass, LKA system camera or related parts of the steering wheel, we recommend that you take your vehicle to an authorized HYUNDAI dealer and have the system checked for calibration. (Continued) 5-64 (Continued) • The system detects lane markers and controls the steering wheel by a front view camera, therefore, if the lane markers are hard to detect, the system may not work properly. Please refer to "Limitations of the System". • Do not remove or damage the related parts of LKA system. • You may not hear a warning sound of LKA system if the audio volume is high. • Do not place objects on the dashboard that reflects light such as mirrors, white paper, etc. This may prevent the LKA system from functioning properly. • When the lane markers are hard to detect, please refer to "Driver's Attention". (Continued) (Continued) • Always have your hands on the steering wheel while the LKA system is activated. If you continue to drive with your hands off the steering wheel after the "Keep hands on steering wheel" warning message appears, the system will stop controlling the steering wheel. • The steering wheel is not continuously controlled so if the vehicle speed is at a higher rate when leaving a lane the vehicle may not be controlled by the system. The driver must always follow the speed limit when using the system. • If you attach objects to the steering wheel, the system may not assist steering or the hands off alarm may not work properly. • When you tow a trailer, make sure that you turn off the LKA system. LKA operation The indicator ( ) in the cluster display will initially illuminate white. This indicates the LKA system is in the READY but NOT ENABLED state. If you press the LKA button located on the instrument panel on the lower left hand side of the driver, LKA will be turned off and the indicator on the cluster display will go off. ■ Type A OAEE059049L ■ Type B OAEE059122L • To see the LKA screen on the LCD display in the cluster, select Driving Assist mode ( ). For more information, refer to "LCD Display Modes" in chapter 3. i Information If the indicator (white) is activated from the previous ignition cycle, the system will turn ON without any additional control. If you press the LKA button again, the indicator on the cluster goes off. 5-65 5 Driving your vehicle OAEE049681L To activate/deactivate the LKA system: With the ignition switch in the ON position, press the LKA system button located on the instrument panel on the left hand side of the steering wheel. (Right hand side of the steering wheel for RHD vehicles.) Note that the vehicle speed must be at least approximately 60 km/h (40 mph) to ENABLE the LKA system. The indicator in the cluster display will illuminate green. - White : Sensor does not detect lane markers or vehicle speed is under 60 km/h (37 mph). - Green : Sensor detects lane markers and the system is able to control vehicle steering. LKA system operation Driving your vehicle ■ Line undetected ■ Line detected • If your vehicle speed exceeds 60 km/h (37 mph) and the LKA system button is ON, the system is enabled. If your vehicle departs from the projected lane in front of you, the LKA system operates as follows: ■ Left lane marker ■ Right lane marker OAEPH059628L/OAEPH059629L • If vehicle speed is over 60 km/h (37 mph) and the system detects lane markers, the color changes from gray to white. OAEPH059631L/OAEPH059630L 1. A visual warning appears on the cluster LCD display. Either the left lane marker or the right lane marker in the cluster LCD display will blink depending on which direction the vehicle is veering. 5-66 2. The LKA system will help control the vehicle's steering to prevent the vehicle from crossing the lane marker in below conditions. - Vehicle speed is over 60 km/h (37 mph) - The system detects both lane markers - When driving, the vehicle is located between both lanes normally. - The steering wheel is not turned suddenly. When lanes are detected and all the conditions to activate the LKA system are satisfied, a LKA system indicator light ( ) will change from white to green. This indicates that the LKA system is in the ENABLED state and the steering wheel will be controlled. WARNING The warning message may appear late according to road conditions. Therefore, always have your hands on the steering wheel while driving. OIK057120L Keep hands on steering wheel If the driver takes their hands off the steering wheel for several seconds while the LKA system is activated, the system will warn the driver. Driver's hands not detected. LKA system is disabled temporarily If the driver still does not have their hands on the steering wheel after the message "Keep hands on steering wheel", the system will not control the steering wheel and warn the driver only when the driver crosses the lane markers. However, if the driver has their hands on the steering wheel again, the system will start controlling the steering wheel. i Information If the steering wheel is held very lightly the message may still appear because the LKA system may not recognize that the driver has their hands on the wheel. 5-67 5 Driving your vehicle OAEPH059625L Driving your vehicle WARNING Warning light and message The LKA system indicator (yellow) will illuminate if the LKA system is not working properly. We recommend that the system be checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. • The driver is responsible for accurate steering. • The LKA system is a supplemental system only. It is the responsibility of the driver to safely steer the vehicle and to maintain it in its lane. • Turn off the LKA system and drive without using the system in the following situations: - In bad weather - In bad road conditions - When the steering wheel needs to be controlled by the driver frequently. - When towing a vehicle or trailer. i Information • Even though the steering is assisted by the system, the driver can still steer to control the steering wheel. • The steering wheel may feel heavier or lighter when the steering wheel is assisted by the system than when it is not. 5-68 LKA system indicator OOSEV058078L Check LKA (Lane Keep Assist) system If there is a problem with the system a message will appear for a few seconds. If the problem continues the LKA system failure indicator will illuminate. When there is a problem with the system do one of the following: • Turn the system on after turning the vehicle off and on again. • Check if the ignition switch is in the ON position. • Check if the system is affected by the weather. (ex: fog, heavy rain, etc.) • Check if there is foreign matter on the camera lens. If the problem is not solved, we recommend that the system be checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. • There are more than two lane markers on the road. (e.g. construction area) • The vehicle is driven on a steep incline. • The steering wheel is turned suddenly. • There are more than two lane markers on the road in front of you. • The system may not operate for 15 seconds after the vehicle is started or the camera is initialized or rebooting of the front view camera. • Radius of a curve is too small. Limitations of the System The LKA system may operate prematurely even if the vehicle does not depart from the intended lane, OR, the LKA system may not assist your steering or warn you if the vehicle leaves the intended lane under the following circumstances: When the lane and road conditions are poor • It is difficult to distinguish the lane marking from the road surface or the lane marking is faded or not clearly marked. • It is difficult to distinguish the color of the lane marker from the road. • There are markings on the road surface that look like a lane marker that is inadvertently being detected by the camera. • The lane marker is merged or divided (e.g. tollgate). • The lane number increases or decreases or the lane marker are crossing complicatedly. • There are more than two lane markers on the road in front of you. 5-69 5 Driving your vehicle The LKA system will not be in the ENABLED state and the steering wheel will not be assisted when: • The turn signal is turned on before changing a lane. If you change lanes without the turn signal on, the steering wheel might be controlled. • The vehicle is not driven in the middle of the lane when the system is turned on or right after changing a lane. • ESC (Electronic Stability Control) or VSM (Vehicle Stability Management) is activated. • The vehicle is driven on a sharp curve. • Vehicle speed is below 60 km/h (37 mph) and over 180 km/h (112 mph). • The vehicle makes sharp lane changes. • The vehicle brakes suddenly. • One lane marker is detected. • The lane is very wide or narrow. Driving your vehicle • The lane marker is very thick or thin. • The lanes ahead are not visible due to rain, snow, water on the road, damaged or stained road surface, or other factors. • The shadow is on the lane marker by a median strip, trees, etc. • The lanes are incomplete or the area is in a construction zone. • There are crosswalk signs or other symbols on the road. • The lane marker in a tunnel is stained with oil, etc. • The lane suddenly disappears such as at the intersection. 5-70 When external condition is intervened • The brightness outside changes suddenly such as when entering or exiting a tunnel, or when passing under a bridge. • The brightness outside is too low such as when the headlamps are not on at night or the vehicle is going through a tunnel. • There is a boundary structure in the roadway such as a concrete barrier, guardrail and reflector post that is inadvertently being detected by the camera. • When light coming from a street light or an oncoming vehicle is reflected on a wet road surface such as a puddle in the road. • The field of view in front is obstructed by sun glare. • There is not enough distance between you and the vehicle in front to be able to detect the lane marker or the vehicle ahead is driving on the lane marker. • Road surface is not evenness. • Driving on a steep grade, over a hill, or when driving on a curved road. • The adverse road conditions cause excessive vehicle vibrations while driving. • The surrounding of the inside rear view mirror temperature is high due to direct sunlight, etc. When front visibility is poor • The windshield or the front view camera lens is blocked with dirt or debris. • The windshield glass is fogged up; a clear view of the road is obstructed. • Placing objects on the dashboard, etc. • The sensor cannot detect the lane because of fog, heavy rain or snow. LKA system function change Lane Keeping Assist The driver can change LKA to the Lane Departure Warning (LDW) or change the LKA mode between Standard LKA and Active LKA from the LCD display. Go to the 'User settings → Driver assistance → Lane safety'. The system is automatically set to Standard LKA if a function is not selected. This mode guides the driver to help keep the vehicle within the lanes. It rarely controls the steering wheel, when the vehicle drives well inside the lanes. However, it starts to control the steering wheel, when the vehicle is about to deviate out of the lane. Lane Departure Warning Lane Departure Warning alerts the driver with a visual warning and a warning alarm when the system detects the vehicle departing the lane. The steering wheel will not be controlled. 5 Driving your vehicle 5-71 Driving your vehicle BLIND-SPOT COLLISION WARNING (BCW) SYSTEM (IF EQUIPPED) System description Blind-Spot Collision Warning (BCW) 2) Closing at high speed WARNING The Blind-Spot Collision Warning System (BCW) uses radar sensors in the rear bumper to monitor and warn the driver when it detects an approaching vehicle in the driver's blind spot area. 1) Blind-Spot Area OAD058154L The Lane Change Assist feature will alert you when it detects a vehicle is approaching in an adjacent lane at a high rate of speed. If the driver activates the turn signal when the system detects an oncoming vehicle, the system sounds an audible alert. OAD058153L The blind spot detection range varies relative to vehicle speed. Note that if your vehicle is traveling much faster than the vehicles around you, the warning will not occur. 5-72 • Always be aware of road conditions while driving and be alert for unexpected situations even though the BlindSpot Collision Warning System is operating. • The Blind-Spot Collision Warning System (BCW) is supplemental systems to assist you. Do not entirely rely on the systems. Always pay attention, while driving, for your safety. • The Blind-Spot Collision Warning System (BCW) is not substitutes for proper and safe driving. Always drive safely and use caution when changing lanes or backing up the vehicle. The Blind-Spot Collision Warning System (BCW) may not detect every object alongside the vehicle. System setting and operation System setting ■ Type A When the system is initially turned on and when the vehicle is turned off then on again while the system is in activation, the warning light will illuminate for 3 seconds on the outside rearview mirror. • If the vehicle is turned off then on again, the system maintains the last setting. OAEE059017L ■ Type B 5 OAEPH059651L OAEE059026L • If you press the BCW button while 'Warning only' is selected, the indicator on the button turns off and the system deactivates. • If you press the BCW button while the system is cancelled, the indicator on the button illuminates and the system activates. OAEPH059650L • Selecting Warning Timing The driver can select the initial warning activation time from the User Settings in the cluster LCD display by selecting 'User settings → Driver assistance → Warning timing → Normal/Later'. 5-73 Driving your vehicle • Setting Blind-Spot Safety function - The driver can activate the system by placing the ignition switch to the ON position and by selecting 'User settings → Driver assistance → Blind-spot safety' in the cluster LCD display. - BCW turns on and gets ready to be operated when 'Warning only' is selected. Then, if a vehicle approaches the driver's blind spot area a warning sounds. - The system is deactivated and the indicator on the BCW button turns off when 'Off' is selected. Driving your vehicle The options for the initial Blind-Spot Collision Warning includes the following: - Normal: When this option is selected, the initial Blind-Spot Collision Warning is activated normally. If this setting feels too sensitive change the option to 'later'. The warning activation time may feel late if the side/rear vehicle abruptly accelerates. - Later: Select this warning activation time when the traffic is light and you are driving in at low speeds. i Information If you change the warning timing, the warning time of other systems may change. Operating Conditions The system enters the ready status, when 'Warning Only' is selected in the cluster LCD display and vehicle speed is above approximately 30 km/h (20 mph). OAEPH059652L • Setting Warning Volume The driver can select the warning volume from the User Settings in the LCD display by selecting 'User settings → Driver assistance → Warning volume → High/Medium/ Low'. i Information If you change the warning volume, the warning volume of other systems may change. For more information refer to "LCD Display Modes" in chapter 3. 5-74 Warning message and system control Blind-Spot Collision Warning (BCW) system ■ Left side ■ Right side ■ Left side A ■ Right side OAE056036 A OAE056037 [A] : Warning sound First stage alert If a vehicle is detected within the boundary of the system, a warning light will illuminate on the outside rearview mirror. If the detected vehicle is no longer within the blind spot area, the warning will turn off according to the driving conditions of the vehicle. 5-75 5 Driving your vehicle OAE056035 Second stage alert A warning chime to alert the driver will activate when: 1. A vehicle has been detected in the blind spot area by the radar system AND. 2. The turn signal is applied (same side as where the vehicle is being detected). When this alert is activated, the warning light on the outside rearview mirror will also blink. And a warning chime will sound. If you turn off the turn signal indicator, the second stage alert will be deactivated. If the detected vehicle is no longer within the blind spot area, the warning will turn off according to the driving conditions of the vehicle. Driving your vehicle WARNING • The warning light on the outside rearview mirror will illuminate whenever a vehicle is detected at the rear side by the system. To avoid accidents, do not focus only on the warning light and neglect to see the surroundings of the vehicle. • Drive safely even though the vehicle is equipped with a Blind-Spot Collision Warning System (BCW). Do not solely rely on the system but check your surroundings before changing lanes or backing the vehicle up. • The system may not alert the driver in some situations due to system limitations so always check your surroundings while driving. 5-76 CAUTION • Always pay attention to road and traffic conditions while driving, whether or not the warning light on the outside rearview mirror illuminates or there is a warning alarm. • Playing the vehicle audio system at high volume may offset the Blind-Spot Collision Warning System warning sounds. • The warning of the Blind-Spot Collision Warning System may not sound while other system's warning sounds. Detecting Sensor ■ Rear radar OAEE059012 The rear radars are located inside the rear bumper for detecting the side and rear areas. Always keep the rear bumper clean for proper operation of the system. NOTICE • The system may not work properly when the bumper has been damaged, or if the rear bumper has been replaced or repaired. (Continued) Warning message - When a trailer or carrier is installed. If any of these conditions occur, the light on the BCW button and the system will turn off automatically. i Information OOSEV058035L BCW (Blind-Spot Collision Warning) system disabled. Radar blocked • This warning message may appear when: - One or both of the sensors on the rear bumper is blocked by dirt or snow or a foreign object. - Driving in rural areas where the sensor does not detect another vehicle for an extended period of time. - When there is inclement weather such as heavy snow or rain. Turn off the BCW and RCCW system (if equipped) when a trailer or carrier is installed. - Press the BCW button (the indicator on the button will turn off) - Deactivate the RCCW system by deselecting 'User settings → Driver assistance → Parking safety → Rear crosstraffic safety' When the BCW canceled warning message is displayed in the cluster, check to make sure that the rear bumper is free from any dirt or snow in the areas where the sensor is located. Remove any dirt, snow, or foreign material that could interfere with the radar sensors. 5-77 5 Driving your vehicle (Continued) • The sensing range differs somewhat according to the width of the road.When the road is narrow, the system may detect other vehicles in the next lane. • The system may turn off if interfered by strong electromagnetic waves. • Always keep the sensors clean. • NEVER disassemble the sensor component or apply any impact on the sensor component. • Be careful not to apply unnecessary force on the radar sensor or sensor cover. If the sensor is forcibly moved out of proper alignment, the system may not operate correctly. In this case, a warning message may not be displayed. We recommend that the vehicle be inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. • Do not apply foreign objects such as a bumper sticker or a bumper guard near the radar sensor or apply paint to the sensor area. Doing so may adversely affect the performance of the sensor. Driving your vehicle After any dirt or debris is removed, the system should operate normally after about 10 minutes of driving the vehicle. If the system still does not operate normally, we recommend that the vehicle be inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. OOSEV048203L Check BCW (Blind-spot Collision Warning) system If there is a problem with the BCW system, a warning message will appear and the light on the button will turn off. The system will turn off automatically. We recommend that you have your vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. 5-78 Limitations of the system The driver must be cautious in the below situations because the system may not detect other vehicles or objects in certain circumstances: • When a trailer or carrier is installed. • The vehicle drives in inclement weather such as heavy rain or snow. • The sensor is covered with rain, snow, mud, etc. • The rear bumper where the sensor is located is covered with a foreign object such as a bumper sticker, a bumper guard, a bike rack, etc. • The rear bumper is damaged, or the sensor is out of the original default position. • The vehicle height gets lower or higher due to heavy loading in a tailgate, abnormal tire pressure, etc. • When the temperature of the rear bumper is high. • When the sensors are blocked by other vehicles, walls or parking-lot pillars. • The vehicle is driven on a curved road. • The vehicle is driven through a tollgate. • The road pavement (or the peripheral ground) abnormally contains metallic components (i.e. possibly due to subway construction). • There is a fixed object near the vehicle, such as a guardrail. • While going down or up a steep road where the height of the lane is different. • Driving on a narrow road where trees or grass or overgrown. • Driving in rural areas where the sensor does not detect another vehicle or structure for an extended period of time. • Driving on a wet road. • Driving on a road where the guardrail or wall is in double structure. • A big vehicle is near such as a bus or truck. • Temperature is extremely low around the vehicle. • The vehicle severely vibrates while driving over a bumpy road, uneven/bumpy road, or concrete patch. • The vehicle drives on a slippery surface due to snow, water puddle, or ice. OAD058155N • Driving on a curve The BCW system may not operate properly when driving on a curved road. In certain instances the system may not detect the vehicle in the next lane. Always pay attention to road and driving conditions, while driving. 5-79 5 Driving your vehicle • When the other vehicle approaches very close. • When the other vehicle passes at a very fast speed. • While changing lanes. • If the vehicle has started at the same time as the vehicle next to you and has accelerated. • When the vehicle in the next lane moves two lanes away from you OR when the vehicle two lanes away moves to the next lane from you. • A motorcycle or bicycle is near. • A flat trailer is near. • If there are small objects in the detecting area such as a shopping cart or a baby stroller. • If there is a low height vehicle such as a sports car. • The vehicle abruptly changes driving direction. • The vehicle makes sharp lane changes. • The vehicle sharply stops. Driving your vehicle OAD058156N OAD058157N OAEE059592 The BCW system may not operate properly when driving on a curved road. In certain instances the system may recognize a vehicle in the same lane. Always pay attention to road and driving conditions, while driving. • Driving where the road is merging/dividing The BCW system may not operate properly when driving where the road is merging/dividing. In certain instances the system may not detect the vehicle in the next lane. Always pay attention to road and driving conditions, while driving. • Driving on a slope The BCW system may not operate properly when driving on a slope. In certain instances the system may not detect the vehicle in the next lane. Also, in certain instances the system may wrongly recognize the ground or structures. Always pay attention to road and driving conditions, while driving. 5-80 Declaration of conformity (if equipped) The radio frequency components (Rear Corner Radar) comply with requirements and other relevant provisions. • For Taiwan OAD058150N • Driving where there is a structure beside the road The BCW system may not operate properly when driving where there is structure beside the road. In certain instances, the system may wrongly recognize the structures (noise barriers, guardrail, double guardrail, median strip, bollard, street light, road sign, tunnel wall, etc.) beside the road. Always pay attention to road and driving conditions, while driving. OAEPH069049L 5 • For Singapore OAEPH069048L • For Mexico OAEPH069050L 5-81 Driving your vehicle • Driving where the heights of the lanes are different The BCW system may not operate properly when driving where the heights of the lanes are different. In certain instances, the system may not detect the vehicle on a road with different lane heights (underpass joining section, grade separated intersections, etc.). Always pay attention to road and driving conditions, while driving. OAD058151N [A] : noise barrier, [B] : guardrail Driving your vehicle • For Serbia • For Russia • For Brazil OAEPH069061L • For South Africa (TA-2012/779) OAEPH069057L OAEPH069054L • For Ukraine • For UAE OAEPH069051L OAEPH069058L OAEPH069055L • For Oman • For Argentina • For Vietnam OAEPH069059L OAEPH069052L OAEPH069056L • For Moldova • For Paraguay (2017-08-I-0000279 ) OAEPH069060L OAEPH069053L 5-82 DRIVER ATTENTION WARNING (DAW) (IF EQUIPPED) The Driver Attention Warning (DAW) system displays the level of the driver’s fatigue and inattention, considering the driving pattern, etc. System setting and operation System setting OAEPH059650L • Selecting Warning Timing The driver can select the initial warning activation time from the User Settings in the cluster LCD display by selecting 'User settings → Driver assistance → Warning timing → Normal/Later'. i Information Other driver assistance systems like Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist (FCA) System, etc. can be changed when warning time setting is changed. 5-83 5 Driving your vehicle • Selecting Driver Attention Warning function The Driver Attention Warning (DAW) can be activated from the Users Settings mode in the cluster LCD display by following the procedure below. 1. Set the ignition switch to the ON position. 2. Select 'User settings → Driver assistance → DAW (Driver Attention Warning)' in the cluster LCD display. Deselect the setting to turn off the system. • If the vehicle is turned off then on again, the system maintains the last setting. The options for the initial Driver Attention Warning includes the following: - Normal: When this option is selected, the initial Driver Attention Warning is activated normally. If this setting feels sensitive, change the option to 'Later'. The warning activation time may feel late if a vehicle at the side or rear abruptly accelerates. - Later: Select this warning activation time when the traffic is light and you are driving at low speeds. Driving your vehicle Display of the driver's attention level ■ Inattentive driving ■ System off OPDE056062 OAEPH059652L • Setting Warning Volume The driver can select the warning volume from the User Settings in the LCD display by selecting 'User settings → Driver assistance → Warning volume → High/Medium/Low'. OAE048569L ■ Attentive driving i Information If you change the warning volume, the warning volume of other systems may change. For more details, refer to "LCD Display Modes" in chapter 3. 5-84 OPDE056061 • The driver can monitor his/her driving conditions on the cluster LCD display. The DAW screen will appear when you select the Driving Assist mode ( ) on the LCD display if the system is activated. (For more details, refer to "LCD Display Modes" in chapter 3.) • The driver's attention level is displayed on the scale of 1 to 5. The lower the level is, the more inattentive the driver is. • The level decreases when the driver does not take a break for a certain period of time. • The level increases when the driver attentively drives for a certain period of time. • When the driver turns on the system while driving, it displays 'Last Break time' and level. Take a break CAUTION If any other warning sound such as seat belt warning chime is already generated, the Driver Attention Warning (DAW) system warning may not sound. OIK057132L 5 Driving your vehicle • The "Consider taking a break“ message appears on the cluster LCD display and a warning sounds to suggest that the driver take a break, when the driver’s attention level is below 1. • The Driver Attention Warning (DAW) system will not suggest a break, when the total driving time is shorter than 10 minutes and also doesn't recommend an additional break within 10 minutes after a break. 5-85 Driving your vehicle Resetting the system • The last break time is set to 00:00 and the driver's attention level is set to 5 (very attentive) when the driver resets the Driver Attention Warning (DAW) system. • The Driver Attention Warning (DAW) system resets the last break time to 00:00 and the driver's attention level to 5 in the following situations. - The vehicle is turned OFF. - The driver unfastens the seat belt and then opens the driver's door. - The vehicle is stopped for more than 10 minutes. • The Driver Attention Warning (DAW) system operates again, when the driver restarts driving. 5-86 System standby System malfunction OAE058266L OOSEV058080L The Driver Attention Warning (DAW) system enters the ready status and displays the 'Standby' screen in the following situations. - The front view camera does not detect the lane. - Driving speed over 180 km/h (110 mph). Check DAW (Driver Attention Warning) system When the "Check Driver Attention Warning (DAW) system" warning message appears, the system is not working properly. In this case, we recommend that you have the vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. WARNING i Information The system may suggest a break according to the driver's driving pattern or habits even if the driver doesn't feel fatigue. The Driver Attention Warning (DAW) system utilizes the front view camera sensor on the front windshield for its operation. To keep the front view camera sensor in the best condition, you should observe the followings: • Never install any accessories or stickers on the front windshield, or tint the front windshield. • NEVER place any reflective objects (i.e. white paper, mirror) over the dashboard. Any light reflection may cause a malfunction of the Driver Attention Warning (DAW) system. • Pay extreme caution to keep the front view camera sensor dry. • NEVER disassemble the front view camera assembly, nor apply any impact on the front view camera assembly. (Continued) (Continued) • Never disassemble the front view camera assembly, or apply any impact on the front view camera assembly. If the sensor is forcibly moved out of proper alignment, the system may not operate correctly. We recommend that you take your vehicle to an authorized HYUNDAI dealer and have the system checked for calibration. 5 Driving your vehicle • The Driver Attention Warning (DAW) system is not a substitute for safe driving practices, but a convenience function only. It is the responsibility of the driver to always drive cautiously to prevent unexpected and sudden situations from occurring. Pay attention to the road conditions at all times. • The driver who feels fatigued should take a break, even though there is no break suggestion by the Driver Attention Warning (DAW) system. • The driver must have a responsibility of safe driving himself/herself. NOTICE 5-87 Driving your vehicle CAUTION The Driver Attention Warning (DAW) system may not provide alerts in the following situations: • The system may not work around 15 seconds after starting the vehicle or the initialization or rebooting of the front view camera. • The lane detection performance is limited. (For more information, refer to "Lane Keeping Assist (LKA) system" in this chapter.) • The vehicle is erratically driven or is abruptly turned for obstacle avoidance (e.g. construction area, other vehicles, fallen objects, bumpy road). (Continued) 5-88 (Continued) • Forward drivability of the vehicle is severely undermined (possibly due to wide variation in tire pressures, uneven tire wear-out, toein/toe-out alignment). • The vehicle is driven on a curvy road. • The vehicle is driven through a windy area. • The vehicle is driven on a bumpy road. • The vehicle is controlled by the following driving assist systems: - Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist (FCA) system - Smart Cruise Control (SCC) system - Lane Keeping Assist (LKA) system - Lane Following Assist (LFA) system CAUTION Playing the vehicle audio system at high volume may prevent occupants from hearing the Driver Attention Warning (DAW) system warning sounds. Leading Vehicle Departure Alert (if applied) Leading Vehicle Departure Alert system provides the alert whether the leading vehicle drives away or not, while a stop. System setting and operating conditions System setting OAEPH059659L Alert announcement The system notifies the driver with the alert message and a warning sound when the leading vehicle drives away while a stop. 5-89 5 Driving your vehicle • Selecting Driver Attention Warning function The Leading Vehicle Departure Alert can be activated from Users Settings mode in the cluster LCD display by following the procedure below. 1. Set the ignition switch to the ON position. 2. Select 'User Settings → Driving Assistance → Driver Attention Warning → Leading Vehicle Departure Alert' in cluster LCD display. Deselect the setting to turn off the system. • If the vehicle is turned off then on again, the system maintains the last setting. Driving your vehicle WARNING • The Leading Vehicle Departure Alert system is only a convenient auxiliary for the driver. The system can’t announce the alarm when a leading vehicle departs in real time. • The driver must check and determine real conditions and then start to drive even if the system notified the leading vehicle departure. 5-90 CAUTION • The Leading Vehicle Departure Alert (LVDA) system is quite related with the front camera in the vehicle for the better performance. For more information of front camera, refer to "Lane Keeping Assist (LKA)". • It may not provide Vehicle Departure Alert or not properly operate in the following situations: - Leading pedestrian(s) or bicycle(s) in front of vehicle - Leading cut-in vehicle(s) - Leading vehicle’s quick departure - Stop on speed bump or steep hill - Stop on a right-turn junction or a curved road - Stop on shoulder road, rest area, parking lot CRUISE CONTROL (IF EQUIPPED) Cruise Control operation OOSEV058038 The Cruise Control system allows you to drive at speeds above 30 km/h (20 mph) without depressing the accelerator pedal. Take the following precautions: • Always set the vehicle speed under the speed limit in your country. • If the Cruise Control is left on, (cruise indicator light in the instrument cluster is illuminated) the Cruise Control can be activated unintentionally. Keep the Cruise Control system off (cruise indicator light OFF) when the Cruise Control is not in use, to avoid inadvertently setting a speed. • Use the Cruise Control system only when traveling on open highways in good weather. (Continued) (Continued) • Do not use the Cruise Control when it may be unsafe to keep the vehicle at a constant speed: - When driving in heavy traffic or when traffic conditions make it difficult to drive at a constant speed - When driving on rainy, icy, or snow-covered roads - When driving on hilly or windy roads - When driving in windy areas - When driving with limited view (possibly due to bad weather such as fog, snow, rain and sandstorm) 5-91 5 Driving your vehicle (1) Cruise indicator (2) SET indicator WARNING Driving your vehicle i Information • During normal cruise control operation, when the SET switch is activated or reactivated after applying the brakes, the cruise control will energize after approximately 3 seconds. This delay is normal. • Before activating the cruise control function, the system will check to verify that the brake switch is operating normally. Depress the brake pedal at least once after turning ON the POWER button or starting the vehicle. ■ Type A i Information ■ Type B OAE056153L Cruise control switch CANCEL/O : Cancels cruise control operation. CRUISE / : Turns cruise control system on or off. RES+: Resumes or increases cruise control speed. SET-: Sets or decreases cruise control speed. OAE056068L First, switch the mode to Cruise Control by pressing the button if equipped with the Speed Limit Control System. The mode changes, as below, whenever the button is pressed. System off Cruise Control Speed Limit Control 5-92 To set Cruise Control speed ■ Type A To increase Cruise Control speed ■ Type A ■ Type A ■ Type B ■ Type B ■ Type B OAE056155L OAE056154L i Information On a steep slope, the vehicle may slightly slow down or speed up, while driving uphill or downhill. OAE056156L • Push the toggle switch (1) up (RES+) and release it immediately. The cruising speed will increase 2.0 km/h (1.2 mph) each time the toggle switch is operated in this manner. • Push the toggle switch (1) up (RES+) and hold it, while monitoring the SET speed on the instrument cluster. Release the toggle switch when the desired speed is shown and the vehicle will accelerate to that speed. 5-93 5 Driving your vehicle 1. Press the CRUISE / button on the steering wheel to turn the system on. The cruise indicator will illuminate. 2. Accelerate to the desired speed, which must be more than 30 km/h (20 mph). 3. Push the toggle switch (1) down (SET-), and release it. The SET indicator light will illuminate. 4. Release the accelerator pedal. Driving your vehicle • Depress the accelerator pedal. When the vehicle attains the desired speed, push the toggle switch (1) down (SET-). To decrease Cruise Control speed ■ Type A ■ Type B OAE056155L • Push the toggle switch (1) down (SET-) and release it immediately. The cruising speed will decrease 2.0 km/h (1.2 mph) each time the toggle switch is operated in this manner. • Push the toggle switch (1) down (SET-) and hold it. Your vehicle will gradually slow down. Release the toggle switch at the speed you want to maintain. • Lightly tap the brake pedal. When the vehicle attains the desired speed, push the toggle switch (1) down (SET-). 5-94 To temporarily accelerate with the Cruise Control ON Depress the accelerator pedal. When you take your foot off the accelerator, the vehicle will return to the previously set speed. If you push the toggle switch down (SET-) at the increased speed, the Cruise Control will maintain the increased speed. Cruise Control will be canceled when: ■ Type A ■ Type B i Information Each of the above actions will cancel Cruise Control operation (the SET indicator light in the instrument cluster will go off), but only pressing the CRUISE / button will turn the system off. If you wish to resume Cruise Control operation, push the toggle switch up (RES+) located on your steering wheel. You will return to your previously preset speed, unless the system was turned off using the CRUISE / button. To resume preset Cruising speed ■ Type A ■ Type B OAE056156L Push the toggle switch (1) up (RES+). If the vehicle speed is over 30 km/h (20 mph), the vehicle will resume the preset speed. 5-95 5 Driving your vehicle OAE056157L • Depressing the brake pedal. • Pressing the CANCEL / O button located on the steering wheel. • The vehicle is shifted into N (Neutral). • Decreasing the vehicle speed to less than the memory speed by approximately 20 km/h (12 mph). • Decreasing the vehicle speed to less than approximately 30 km/h (20 mph). • The ESC (Electronic Stability Control) is operating. Driving your vehicle To turn Cruise Control off ■ Type A i Information The mode changes, as below, whenever the button is pressed. System off Cruise Control Speed Limit Control ■ Type B OAE056154L • Press the CRUISE / button (the cruise indicator light will go off). • Press the button (The indicator light will go off.). - With the Cruise Control on, pressing the button once will turn Off the Cruise Control and turn on the Speed Limit Control. - With the Cruise Control off and Speed Limit Control on, pressing the button will turn off both system. 5-96 SMART CRUISE CONTROL SYSTEM (WITH STOP & GO SYSTEM) (IF EQUIPPED) To see the SCC screen on the LCD display in the cluster, select Driving Assist mode ( ). For more information, refer to "LCD Display Modes" in chapter 3. OAEPH058615 For your safety, please read the owner's manual before using the Smart Cruise Control system. WARNING • The Smart Cruise Control System is not a substitute for safe driving practices, but a convenience function only. It is the responsibility of the driver to always check the speed and distance to the vehicle ahead. • Always be aware of road conditions while driving and be alert for unexpected situations even though the Smart Cruise Control System is operating. • The Smart Cruise Control (SCC) is supplemental systems to assist you Do not entirely rely on the systems. Always pay attention, while driving, for you safety. 5-97 5 Driving your vehicle (1) Cruise indicator (2) Set speed (3) Vehicle-to-vehicle distance The Smart Cruise Control System allows you to program the vehicle to help maintain the desired speed and minimum distance between the vehicle ahead. The Smart Cruise Control System will automatically adjust your vehicle speed to maintain your programmed speed and following distance without requiring you to depress the accelerator or brake pedals. WARNING Driving your vehicle WARNING Take the following precautions : • Always set the vehicle speed under the speed limit in your country. • If the Smart Cruise Control is left on, (cruise ( ) indicator light in the instrument cluster is illuminated) the Smart Cruise Control can be activated unintentionally. Keep the Smart Cruise Control System off (cruise ( ) indicator light OFF) when the Smart Cruise Control is not in use, to avoid inadvertently setting a speed. • Use the Smart Cruise Control System only when traveling on open highways in good weather. (Continued) 5-98 (Continued) • Do not use the Smart Cruise Control when it may not be safe to keep the vehicle at a constant speed: - When driving in heavy traffic or when traffic conditions make it difficult to drive at a constant speed - When driving on rainy, icy, or snow-covered roads - When driving on a steep downhill or uphill - When driving in windy areas - When driving in parking lots - When driving near crash barriers - When driving on a sharp curve - When driving with limited view (possibly due to bad weather, such as fog, snow, rain or sandstorm) (Continued) (Continued) - When the vehicle sensing ability decreases due to vehicle modification resulting level difference of the vehicle's front and rear Smart cruise control switch To adjust the sensitivity of Smart Cruise Control ■ Type A ■ Type B OAE056068L OAE056169L i Information First, switch the mode to Smart Cruise Control by pressing the button if equipped with the Speed Limit Control System. The mode changes, as below, whenever the button is pressed. System off Smart Cruise Control OOSEV058091L The sensitivity of vehicle speed when following the front vehicle to maintain the set distance can be adjusted. Select 'User settings → Driver assistance → SCC response → Fast/ Normal/Slow' in the cluster LCD display. Speed Limit Control 5-99 5 Driving your vehicle CANCEL / O : Cancels cruise control operation. CRUISE / : Turns cruise control system on or off. RES+: Resumes or increases cruise control speed. SET-: Sets or decreases cruise control speed. : Sets vehicle-to-vehicle distance. Driving your vehicle You may select one of the three stages you prefer. - Fast: Vehicle speed following the front vehicle to maintain the set distance is faster than normal speed. - Normal: Vehicle speed following the front vehicle to maintain the set distance is normal. - Slow: Vehicle speed following the front vehicle to maintain the set distance is slower than normal speed. i Information The last selected speed sensitivity of the smart cruise control is remained in the system. 5-100 To convert to Cruise Control mode The driver may choose to only use the conventional Cruise Control mode (speed control function) by doing as follows: 1. Turn the Smart Cruise Control System on (the cruise indicator light will be on but the system will not be activated). 2. Push and hold the Vehicle-toVehicle Distance button for more than 2 seconds. 3. Choose between "Smart Cruise Control" and "Cruise Control". When the system is cancelled using theCRUISE/ button or the CRUISE/ button is used after the vehicle is in the ready ( ) mode, the Smart Cruise Control mode will turn on. WARNING When using the Cruise Control mode, you must manually adjust the distance to other vehicles by depressing the accelerator or brake pedal. The system does not automatically adjust the distance to vehicles in front of you. Smart Cruise Control speed To set Smart Cruise Control speed ■ Type A ■ Type A ■ Type B i Information • Vehicle speed may decrease on an upward slope and increase on a downward slope. • When you are setting the cruise control speed with a vehicle in front and your vehicle speed is between 0-30 km/h (0-20 mph), the speed will set to 30 km/h (20 mph). ■ Type B OAE056155L OAE056154L 5 Driving your vehicle 1. Push the button on the steering wheel to turn the system on. The cruise ( ) indicator will illuminate. 2. Accelerate to the desired speed. The Smart Cruise Control speed can be set when vehicle speed is between as follows. • 10 ~ 180 km/h (5 ~ 110 mph) : when there is no vehicle in front • 0 ~ 180 km/h (0 ~ 110 mph) : when there is a vehicle in front 3. Push the toggle switch down (SET-). The Set Speed and Vehicle-to-Vehicle Distance on the LCD display will illuminate. 4. Release the accelerator pedal. The desired speed will automatically be maintained. If there is a vehicle in front of you, the speed may decrease to maintain the distance to the vehicle ahead. On a steep grade, the vehicle may slow down or speed up slightly while going uphill or downhill. 5-101 Driving your vehicle To increase Smart Cruise Control set speed ■ Type A ■ Type B CAUTION Check the driving condition before using the toggle switch. Driving speed sharply increases, when you push up and hold the toggle switch. To decrease the Smart Cruise Control set speed ■ Type A ■ Type B OAE056156L OAE056155L Follow either of these procedures: • Push the toggle switch up (RES+), and release it immediately. The cruising speed will increase by 1 km/h (1 mph) each time you move the toggle switch up in this manner. • Push the toggle switch up (RES+), and hold it. Your vehicle set speed will increase by 10 km/h (5 mph). Release the toggle switch at the speed you want. • You can set the speed to 180 km/h (110 mph). Follow either of these procedures: • Push the toggle switch down (SET-), and release it immediately. The cruising speed will decrease by 1 km/h (1 mph) each time you move the toggle switch down in this manner. • Push the toggle switch down (SET-), and hold it. Your vehicle set speed will decrease by 10 km/h (5 mph). Release the toggle switch at the speed you want. • You can set the speed to 30 km/h (20 mph). 5-102 To temporarily accelerate with the Smart Cruise Control on If you want to speed up temporarily when the Smart Cruise Control is on, depress the accelerator pedal. Increased speed will not interfere with Smart Cruise Control operation or change the set speed. To return to the set speed, take your foot off the accelerator pedal. If you push the toggle switch down (SET-) at increased speed, the set speed is updated. Smart Cruise Control will be temporarily cancelled when: ■ Type A ■ Type B OAE056157L Be careful when accelerating temporarily, because the speed is not controlled automatically at this time even if there is a vehicle in front of you. Cancelled manually • Depressing the brake pedal. • Pressing the CANCEL/ button located on the steering wheel. The Smart Cruise Control turns off temporarily when the Set Speed and Vehicle-to-Vehicle Distance indicator on the cluster LCD display turns off. The cruise ( ) indicator is illuminated continuously. 5-103 5 Driving your vehicle i Information Cancelled automatically • The driver's door is opened. • The shift lever is shifted to N (Neutral), R (Reverse) or P (Park). • The parking brake is applied. • The vehicle speed is over 190 km/h (120 mph). • ESC (Electronic Stability Control), TCS (Traction Control System) or ABS is operating. • ESC is turned off. • The sensor or the cover is dirty or blocked with foreign matter. • The vehicle is stopped for more than 5 minutes. • The vehicle stops and goes repeatedly for a long period of time. • The accelerator pedal is continuously depressed for a long period of time. • The SCC system has malfunctioned. • The motor performance is abnormal. Driving your vehicle • The braking control is operated for FCA (Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist) • The driver starts driving by pushing the toggle switch up (RES+)/down (SET-) or depressing the accelerator pedal, after the vehicle is stopped by the Smart Cruise Control system with no other vehicle ahead. • The driver starts driving by pushing the toggle switch up (RES+)/down (SET-) or depressing the accelerator pedal, after stopping the vehicle with a vehicle stopped far away in front. • When motor is stopped by ISG (Idle Stop & Go). 5-104 Each of these actions will cancel the Smart Cruise Control operation. The Set Speed and Vehicle-to-Vehicle Distance on the LCD display will go off. In a condition the Smart Cruise Control is cancelled automatically, the Smart Cruise Control will not resume even though the RES+ or SET- toggle switch is pushed. Also, if the Smart Cruise Control is cancelled automatically while the vehicle is at a standstill, the EPB (Electronic Parking Brake) will be applied. i Information If the Smart Cruise Control is cancelled by other than the reasons mentioned, we recommend that the system be checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. OOSEV058090L SCC (Smart Cruise Control) cancelled If the system is cancelled, the warning chime will sound and a message will appear for a few seconds. You must adjust the vehicle speed by depressing the accelerator or brake pedal according to the road condition ahead and driving condition. Always check the road conditions. Do not rely on the warning chime. To resume Smart Cruise Control set speed If any method other than the cruise toggle switch was used to cancel cruising speed and the system is still activated, the cruising speed will automatically resume when you push the toggle switch up (RES+) or down (SET-). If you push the toggle switch up (RES+), the speed will resume to the recently set speed. However, if vehicle speed drops under 10km/h (5mph), it will resume when there is a vehicle in front of your vehicle. Always check the road conditions when you push the toggle switch up (RES+) to resume speed. ■ Type A i Information The mode changes, as below, whenever the button is pressed. System off ■ Type B Smart Cruise Control Speed Limit Control OAE056154L 5 • Press the CRUISE/ button (the cruise ( ) indicator light will go off). • Press the button (The ( ) indicator light will go off.). (if equipped with Speed Limit Control) - With the Smart Cruise Control on, pressing the button once will turn Off the Smart Cruise Control and turn on the Speed Limit Control. - With the Smart Cruise Control off and Speed Limit Control on, pressing the button will turn off both system. Driving your vehicle i Information To turn Cruise Control off 5-105 Driving your vehicle Smart Cruise Control Vehicleto-Vehicle Distance To set Vehicle-to-Vehicle Distance Each time the button is pressed, the vehicle to vehicle distance changes as follows: Distance 4 Distance 3 Distance 2 ■ Type A Distance 1 ■ Type B OAE056158L When the Smart Cruise Control System is ON, you can set and maintain the distance from the vehicle ahead of you without pressing the accelerator or brake pedal. 5-106 For example, if you drive at 90 km/h (56 mph), the distance is maintained as follows: Distance Distance Distance Distance 4 3 2 1 - approximately approximately approximately approximately 52.5 m 40 m 32.5 m 25 m i Information The distance is set to the last set distance when the system is used for the first time after starting the vehicle. When the lane ahead is clear: When there is a vehicle ahead of you in your lane: Distance 4 Distance 3 Distance 2 Distance 1 WARNING OAEPH059587L OPD056084 OAEPH058615/OAEPH058614/OAEPH058613/OAEPH058612 • Your vehicle speed will slow down or speed up to maintain the selected distance. • If the vehicle ahead speeds up, your vehicle will travel at a steady cruising speed after accelerating to the set speed. • If distance from the front vehicle has been changed due to accelerating or decelerating of the front vehicle, the distance on the LCD display may change. (Only when there is a vehicle in front, the front vehicle appears in the LCD display.) When using the Smart Cruise Control System: • The warning message appears and warning chime sounds if the vehicle is unable to maintain the selected distance from the vehicle ahead. • If the warning message appears and warning chime sounds, depress the brake pedal to actively adjust the vehicle speed, and the distance to the vehicle ahead. (Continued) 5-107 5 Driving your vehicle The vehicle speed will maintain the set speed. Driving your vehicle (Continued) • Even if the warning message does not appear and warning chime does not sound, always pay attention to the driving conditions to prevent dangerous situations from occurring. • Playing the vehicle audio system at high volume may prevent occupants from hearing the system warning sounds. CAUTION In traffic situation OAEPH059168L OIK057107L If the vehicle ahead (vehicle speed: less than 30km/h) disappears to the next lane, the warning chime will sound and a message "Watch for surrounding vehicles" will appear. Adjust your vehicle speed for vehicles or objects that can suddenly appear in front of you by depressing the brake pedal. Always pay attention to the road condition ahead. 5-108 Use switch or pedal to accelerate • In traffic, your vehicle will stop if the vehicle ahead of you stops. Also, if the vehicle ahead of you starts moving, your vehicle will start as well. However, if the vehicle stops for more than 3 seconds, you must depress the accelerator pedal or push up the toggle switch (RES+) to start driving. • If you push the smart cruise control toggle switch (RES+ or SET-) while Auto Hold and smart cruise control is operating the Auto Hold will be released regardless of accelerator pedal operation and the vehicle will start to move. The AUTO HOLD indicator changes from green to white. Sensor to detect distance to the vehicle ahead Warning message OOSEV058052L OAEE059654L 5-109 5 Driving your vehicle The Smart Cruise Control uses a sensor to detect distance to the vehicle ahead. If the sensor is covered with dirt or other foreign matter, the vehicle to vehicle distance control may not operate correctly. Always keep the sensor clean. SCC (Smart Cruise Control) disabled. Radar blocked When the sensor lens cover is blocked with dirt, snow, or debris, the Smart Cruise Control System operation may stop temporarily. If this occurs, a warning message will appear on the cluster LCD display. Remove any dirt, snow, or debris and clean the radar sensor lens cover before operating the Smart Cruise Control System. The Smart Cruise Control system may not properly activate, if the radar is totally covered, or if any substance is not detected after the vehicle is in the ready ( ) mode (e.g. in an open terrain). Driving your vehicle i Information For the SCC operation is temporarily stopped if the radar is blocked, but you wish to use cruise control mode (speed control function), you must convert to the cruise control mode (refer to "To convert to Cruise Control mode" in the following page. CAUTION • Do not apply license plate frame or foreign objects such as a bumper sticker or a bumper guard near the radar sensor. Doing so may adversely affect the sensing performance of the radar. • Always keep the radar sensor and lens cover clean and free of dirt and debris. • Use only a soft cloth to wash the vehicle. Do not spray pressurized water directly on the sensor or sensor cover. (Continued) 5-110 (Continued) • Be careful not to apply unnecessary force on the radar sensor or sensor cover. If the sensor is forcibly moved out of proper alignment, the Smart Cruise Control System may not operate correctly. In this case, a warning message may not be displayed. Have the vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. • If the front bumper becomes damaged in the area around the radar sensor, the Smart Cruise Control System may not operate properly. We recommend you to have the vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. • Use only genuine HYUNDAI parts to repair or replace a damaged sensor or sensor cover. Do not apply paint to the sensor cover. OOSEV058092L Check SCC (Smart Cruise Control) system The message will appear when the vehicle to vehicle distance control system is not functioning normally. We recommend that you take your vehicle to an authorized HYUNDAI dealer and have the system checked. Limitations of the system On curves The Smart Cruise Control System may have limits to its ability to detect distance to the vehicle ahead due to road and traffic conditions. OAD058166L OAD058165L 5-111 5 Driving your vehicle • The Smart Cruise Control System may not detect a moving vehicle in your lane, and then your vehicle could accelerate to the set speed. Also, the vehicle speed will decrease when the vehicle ahead is recognized suddenly. • Select the appropriate set speed on curves and apply the brakes or accelerator pedal if necessary. Your vehicle speed can be reduced due to a vehicle in the adjacent lane. Apply the accelerator pedal and select the appropriate set speed. Check to be sure that the road conditions permit safe operation of the Smart Cruise Control. Driving your vehicle On inclines Lane changing Vehicle recognition OAEE059617 OAD058167L OAD058173N • During uphill or downhill driving, the Smart Cruise Control System may not detect a moving vehicle in your lane, and cause your vehicle to accelerate to the set speed. Also, the vehicle speed will rapidly decrease when the vehicle ahead is recognized suddenly. • Select the appropriate set speed on inclines and apply the brake or accelerator pedal if necessary. • A vehicle which moves into your lane from an adjacent lane cannot be recognized by the sensor until it is in the sensor's detection range. • The radar may not detect immediately when a vehicle cuts in suddenly. Always pay attention to the traffic, road and driving conditions. • If a slower vehicle moves into your lane, your speed may decrease to maintain the distance to the vehicle ahead. • If a faster vehicle which moves into your lane, your vehicle will accelerate to the set speed. Some vehicles in your lane cannot be recognized by the sensor: - Narrow vehicles such as motorcycles or bicycles - Vehicles offset to one side - Slow-moving vehicles or suddendecelerating vehicles - Stopped vehicles - Vehicles with small rear profile such as trailers with no loads 5-112 A vehicle ahead cannot be recognized correctly by the sensor if any of following occurs: - When the vehicle is pointing upwards due to overloading in the luggage compartment - While the steering wheel is operating - When driving to one side of the lane - When driving on narrow lanes or on curves Apply the brake or accelerator pedal if necessary. OAD058168L • Your vehicle may accelerate when a vehicle ahead of you disappears. • When you are warned that the vehicle ahead of you is not detected, drive with caution. • When driving in stop-and-go traffic, and a vehicle in front of you merges out of the lane, the system may not immediately detect the new vehicle that is now in front of you. In this case, you must maintain a safe braking distance, and if necessary, depress the brake pedal to reduce your driving speed in order to maintain a safe distance. 5-113 5 Driving your vehicle OAD058174N Driving your vehicle WARNING OAE056110 OAEE059620 • Always look out for pedestrians when your vehicle is maintaining a distance with the vehicle ahead. • Always be cautious for vehicles with higher height or vehicles carrying loads that sticks out from the back of the vehicle. 5-114 When using the Smart Cruise Control take the following precautions: • If an emergency stop is necessary, you must apply the brakes. The vehicle cannot be stopped at every emergency situation by using the Smart Cruise Control System. • Keep a safe distance according to road conditions and vehicle speed. If the vehicle to vehicle distance is too close during a high-speed driving, a serious collision may result. • Always maintain sufficient braking distance and decelerate your vehicle by applying the brakes if necessary. (Continued) (Continued) • The Smart Cruise Control System may not recognize complex driving situations so always pay attention to driving conditions and control your vehicle speed. • The Smart Cruise Control system may recognize a pedestrian, bicycle, motorcycle, etc. as a vehicle. Always, look ahead cautiously to prevent unexpected and sudden situations from occurring. • Turn off the Smart Cruise Control system when the vehicle is being towed. • The Smart Cruise Control system may operate limitedly when towing a trailer or vehicle so always drive cautiously to prevent unexpected and sudden situations from occurring. NOTICE The Smart Cruise Control System may not operate temporarily due to: • Electrical interference • Modifying the suspension • Differences of tire abrasion or tire pressure • Installing different type of tires 5 Driving your vehicle (Continued) • The Smart Cruise Control System cannot recognize a stopped vehicle, pedestrians or an oncoming vehicle. Always look ahead cautiously to prevent unexpected and sudden situations from occurring. • Vehicles moving in front of you with a frequent lane change may cause a delay in the system's reaction or may cause the system to react to a vehicle actually in an adjacent lane. Always drive cautiously to prevent unexpected and sudden situations from occurring. • Always be aware of the selected speed and vehicle to vehicle distance. The driver should not solely rely on the system but always pay attention to driving conditions and control your vehicle speed. (Continued) 5-115 Driving your vehicle LANE FOLLOWING ASSIST (LFA) SYSTEM (IF EQUIPPED) WARNING The Lane Following Assist (LFA) system is not a substitute for safe driving practices, but a convenience function. It is the responsibility of the driver to always be aware of the surroundings and steer the vehicle. OAEE059013L The Lane Following Assist (LFA) system helps detect lane markers on the road with a front view camera at the front windshield, and assists the driver's steering to help keep the vehicle between lanes. 5-116 WARNING Take the following precautions when using the Lane Following Assist (LFA) system: • Do not turn the steering wheel suddenly when the steering wheel is being assisted by the system. • LFA system helps the driver to keep the vehicle in the center of the lane by assisting the driver's steering. However, the driver should not solely rely on the system but always pay attention on the steering wheel to stay in the lane. • The operation of the LFA system can be canceled or not work properly according to road condition and surroundings. Always be cautious when driving. (Continued) (Continued) Please refer to "Limitations of the System". • Do not remove or damage the related parts of LFA system. • You may not hear a warning sound of LFA system if the audio volume is high. • Do not place objects on the dashboard that reflects light such as mirrors, white paper, etc. This may prevent the LFA system from functioning properly. • Always have your hands on the steering wheel while the LFA system is activated. If you continue to drive with your hands off the steering wheel after the "Keep hands on steering wheel" warning message appears, the system will turn off automatically. However, if the driver has their hands on the steering wheel again, the system will start controlling the steering wheel. (Continued) (Continued) • The steering wheel is not continuously controlled so if the vehicle speed is at a higher rate when leaving a lane the vehicle may not be controlled by the system. The driver must always follow the speed limit when using the system. • If you attach objects to the steering wheel, the system may not assist steering or the hands off alarm may not work properly. • When you tow a trailer, make sure that you turn off the LFA system. 5-117 5 Driving your vehicle (Continued) • Do not disassemble the front view camera temporarily to tint the window or attach any types of coatings and accessories. If you disassemble the camera and assemble it again, we recommend that you take your vehicle to an authorized HYUNDAI dealer and have the system checked for calibration. • When you replace the windshield glass, front view camera or related parts of the steering wheel, we recommend that you take your vehicle to an authorized HYUNDAI dealer and have the system checked for calibration. • The system helps detect lane markers and controls the steering wheel by a camera, therefore, if the lane markers are hard to detect, the system may not work properly. (Continued) Driving your vehicle LFA operation System setting • With the ignition switch is in the ON position, Lane Following Assist can be activated by selecting 'User settings → Driver assistance → Driving assist → Lane following assist' in the cluster LCD display. Deselect the setting to turn off the system. • If the vehicle is turned off then on again, the system maintains the last setting. 5-118 Operating conditions LFA system operation Select 'Lane following assist' from the User settings mode in the cluster LCD display and meet the following conditions for the system to operate. - The Smart Cruise Control is operating - Vehicle speed is lower than 180 km/h (110 mph) When the system is activated, the indicator ( ) on the cluster will illuminate. The color of the indicator will change depending on the condition of the LFA system. - Green : Steering assist mode is ON - White : Steering assist mode is OFF OAEE059127L If the vehicle is inside the lane with both lanes detected by the system(lane color changes from gray to white), and there is no abrupt steering made by the driver, the LFA system changes to steering assist mode. The indicator light will come on green, and the system helps the vehicle stay in line by controlling the steering wheel. If the lane markers are hard to detect, steering wheel will be able to be controlled depending on front vehicle and front vehicle driving conditions. When the steering wheel is not controlled temporarily, the indicator light will flash green and change to white. Warning message WARNING The warning message may appear late according to road conditions. Therefore, always have your hands on the steering wheel while driving. OOSEV058104L OAEPH059625L i Information Hold the steering wheel tight. Otherwise, the LFA system could misjudge that the driver's hands are off the steering wheel, and the above warning may occur. 5-119 5 Driving your vehicle Keep hands on steering wheel If the driver takes their hands off the steering wheel for several seconds while the LFA system is activated, the system will warn the driver. Driver's hands not detected. LFA system is disabled temporarily If the driver still does not have their hands on the steering wheel after the message "Keep hands on steering wheel", the system will not control the steering wheel and warn the driver only when the driver crosses the lane markers. However, if the driver has their hands on the steering wheel again, the system will start controlling the steering wheel. Driving your vehicle WARNING • The LFA system is a supplemental system only. It is the responsibility of the driver to safely steer the vehicle and to maintain it in its lane. • Turn off the LFA system and drive without using the system in the following situations: - In bad weather - In bad road conditions - When the steering wheel needs to be controlled by the driver frequently. i Information • Even though the steering is assisted by the system, the driver may control the steering wheel. • The steering wheel may feel heavier when the steering wheel is assisted by the system than when it is not. 5-120 OOSEV058105L Check LFA (Lane Following Assist) system If there is a problem with the system a message will appear for a few seconds. If the problem continues the LFA system failure indicator will illuminate. The LFA system will not be in the ENABLED state and/or the steering wheel will not be assisted when: • The turn signal is turned on before changing a lane. If you change lanes without the turn signal on, the steering wheel might be controlled. • The vehicle is not driven in the middle of the lane when the system is turned on or right after changing a lane. • ESC (Electronic Stability Control) or VSM (Vehicle Stability Management) is activated. • The vehicle is driven on a sharp curve. • Vehicle speed is over 180km/h (110 mph). • The vehicle makes sharp lane changes. • The vehicle brakes suddenly. • Only one lane marker is detected. • The lane is very wide or narrow. • There are more than two lane markers on the road (e.g. construction area). • Radius of a curve is too small. • The vehicle is driven on a steep incline. • The steering wheel is turned suddenly. • The system may not operate for 15 seconds after the vehicle is started or the camera is initialized or rebooting of the front view camera. Limitations of the system The LFA system may operate prematurely even if the vehicle does not depart from the intended lane, OR, the LFA system may not assist your steering or warn you if the vehicle leaves the intended lane under the following circumstances: 5-121 5 Driving your vehicle When the lane and road conditions are poor • It is difficult to distinguish the lane marking from the road surface or the lane marking is faded or not clearly marked. • It is difficult to distinguish the color of the lane marker from the road. • There are markings on the road surface that look like a lane marker that is inadvertently being detected by the camera. • The lane marker is indistinct or damaged. • The lane marker is merged or divided. (e.g. tollgate) • The lane number increases or decreases or the lane marker are crossing complicatedly. • There are more than two lane markers on the road in front of you. Driving your vehicle • The lane marker is very thick or thin. • The lane is very wide or narrow. • The lane marker ahead is not visible due to rain, snow, water on the road, damaged or stained road surface, or other factors. • The shadow is on the lane marker by a median strip, trees, guardrail, noise barriers, etc. • The lane markers are complicated or a structure substitutes for the lines such as a construction area. • There are crosswalk signs or other symbols on the road. • The lane marker in a tunnel is stained with oil, etc. • The lane suddenly disappears such as at the intersection. 5-122 When external condition is intervened • The brightness outside changes suddenly such as when entering or exiting a tunnel, or when passing under a bridge. • The brightness outside is too low such as when the headlamps are not on at night or the vehicle is going through a tunnel. • There is a boundary structure in the roadway such as a concrete barrier, guardrail and reflector post that is inadvertently being detected by the camera. • When light coming from a street light or an oncoming vehicle is reflected on a wet road surface such as a puddle in the road. • The field of view in front is obstructed by sun glare. • There is not enough distance between you and the vehicle in front to be able to detect the lane marker or the vehicle ahead is driving on the lane marker. • Driving on a steep grade, over a hill, or when driving on a curved road. • The adverse road conditions cause excessive vehicle vibrations while driving. • The surrounding of the inside rear view mirror temperature is high due to direct sunlight, etc. When front visibility is poor • The windshield or the camera lens is blocked with dirt or debris. • The windshield glass is fogged up; a clear view of the road is obstructed. • Placing objects on the dashboard, etc. • The sensor cannot detect the lane because of fog, heavy rain or snow. REAR CROSS-TRAFFIC COLLISION WARNING (RCCW) SYSTEM (IF EQUIPPED) System description Rear Cross-Traffic Collision Warning (RCCW) System OAD058158N • Always be aware of road and traffic conditions while driving and be alert for unexpected situations even though the Rear Cross-Traffic Collision Warning (RCCW) System is operating. • The Rear Cross-Traffic Collision Warning (RCCW) System is supplemental systems to assist you. Do not entirely rely on the systems. Always pay attention, while driving, for your safety. • The Rear Cross-Traffic Collision Warning (RCCW) System is not substitutes for proper and safe driving. Always drive safely and use caution when backing up the vehicle. System setting and operation System setting OAEPH059653L • Setting Parking Safety function The driver can activate the systems by placing the ignition switch to the ON position and by selecting 'User settings → Driver assistance → Parking safety'. The system turns on and is ready to be operated when 'Rear cross-traffic safety' is selected. • When the vehicle is turned off then on again, the system will be ready to be operated. 5-123 5 Driving your vehicle The Rear Cross-Traffic Collision Warning (RCCW) System uses radar sensors to monitor the approaching cross traffic from the left and right side of the vehicle when your vehicle is in reverse. The blind spot detection range varies relative to the approaching vehicle speed. WARNING Driving your vehicle • When the system is initially turned on and when the vehicle is turned off then on again, the warning light will illuminate for 3 seconds on the outside rearview mirror. OAEPH059650L • Selecting Warning Timing The driver can select the initial warning activation time from the User Settings in the cluster LCD display by selecting 'User settings → Driver assistance → Warning timing → Normal/Later'. The options for the initial Rear Cross-Traffic Collision Warning includes the following: - Normal: When this option is selected, the initial Rear Cross-Traffic Collision Warning is activated normally. If this setting feels too sensitive change the option to 'late'. The warning activation time may feel late if the side/rear vehicle abruptly accelerates. - Later: Select this warning activation time when the traffic is light and you are driving at low speeds. i Information If you change the warning timing, the warning time of other systems may change. Alaways be aware before changing the warning timing. 5-124 Operating conditions OAEPH059652L i Information If you change the warning volume, the warning volume of other systems may change. Alaways be aware before changing the warning volume. For more information refer to "LCD Display Modes" in chapter 3. The system's detecting range is approximately 0.5 m ~ 20 m (1 ft ~ 65 ft). An approaching vehicle will be detected if their vehicle speed is within 8 km/h ~ 36 km/h (5 ~ 22.5 mph). Note that the detecting range and operating speed may vary under certain conditions. As always, use caution and pay close attention to your surroundings when backing up your vehicle. Warning message and system control Rear Cross-Traffic Collision Warning (RCCW) System ■ Left ■ Right 5 OAEE059046/OAEE059047 If the vehicle detected by the sensors approaches from the rear left/right side of your vehicle, the warning chime will sound, the warning light on the outside rearview mirror will blink and a message will appear on the LCD display. If the rear view monitor system is in activation, a message will also appear on the audio or infotainment system screen. 5-125 Driving your vehicle • Setting Warning Volume The driver can select the warning volume from the User Settings in the LCD display by selecting 'User settings → Driver assistance → Warning volume → High/Medium/ Low'. To operate: 1. Go to the 'User settings → Driver assistance → Parking safety → Rear Cross-Traffic Safety' on the LCD display. The system will turn on and standby to operate. 2. The system will operate when vehicle speed is below 10 km/h (7 mph) and with the shift lever in R (Reverse). * The system will not operate when the vehicle speed exceeds 10 km/h (7 mph). The system will activate again when the speed is below 10 km/h (7 mph). Driving your vehicle The warning will stop when: - The detected vehicle moves out of the sensing area or - When the vehicle is right behind your vehicle or - When the vehicle is not approaching your vehicle or - When the other vehicle slows down. - The vehicle's approaching speed is decreased. 5-126 CAUTION • When the operation condition of the Rear Cross-Traffic Collision Warning (RCCW) System is satisfied the warning will occur every time a vehicle approaches the side/rear of your stopped (0 km/h vehicle speed) vehicle. • The system's warning may not operate properly if the left/right of your vehicle's rear bumper is blocked by a vehicle or obstacle. • Always pay attention to road and traffic conditions while driving, whether or not the warning light on the outside rearview mirror illuminates or there is a warning alarm. • Playing the vehicle audio system at high volume may prevent occupants from hearing the system's warning sounds. (Continued) (Continued) • The warning of the Rear CrossTraffic Collision Warning (RCCW) System may not sound while other system's warning sounds. WARNING • If any other warning sound such as seat belt warning chime is already generated, the Rear Cross-Traffic Collision Warning (RCCW) system warning may not sound. • Drive safely even though the vehicle is equipped with a Rear Cross-Traffic Collision Warning System. Do not solely rely on the system but check your surrounding when backing the vehicle up. • The driver is responsible for accurate brake control. (Continued) Detecting Sensor NOTICE OAEE059012 The rear radars are located inside the rear bumper for detecting the side and rear. Always keep the rear bumper clean for proper operation of the system. • The system may not work properly when the bumper has been damaged, or if the rear bumper has been replaced or repaired. • The system may turn off if interfered by strong electromagnetic waves. • Always keep the sensors clean. • NEVER disassemble the sensor component or apply any impact on the sensor component. • Be careful not to apply unnecessary force on the radar sensor or sensor cover. If the sensor is forcibly moved out of proper alignment, the system may not operate correctly. In this case, a warning message may not be displayed. We recommend that you have the vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. (Continued) 5-127 5 Driving your vehicle (Continued) • Always pay extreme caution while driving. The Rear CrossTraffic Collision Warning (RCCW) System may not operate properly or unnecessarily operate depending on traffic and driving conditions. • The Rear Cross-Traffic Collision Warning (RCCW) System is not a substitute for safe driving practices, but a convenience function only. It is the responsibility of the driver to always drive cautiously to prevent unexpected and sudden situations from occurring. Pay attention to the road conditions at all times. Driving your vehicle i Information (Continued) • Do not apply foreign objects such as a bumper sticker or a bumper guard near the radar sensor or apply paint to the sensor area. Doing so may adversely affect the performance of the sensor. OOSEV058035L BCW (Blind-Spot Collision Warning) system disabled. Radar blocked • This warning message may appear when: - One or both of the sensors on the rear bumper is blocked by dirt or snow or a foreign object. - Driving in rural areas where the sensor does not detect another vehicle for an extended period of time. - When there is inclement weather such as heavy snow or rain. If any of these conditions occur, the light on the BCW switch and the system will turn off automatically. 5-128 Turn off the BCW and RCCW system (if equipped) when a trailer or carrier is installed. - Press the BCW button (the indicator on the button will turn off) - Deactivate the RCCW system by deselecting 'User settings → Driver assistance → Parking safety → Rear crosstraffic safety' Limitations of the system OOSEV048203L Check BCW (Blind-Spot Collision Warning) system If there is a problem with the BCW system, a warning message will appear and the light on the button will turn off. The system will turn off automatically. RCCW will not operate also if the BCW system turns off due to malfunction. We recommend that you have your vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. The driver must be cautious in the below situations because the system may not detect other vehicles or objects in certain circumstances: • The vehicle drives in inclement weather such as heavy rain or snow. • The sensor is polluted with rain, snow, mud, etc. • The rear bumper where the sensor is located is covered with a foreign object such as a bumper sticker, a bumper guard, a bike rack, etc. • The rear bumper is damaged, or the sensor is out of the original default position. • The vehicle height gets lower or higher due to heavy loading in a tailgate, abnormal tire pressure, etc. • When the temperature of the rear bumper is high. • When the sensors are blocked by other vehicles, walls or parking-lot pillars. 5-129 5 Driving your vehicle When the BCW canceled warning message is displayed in the cluster, check to make sure that the rear bumper is free from any dirt or snow in the areas where the sensor is located. Remove any dirt, snow, or foreign material that could interfere with the radar sensors. After any dirt or debris is removed, the RCCW system should operate normally after about 10 minutes of driving the vehicle. If the system still does not operate normally, we recommend that the vehicle be inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. Driving your vehicle • The vehicle is driven on a curved road. • The road pavement (or the peripheral ground) abnormally contains metallic components (i.e. possibly due to subway construction). • There is a fixed object near the vehicle, such as a guardrail. • While going down or up a steep road where the height of the lane is different. • Driving on a narrow road where trees or grass or overgrown. • Driving in rural areas where the sensor does not detect another vehicle for an extended period of time. • Driving on a wet road. • Driving on a road where the guardrail or wall is in double structure. • A big vehicle is near such as a bus or truck. • When the other vehicle approaches very close. • When the other vehicle passes at a very fast speed. 5-130 • While changing lanes. • If the vehicle has started at the same time as the vehicle next to you and has accelerated. • When the vehicle in the next lane moves two lanes away from you OR when the vehicle two lanes away moves to the next lane from you. • A motorcycle or bicycle is near. • A flat trailer is near. • If there are small objects in the detecting area such as a shopping cart or a baby stroller. • If there is a low height vehicle such as a sports car. • Temperature is extremely low around the vehicle. • The vehicle severely vibrates while driving over a bumpy road, uneven/bumpy road, or concrete patch. • The vehicle is driven on a slippery surface due to snow, water puddle, or ice. OAD058159N [A] : Structure • Driving where there is a vehicle or structure near The system may not operate properly when driving where there is a vehicle or structure near. In certain instances, the system may not detect the vehicle approaching from behind and the warning may not operate properly. Always pay attention to your surrounding while driving. OAD058160N • When the vehicle is parked diagonally The system may not operate properly when the vehicle is parked diagonally. In certain instances, when the diagonally parked vehicle is pulled out of the parking space, the system may not detect the vehicle approaching from the rear left/right of your vehicle. In this case, the warning may not operate properly. Always pay attention to your surrounding while driving. OAD058152N • When the vehicle is on/near a slope The system may not operate properly when the vehicle is on/near a slope. In certain instances, the system may not detect the vehicle approaching from the rear left/right and the warning may not operate properly. Always pay attention to your surrounding while driving. 5-131 5 Driving your vehicle • When the vehicle is in a complex parking environment The system may not operate properly when the vehicle is in a complex parking environment. In certain instances, the system may not be able to exactly determine the risk of collision for the vehicles which are parking or pulling out near your vehicle (e.g. a vehicle escaping beside your vehicle, a vehicle parking or pulling out in the rear area, a vehicle approaching your vehicle making a turn, etc.). In this case, the warning may not operate properly. OAD058162L [A] : Vehicle Driving your vehicle OAD058161L [A] : Structure, [B] : Wall • Pulling into the parking space where there is a structure The system may not operate properly when pulling in the vehicle to the parking space where there is a structure at the back or side of your vehicle. In certain instances, when backing into the parking space, the system may falsely detect the vehicle moving in front of your vehicle. In this case, the warning may operate. Always pay attention to the parking space while driving. 5-132 OAD058163N • When the vehicle is parked rearward If the vehicle is parked rearward and the sensor detects the another vehicle in the rear area of the parking space, warning may operate. Always pay attention to the parking space while driving. SPEED LIMIT CONTROL SYSTEM (IF EQUIPPED) Speed Limit Control operation Speed limit control switch To set speed limit You can set the speed limit when you do not want to drive over a specific speed. If you drive over the preset speed limit, the warning system operates (set speed limit will blink and chime will sound) until the vehicle speed returns within the speed limit. i Information While speed limit control is in operation, the cruise control system cannot be activated. OAE056068L : Changes mode between cruise control/smart cruise control system and speed limit control system. 1. Press the button to turn the system on. The speed limit indicator in the instrument cluster will illuminate. System off Cruise Control/Smart Cruise Control Speed Limit Control RES+: Resumes or increases speed limit control speed. SET-: Sets or decreases speed limit control speed. O: Cancels set speed limit. 5-133 5 Driving your vehicle OAE056152L Driving your vehicle To turn off the speed limit control, do one of the following: OAE056069L OOSEV058037 2. Push the toggle switch down (SET-). 3. • Push the toggle switch up (RES+) or down (SET-), and release it at the desired speed. • Push the toggle switch up (RES+) or down (SET-) and hold it. The speed will increase or decrease by 5 km/h. The set speed limit will display on the instrument cluster. If you would like to drive over the preset speed limit when you depress the accelerator pedal less than approximately 50%, the vehicle speed will maintain within speed limit. However if you depress the accelerator pedal more than approximately 70%, you can drive over the speed limit. Then the set speed limit will blink and chime will sound until you return the vehicle speed within the speed limit. 5-134 OAE056068L • Press the button. The speed limit ( ) indicator will go off. • If you press O (cancel) button once, the set speed limit will cancel, but it will not turn the system off. If you wish to resume the speed limit, push the +RES or SET- toggle switch on your steering wheel to your desired speed. INTELLIGENT SPEED LIMIT WARNING (ISLW) (IF EQUIPPED) WARNING • Intelligent OAEE059013L 5-135 5 Driving your vehicle The Intelligent Speed Limit Warning (ISLW) system displays the speed limit information and overtaking restriction of the current road through the instrument cluster and the navigation. The ISLW reads the traffic signs through the front view camera, which is attached on the upper part of the inner front windshield. The ISLW also utilizes the navigation and vehicle information to display the speed limit information. Speed Limit Warning (ISLW) system is only a supplemental system and is not always able to correctly display speed limits and overtaking restrictions. • The driver still holds the responsibility not to exceed the maximum speed limit. • The ISLW detects the traffic signs through the front view camera to display the speed limit information. Therefore, the ISLW may not properly operate, when it is hard to detect the traffic signs. For further details, please refer to the "Limitations of the system". • Pay extreme caution to keep the front view camera sensor out of water. (Continued) (Continued) • Do not disassemble the camera assembly, or apply any impact on the front view camera assembly. • Do not disassemble the camera temporarily to tint the window or attach any types of coatings and accessories. If you disassemble the front view camera and assemble it again, we recommend that you take your vehicle to an authorized HYUNDAI dealer and have the system checked for calibration. • Do not place any reflective objects (i.e. white paper, mirror) over the dashboard. Any light reflection may cause a malfunction system. • The system is not available in all countries. Driving your vehicle i Information We recommend that you have the system checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer when: • The windshield glass is replaced. • The front view front view camera or related parts are repaired or removed. System setting and operation System setting • The driver can activate the ISLW by selecting 'User settings → Driver assistance → SLW (Speed Limit Warning)'. • When the ISLW is activated, the symbols appear on the instrument cluster to display the speed limit information and overtaking restriction. • When the ISLW is activated in the navigation setting, the above information and the restriction are also displayed on the navigation. System activation • The ISLW displays the speed limit information and displays the overtaking restriction, when your vehicle passes by the relevant traffic signs. • The ISLW displays the previous speed limit information, right after the ignition switch is placed to the ON position. • You may find different speed limit information for the same road. The information is displayed depending on the driving situations. Because, traffic signs with additional sign (e.g. rainy, arrow, etc.) are also detected and compared with vehicle internal data (e.g. wiper operation, turn signal, etc.). i Information The speed limit information on the instrument cluster may differ from the one on the navigation. In this case, check the speed unit setting on the navigation. 5-136 Display Display in cluster ■ No reliable speed limit information  OAEE059632L WTL-220 Conditional road sign If the ISLW detects the conditional road sign, the symbol of road sign is overlapped at the bottom or left of the speed limit on the cluster. There may be signs with different speed limits on the same road. For example, normally, the speed limit is 120 km/h, however the speed limit is 90 km/h when it is raining or snowing. The conditional road sign means that you observe the speed limit and overtaking prohibition on certain conditions, such as when rain or snow. Additional road signs • The symbol is displayed on the instrument cluster and the navigation, when the ISLW does not have any reliable speed limit information. 5-137 5 Driving your vehicle The cluster displays the speed limit information, overtaking restriction and conditional road sign. OAEE059634L Driving your vehicle ■ No passing information ■ Unlimited speed (only in Germany) ■ End of a speed limit WTL-222/WTL-221 WUM-207/WUM-208 WUM-205 • The symbol is displayed on the instrument cluster and the navigation, when the ISLW detects a noovertaking sign. • After the vehicle passes a 'end of speed limit' sign, the ISLW system informs the driver of the next applicable speed limit based on the information received from the navigation. • The symbol, 'end of limitation', is displayed on the instrument cluster for the roads in Germany, which have no speed limit applicable. It is displayed, until the vehicle passes by another speed limit sign. 5-138 Display in the Assist mode of the cluster i Information OAEPH059658L OAEE059655L 1. Speed limit and overtaking restriction of current road 2. Conditional speed limit or overtaking restriction 3. Conditional road sign : Trailer, rain, snow or empty space ❈ Empty space : other conditional road sign (time etc.) 5 Driving your vehicle The driver can monitor the information provided from the ISLW system on the LCD display. The ISLW screen will appear when you select the Driving Assist mode tab ( ) on the LCD display if the system is activated. For more details, refer to "LCD Display Modes" in chapter 3. The conditional speed limit and overtaking restriction may be different from the speed limit and overtaking restriction of current road. And, the conditional speed limit and overtaking restriction displayed on the cluster will disappear after driving for a certain distance. If ISLW don't recognize the road sign, nothing is displayed. 5-139 Driving your vehicle To turn ISLW off Warning message OOSEV058082L OOSEV048212L OOSEV058081L SLW (Speed Limit Warning) system off If the system is turned off from the User Settings mode, this message is displayed on the cluster LCD display when the ISLW screen is selected from the Driving Assist mode ( ). SLW (Speed Limit Warning) system disabled. Camera obscured The warning message appears, when the camera lens is blocked by some objects. The Intelligent Speed Limit Warning (ISLW) system does not operate until the objects are removed. Check the windshield glass around the camera area. If the problem persists after removing the objects, we recommend that you have the system checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. 5-140 Check SLW (Speed Limit Warning) system The warning message appears for a few seconds, when the ISLW does not properly operate. Then, the master warning light ( ) will illuminate. We recommend that you have the system checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. Limitations of the System The Intelligent Speed Limit Warning (ISLW) system may not operate or may not provide correct information in the following situations. When front visibility is poor • There is something wrong with GPS. • The vehicle information such as outside temperature is not accurate. When front visibility is poor • The weather is bad, such as raining, snowing, and fogging. • There is dirt, ice or frost on the front windshield, where the camera is installed. • The camera lens is blocked by an object, such as sticker, paper, or fallen leaf. WARNING • The ISLW is only to assist the driver. The driver should pay great caution to the vehicle operation. • The driver always holds the responsibility of safe driving by following the applicable road traffic rule(s) and regulation(s). 5-141 5 Driving your vehicle When the traffic sign condition is poor • The traffic sign is located on a sharp curve. • The traffic sign is improperly positioned (i.e. turned over, blocked by an object, and damaged). • Another vehicle blocks the traffic sign. • The LED light of the traffic sign is broken. • There is sunlight glare around the traffic sign due to low solar altitude. • It is dark at night. • There is bright light around the traffic sign. When external condition is intervened • Your vehicle drives right after another vehicle. • The bus or truck, on which the speed sticker is attached, passes by your vehicle. • Your vehicle drives in an area, which is uncovered by the navigation system. • There is a malfunction with the navigation • Your navigation has not been updated. • Your navigation is being updated. • As a result of incorrect detection by the camera. • The top speed limitations stored in the navigation system are incorrect. • The road signs do not correspond to the standard. • The camera is calibrated right after the vehicle is delivered. Driving your vehicle SPECIAL DRIVING CONDITIONS Hazardous driving conditions Rocking the vehicle When hazardous driving elements are encountered such as water, snow, ice, mud and sand, take the bellow suggestions: • Drive cautiously and keep a longer braking distance. • Avoid abrupt braking or steering. • When your vehicle is stuck in snow, mud, or sand, use second gear. Accelerate slowly to avoid unnecessary wheel spin. • Put sand, rock salt, tire chains or other non-slip materials under the wheels to provide additional traction while the vehicle becomes stuck in ice, snow, or mud. If it is necessary to rock the vehicle to free it from snow, sand, or mud, first turn the steering wheel right and left to clear the area around your front wheels. Then, shift back and forth between R (Reverse) and a forward gear. Try to avoid spinning the wheels, and do not race the vehicle. To prevent reduction gear wear, wait until the wheels stop spinning before shifting gears. Release the accelerator pedal while shifting, and press lightly on the accelerator pedal while the reduction gear is in gear. Slowly spinning the wheels in forward and reverse directions causes a rocking motion that may free the vehicle. 5-142 WARNING If the vehicle is stuck and excessive wheel spin occurs, the temperature in the tires can increase very quickly. If the tires become damaged, a tire blow out or tire explosion can occur. This condition is dangerous you and others may be injured. Do not attempt this procedure if people or objects are anywhere near the vehicle. If you attempt to free the vehicle, the vehicle can overheat quickly, possibly causing an motor compartment fire or other damage. Try to avoid spinning the wheels as much as possible to prevent overheating of either the tires or the vehicle. DO NOT allow the vehicle to spin the wheels above 56 km/h (35 mph). i Information The ESC system (if equipped) must be turned OFF before rocking the vehicle. Driving in the rain Avoid braking or gear changing in corners, especially when roads are wet. Ideally, corners should always be taken under gentle acceleration. Rain and wet roads can make driving dangerous. Here are a few things to consider when driving in the rain or on slick pavement: • Slow down and allow extra following distance. A heavy rainfall makes it harder to see and increases the distance needed to stop your vehicle. • Turn OFF your Cruise Control. (if equipped) • Replace your windshield wiper blades when they show signs of streaking or missing areas on the windshield. • Be sure your tires have enough tread. If your tires do not have enough tread, making a quick stop on wet pavement can cause a skid and possibly lead to an accident. See "Tire Tread" in chapter 7. • Turn on your headlamps to make it easier for others to see you. • Driving too fast through large puddles can affect your brakes. If you must go through puddles, try to drive through them slowly. NOTICE If you are still stuck after rocking the vehicle a few times, have the vehicle pulled out by a tow vehicle to avoid vehicle overheating, possible damage to the reduction gear and tire damage. See "Towing" in chapter 6. Driving at night Night driving presents more hazards than driving in the daylight. Here are some important tips to remember: • Slow down and keep more distance between you and other vehicles, as it may be more difficult to see at night, especially in areas where there may not be any street lights. • Adjust your mirrors to reduce the glare from other driver's headlamps. • Keep your headlamps clean and properly aimed. Dirty or improperly aimed headlamps will make it much more difficult to see at night. • Avoid staring directly at the headlamps of oncoming vehicles. You could be temporarily blinded, and it will take several seconds for your eyes to readjust to the darkness. 5-143 5 Driving your vehicle Smooth cornering Driving your vehicle • If you believe your brakes may be wet, apply them lightly while driving until normal braking operation returns. Hydroplaning If the road is wet enough and you are going fast enough, your vehicle may have little or no contact with the road surface and actually ride on the water. The best advice is SLOW DOWN when the road is wet. The risk of hydroplaning increases as the depth of tire tread decreases, refer to "Tire Tread" in chapter 7. 5-144 Driving in flooded areas Avoid driving through flooded areas unless you are sure the water is no higher than the bottom of the wheel hub. Drive through any water slowly. Allow adequate stopping distance because brake performance may be reduced. After driving through water, dry the brakes by gently applying them several times while the vehicle is moving slowly. Highway driving Tires Adjust the tire inflation, as specified. Under-inflation may overheat or damage the tires. Do not install worn-out or damaged tires, which may reduce traction or fail the braking operation. i Information Never over-inflate your tires above the maximum inflation pressure, as specified on your tires. Coolant and high voltage battery Be sure to check both the coolant level and the high voltage battery level before driving. WINTER DRIVING The severe weather conditions of winter quickly wear out tires and cause other problems. To minimize winter driving problems, you should take the following suggestions: i Information Information for Snow Tires and Tire Chains in the national language (Bulgarian, Hungarian, Icelandic, Polish) is provided in the Appendix. Snow or icy conditions WARNING Snow tires should be equivalent in size and type to the vehicle's standard tires. Otherwise, the safety and handling of your vehicle may be adversely affected. If you mount snow tires on your vehicle, make sure to use radial tires of the same size and load range as the original tires. Mount snow tires on all four wheels to balance your vehicle’s handling in all weather conditions. The traction provided by snow tires on dry roads may not be as high as your vehicle's original equipment tires. Check with the tire dealer for maximum speed recommendations. i Information Do not install studded tires without first checking local and municipal regulations for possible restrictions against their use. 5-145 5 Driving your vehicle You need to keep sufficient distance between your vehicle and the vehicle in front of you. Apply the brakes gently. Speeding, rapid acceleration, sudden brake applications, and sharp turns are potentially very hazardous practices. During deceleration use the paddle shifter (left side lever) to increase regenerative braking. However, avoid increasing the regenerative braking level suddenly. Sudden change of the regenerative braking level on snowy or icy roads may cause the vehicle to skid and may cause loss of vehicle control leading to an accident. To drive your vehicle in deep snow, it may be necessary to use snow tires or to install tire chains on your tires. Always carry emergency equipment. Some of the items you may want to carry include tire chains, tow straps or chains, a flashlight, emergency flares, sand, a shovel, jumper cables, a window scraper, gloves, ground cloth, coveralls, a blanket, etc. Snow tires Driving your vehicle Tire chains WARNING OAEE059015 Since the sidewalls of radial tires are thinner than other types of tires, they may be damaged by mounting some types of tire chains on them. Therefore, the use of snow tires is recommended instead of tire chains. Do not mount tire chains on vehicles equipped with aluminum wheels; if unavoidable use a wire type chain. If tire chains must be used, use genuine HYUNDAI parts and install the tire chain after reviewing the instructions provided with the tire chains. Damage to your vehicle caused by improper tire chain use is not covered by your vehicle manufacturer’s warranty. 5-146 The use of tire chains may adversely affect vehicle handling: • Drive less than 30 km/h (20 mph) or the chain manufacturer's recommended speed limit, whichever is lower. • Drive carefully and avoid bumps, holes, sharp turns, and other road hazards, which may cause the vehicle to bounce. • Avoid sharp turns or locked wheel braking. i Information • Install tire chains only in pairs and on the front tires. It should be noted that installing tire chains on the tires will provide a greater driving force, but will not prevent side skids. • Do not install studded tires without first checking local and municipal regulations for possible restrictions against their use. NOTICE When using tire chains: • Wrong size chains or improperly installed chains can damage your vehicle's brake lines, suspension, body and wheels. • Use SAE "S" class or wire chains. • If you hear noise caused by chains contacting the body, retighten the chain to prevent contact with the vehicle body. • To prevent body damage, retighten the chains after driving 0.5~1.0 km (0.3~0.6 miles). • Do not use tire chains on vehicles equipped with aluminum wheels. If unavoidable, use a wire type chain. • Use wire chains less than 12 mm (0.47 in) thick to prevent damage to the chain's connection. Winter precautions Check battery and cables The winter temperature increases the battery consumption. Inspect the battery and cables, as specified in the chapter 7. The battery charging level can be checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer or in a service station. Change to "winter weight" oil if necessary In some regions during winter, it is recommended to use the "winter weight" oil with lower viscosity. For further information, refer to the chapter 8. When you are not sure about a type of winter weight oil, consult an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. 5-147 5 Driving your vehicle Chain Installation When installing tire chains, follow the manufacturer's instructions and mount them as tightly possible. Drive slowly (less than 30 km/h (20 mph)) with chains installed. If you hear the chains contacting the body or chassis, stop and tighten them. If they still make contact, slow down until the noise stops. Remove the tire chains as soon as you begin driving on cleared roads. When mounting snow chains, park the vehicle on level ground away from traffic. Turn on the vehicle Hazard Warning Flasher and place a triangular emergency warning device behind the vehicle (if available). Always place the vehicle in P (Park), apply the parking brake and turn off the vehicle before installing snow chains. Driving your vehicle To prevent locks from freezing To prevent the locks from being frozen, spray approved de-icing fluid or glycerin into key holes. When a lock opening is already covered with ice, spray approved de-icing fluid over the ice to remove it. When an internal part of a lock freezes, try to thaw it with a heated key. Carefully use the heated key to avoid an injury. Use approved window washer anti-freeze solution in system To prevent the window washer from being frozen, add authorized window washer anti-freeze solution, as specified on the window washer container. Window washer anti-freeze solution is available from an authorized HYUNDAI dealer, and so are the most vehicle accessory outlets. Do not use coolant or other types of antifreeze solution to prevent any damage to the vehicle paint. 5-148 Do not let your parking brake freeze Under some conditions your parking brake can freeze in the engaged position. This is most likely to happen when there is an accumulation of snow or ice around or near the rear brakes or if the brakes are wet. When there is the risk that your parking brake may freeze, temporarily shift to P (Park). Also, block the rear wheels in advance, so the vehicle may not roll. Then, release the parking brake. Do not let ice and snow accumulate underneath Under some conditions, snow and ice can build up under the fenders and interfere with the steering. When driving in such conditions during the severe winter, you should check underneath the vehicle on a regular basis, so that moving the front wheels and the steering components is unblocked. Carry emergency equipment In accordance with weather conditions, you should carry appropriate emergency equipment, while driving. Some of the items you may want to carry include tire chains, tow straps or chains, flashlight, emergency flares, sand, shovel, jumper cables, window scraper, gloves, ground cloth, coveralls, blanket, etc. Do not place objects or materials in the motor compartment Putting objects or materials in the motor compartment may cause an vehicle failure, because those may block cooling the parts in the motor compartment. Such damage will not be covered by the manufacturer's warranty. VEHICLE WEIGHT Two labels on your driver’s door sill show how much weight your vehicle was designed to carry: the Tire and Loading Information Label and the Certification Label. Before loading your vehicle, familiarize yourself with the following terms for determining your vehicle's weight ratings, from the vehicle's specifications and the Certification Label: Vehicle Curb Weight This is the weight of your new vehicle when you picked it up from your dealer plus any aftermarket equipment. Cargo Weight This figure includes all weight added to the Base Curb Weight, including cargo and optional equipment. GAWR (Gross Axle Weight Rating) This is the maximum allowable weight that can be carried by a single axle (front or rear). These numbers are shown on the Certification Label. The total load on each axle must never exceed its GAWR. GVW (Gross Vehicle Weight) This is the Base Curb Weight plus actual Cargo Weight plus passengers. Overloading WARNING The Gross Axle Weight Rating (GAWR) and the Gross Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR) for your vehicle are on the Certification Label attached to the driver's (or front passenger’s) door. Exceeding these ratings can cause an accident or vehicle damage. You can calculate the weight of your load by weighing the items (and people) before putting them in the vehicle. Be careful not to overload your vehicle. GVWR (Gross Vehicle Weight Rating) This is the maximum allowable weight of the fully loaded vehicle (including all options, equipment, passengers and cargo). The GVWR is shown on the Certification Label located on the driver’s door sill. 5-149 5 Driving your vehicle Base Curb Weight This is the weight of the vehicle including a full tank of fuel and all standard equipment. It does not include passengers, cargo, or optional equipment. GAW (Gross Axle Weight) This is the total weight placed on each axle (front and rear) - including vehicle curb weight and all payload. Driving your vehicle TRAILER TOWING We do not recommend using this vehicle for trailer towing. 5-150 What to do in an emergency Hazard warning flasher ........................................6-2 In case of an emergency while driving ..............6-2 If the vehicle stalls while driving...................................6-2 If the vehicle stalls at a crossroad or crossing .......6-2 If you have a flat tire while driving ............................6-3 If the vehicle will not start...................................6-4 Confirm the EV battery is not low on the charge gauge....................................................................................6-4 Towing ...................................................................6-22 Towing service .................................................................6-22 Removable towing hook ...............................................6-23 Emergency towing .........................................................6-24 Pan-European eCall System...............................6-26 Information on data processing ..................................6-28 Pan-European eCall System.........................................6-30 Jump starting (12V battery) .................................6-4 If the vehicle overheats........................................6-8 Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS).........6-9 Check tire pressure...........................................................6-9 Tire pressure monitoring system ................................6-10 Low tire pressure telltale ..............................................6-11 Low tire pressure position and tire pressure telltale .......................................................6-11 TPMS (Tire Pressure Monitoring System) malfunction indicator .....................................................6-12 Changing a tire with TPMS...........................................6-13 If you have a flat tire..........................................6-15 With Tire Mobility Kit (TMK) ........................................6-15 6 What to do in an emergency HAZARD WARNING FLASHER OAEE049016 The hazard warning flasher serves as a warning to other drivers to exercise extreme caution when approaching, overtaking, or passing your vehicle. It should be used whenever emergency repairs are being made or when the vehicle is stopped near the edge of a roadway. 6-2 To turn the hazard warning flasher on or off, press the hazard warning flasher button with the POWER button in any position. The button is located in the center fascia panel. All turn signal lights will flash simultaneously. • The hazard warning flasher operates whether your vehicle is running or not. • The turn signals do not work when the hazard flasher is on. IN CASE OF AN EMERGENCY WHILE DRIVING If the vehicle stalls while driving • Reduce your speed gradually, keeping a straight line. Move cautiously off the road to a safe place. • Turn on your hazard warning flasher. • Try to start the vehicle again. If your vehicle will not start, we recommend that you contact an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. If the vehicle stalls at a crossroad or crossing If the vehicle stalls at a crossroad or crossing, if safe to do so, shift to the N (Neutral) position and then push the vehicle to a safe location. If you have a flat tire while driving What to do in an emergency If a tire goes flat while you are driving: • Take your foot off the accelerator pedal and let the vehicle slow down while driving straight ahead. Do not apply the brakes immediately to slow down the vehicle, but use the paddle shifter (left side lever) to increase regenerative braking control. Also, do not attempt to pull off the road as this may cause loss of vehicle control resulting in an accident. When the vehicle has slowed to such a speed that it is safe to do so, brake carefully and pull off the road. Drive off the road as far as possible and park on firm, level ground. If you are on a divided highway, do not park in the median area between the two traffic lanes. • When the vehicle is stopped, press the hazard warning flasher button, shift to P (Park), apply the parking brake, and place the POWER button in the OFF position. • Have all passengers get out of the vehicle. Be sure they all get out on the side of the vehicle that is away from traffic. • Follow the instructions provided later in this chapter. (Refer to "If You Have a Flat Tire" provided in this chapter.) 6 6-3 What to do in an emergency IF THE VEHICLE WILL NOT START Confirm the EV battery is not low on the charge gauge • Be sure the gear is in P (Park). The vehicle starts only when the gear is in P (Park). • Check the 12-volt battery connections to be sure they are clean and tight. • Turn on the interior light. If the light dims or goes out when you operate the starter, the battery is drained. Do not push or pull the vehicle to start it. This could cause damage to your vehicle. See instructions for "Jump Starting" provided in this chapter. 6-4 JUMP STARTING (12V BATTERY) Jump starting can be dangerous if done incorrectly. Follow the jump starting procedure in this section to avoid serious injury or damage to your vehicle. If in doubt about how to properly jump start your vehicle, we strongly recommend that you have a service technician or towing service do it for you. WARNING To prevent SERIOUS INJURY or DEATH to you or bystanders, always follow these precautions when working near or handling the battery: Always read and follow instructions carefully when handling a battery. Wear eye protection designed to protect the eyes from acid splashes. Keep all flames, sparks, or smoking materials away from the battery. Hydrogen is always present in battery cells, is highly combustible, and may explode if ignited. Keep batteries out of reach of children. (Continued) (Continued) • NEVER attempt to recharge the battery when the vehicle’s battery cables are connected to the battery. • The electrical ignition system works with high voltage. NEVER touch these components with the " " indicator ON or when the POWER button is in the ON position. • Do not allow the (+) and (-) jumper cables to touch. It may cause sparks. • The battery may rupture or explode when you jump start with a low or frozen battery. NOTICE To prevent damage to your vehicle: • Only use a 12-volt power supply (battery or jumper system) to jump start your vehicle. • Do not attempt to jump start your vehicle by push-starting. i Information Pb An inappropriately disposed battery can be harmful to the environment and human health. Dispose the battery according to your local law(s) or regulations. What to do in an emergency (Continued) Batteries contain sulfuric acid which is highly corrosive. Do not allow acid to contact your eyes, skin or clothing. If acid gets into your eyes, flush your eyes with clean water for at least 15 minutes and get immediate medical attention. If acid gets on your skin, thoroughly wash the area. If you feel pain or a burning sensation, get medical attention immediately. • When lifting a plastic-cased battery, excessive pressure on the case may cause battery acid to leak. Lift with a battery carrier or with your hands on opposite corners. • Do not attempt to jump start your vehicle if your battery is frozen. (Continued) 6 6-5 What to do in an emergency Jump starting procedure 1. Position the vehicles close enough that the jumper cables will reach, but do not allow the vehicles to touch. 2. Avoid fans or any moving parts in the motor compartment at all times, even when the vehicles are turned off. 3. Turn off all electrical devices such as radios, lights, air conditioning, etc. Put the vehicles in P (Park) and set the parking brakes. Turn both vehicles OFF. 6-6 1VQA4001 4. Connect the jumper cables in the exact sequence shown in the illustration. First connect one jumper cable to the red, positive (+) jumper terminal of your vehicle (1). 5. Connect the other end of the jumper cable to the red, positive (+) battery/jumper terminal of the assisting vehicle (2). 6. Connect the second jumper cable to the black, negative (-) battery/ chassis ground of the assisting vehicle (3). 7. Connect the other end of the second jumper cable to the black, negative (-) chassis ground of your vehicle (4). Do not allow the jumper cables to contact anything except the correct battery or jumper terminals or the correct ground. Do not lean over the battery when making connections. 8. Start the engine of the assisting vehicle and let it run at approximately 2,000 rpm for a few minutes. Then start your vehicle. If your vehicle will not start after a few attempts, it probably requires servicing. In this event please seek qualified assistance. If the cause of your battery discharging is not apparent, have your vehicle checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. What to do in an emergency Disconnect the jumper cables in the exact reverse order you connected them: 1. Disconnect the jumper cable from the black, negative (-) chassis ground of your vehicle (4). 2. Disconnect the other end of the jumper cable from the black, negative (-) battery/chassis ground of the assisting vehicle (3). 3. Disconnect the second jumper cable from the red, positive (+) battery/jumper terminal of the assisting vehicle (2). 4. Disconnect the other end of the jumper cable from the red, positive (+) jumper terminal of your vehicle (1). 6 6-7 What to do in an emergency IF THE VEHICLE OVERHEATS 1. Pull off the road and stop as soon as it is safe to do so. 2. Shift to P (Park) and set the parking brake. If the air conditioning is on, turn it off. 3. If coolant is running out under the vehicle or steam is coming out from the hood, stop the vehicle. Do not open the hood until the coolant has stopped running or the steaming has stopped. If there is no visible loss of coolant and no steam, leave the vehicle running and check to be sure the cooling fan is operating. If the fan is not running, turn the vehicle off. 4. Check for coolant leaking from the radiator, hoses or under the vehicle. (If the air conditioning had been in use, it is normal for cold water to be draining from it when you stop). 5. If coolant is leaking out, turn off the vehicle immediately and we recommend that you call an authorized HYUNDAI dealer for assistance. 6-8 6. If you cannot find the cause of the overheating, wait until the radiator temperature has returned to normal. Then, if coolant has been lost, call an authorized HYUNDAI dealer for assistance. NOTICE Serious loss of coolant indicates there is a leak in the cooling system and we recommend that the system be checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. TIRE PRESSURE MONITORING SYSTEM (TPMS) (IF EQUIPPED) Check tire pressure (if equipped) OAEE069048 OAEPH049650L OAEPH059643L (1) Low Tire Pressure Telltale/TPMS Malfunction Indicator (2) Low Tire Pressure Position Telltale and Tire Pressure Telltale (Shown on the LCD display) • You can check the tire pressure in the Assist Mode on the cluster. Refer to the “LCD display modes” in chapter 3. • Tire pressure is displayed after a few minutes of driving after initial vehicle start up. • If tire pressure is not displayed when the vehicle is stopped, "Drive to display" message will appear. After driving, check the tire pressure. What to do in an emergency • The displayed tire pressure values may differ from those measured with a tire pressure gauge. • You can change the tire pressure unit in the User Settings mode in the LCD display. - psi, kpa, bar (Refer to the "User Settings Mode" in chapter 3). 6 6-9 What to do in an emergency Tire pressure monitoring system WARNING Over-inflation or under-inflation can reduce tire life, adversely affect vehicle handling, and lead to sudden tire failure that may cause loss of vehicle control resulting in an accident. Each tire should be checked monthly when cold and inflated to the inflation pressure recommended by the vehicle manufacturer on the vehicle placard or tire inflation pressure label. (If your vehicle has tires of a different size than the size indicated on the vehicle placard or tire inflation pressure label, you should determine the proper tire inflation pressure for those tires.) 6-10 As an added safety feature, your vehicle has been equipped with a tire pressure monitoring system (TPMS) that illuminates a low tire pressure telltale when one or more of your tires is significantly under-inflated. Accordingly, when the low tire pressure telltale illuminates, you should stop and check your tires as soon as possible, and inflate them to the proper pressure. Driving on a significantly under-inflated tire causes the tire to overheat and can lead to tire failure. Under-inflation also reduces fuel efficiency and tire tread life, and may affect the vehicle’s handling and stopping ability. Please note that the TPMS is not a substitute for proper tire maintenance, and it is the driver’s responsibility to maintain correct tire pressure, even if under-inflation has not reached the level to trigger illumination of the TPMS low tire pressure telltale. Your vehicle has also been equipped with a TPMS malfunction indicator to indicate when the system is not operating properly. The TPMS malfunction indicator is combined with the low tire pressure telltale. When the system detects a malfunction, the telltale will flash for approximately one minute and then remain continuously illuminated. This sequence will continue upon subsequent vehicle start-ups as long as the malfunction exists. When the malfunction indicator is illuminated, the system may not be able to detect or signal low tire pressure as intended. TPMS malfunctions may occur for a variety of reasons, including the installation of replacement or alternate tires or wheels on the vehicle that prevent the TPMS from functioning properly. Always check the TPMS malfunction telltale after replacing one or more tires or wheels on your vehicle to ensure that the replacement or alternate tires and wheels allow the TPMS to continue to function properly. NOTICE Low tire pressure position and tire pressure telltale OAEPH059643L When the tire pressure monitoring system warning indicators are illuminated and warning message displayed on the cluster LCD display, one or more of your tires is significantly under-inflated. The Low Tire Pressure Position Telltale will indicate which tire is significantly underinflated by illuminating the corresponding position light. If either telltale illuminates, immediately reduce your speed, avoid hard cornering and anticipate increased stopping distances. You should stop and check your tires as soon as possible. Inflate the tires to the proper pressure as indicated on the vehicle’s placard or tire inflation pressure label located on the driver’s side center pillar outer panel. If you cannot reach a service station or if the tire cannot hold the newly added air, replace the low pressure tire with the spare tire. The Low Tire Pressure Telltale will remain on and the TPMS Malfunction Indicator may blink for one minute and then remain illuminated (when the vehicle is driven approximately 10 minutes at speed above 25 km/h (15.5 mph)) until you have the low pressure tire repaired and replaced on the vehicle. 6-11 What to do in an emergency If any of the below happens, have the system checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. 1. The Low Tire Pressure Telltale/ TPMS Malfunction Indicator does not illuminate for 3 seconds when the vehicle is ON. 2. The TPMS Malfunction Indicator remains illuminated after blinking for approximately 1 minute. 3. The Low Tire Pressure Position Telltale remains illuminated. Low tire pressure telltale 6 What to do in an emergency CAUTION In winter or cold weather, the Low Tire Pressure Telltale may be illuminated if the tire pressure was adjusted to the recommended tire inflation pressure in warm weather. It does not mean your TPMS is malfunctioning because the decreased temperature leads to a proportional lowering of tire pressure. When you drive your vehicle from a warm area to a cold area or from a cold area to a warm area, or the outside temperature is greatly higher or lower, you should check the tire inflation pressure and adjust the tires to the recommended tire inflation pressure. 6-12 TPMS (Tire Pressure Monitoring System) malfunction indicator WARNING Low pressure damage Significantly low tire pressure makes the vehicle unstable and can contribute to loss of vehicle control and increased braking distances. Continued driving on low pressure tires can cause the tires to overheat and fail. The TPMS Malfunction Indicator will illuminate after it blinks for approximately one minute when there is a problem with the Tire Pressure Monitoring System. We recommend that the system be checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer as soon as possible. NOTICE If there is a malfunction with the TPMS, the Low Tire Pressure Position Telltale will not be displayed even though the vehicle has an under-inflated tire. NOTICE If you have a flat tire, the Low Tire Pressure and Position telltales will come on. We recommend that the flat tire be repaired by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer as soon as possible or replace the flat tire with the spare tire. CAUTION It is recommended that you do not use a puncture-repairing agent not approved by a HYUNDAI dealer to repair and/or inflate a low pressure tire. Tire sealant not approved by a HYUNDAI dealer may damage the tire pressure sensor. Once the original tire equipped with a tire pressure monitoring sensor is reinflated to the recommended pressure and reinstalled on the vehicle, the Low Tire Pressure Telltale and TPMS Malfunction Indicator will go off within a few minutes of driving. If the indicators do not extinguish after a few minutes, please visit an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. Each wheel is equipped with a tire pressure sensor mounted inside the tire behind the valve stem. You must use TPMS specific wheels. It is recommended that you always have your tires serviced by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. You may not be able to identify a tire with low pressure by simply looking at it. Always use a good quality tire pressure gauge to measure. Please note that a tire that is hot (from being driven) will have a higher pressure measurement than a tire that is cold. A cold tire means the vehicle has been sitting for 3 hours and driven for less than 1.6 km (1 mile) in that 3 hour period. Allow the tire to cool before measuring the inflation pressure. Always be sure the tire is cold before inflating to the recommended pressure. 6-13 What to do in an emergency The TPMS Malfunction Indicator may illuminate after blinking for one minute if the vehicle is near electric power supply cables or radio transmitters such as police stations, government and public offices, broadcasting stations, military installations, airports, transmitting towers, etc. Additionally, the TPMS Malfunction Indicator may illuminate if snow chains are used or electronic devices such as computers, chargers, remote starters, navigation, etc. This may interfere with normal operation of the TPMS. Changing a tire with TPMS 6 What to do in an emergency WARNING • The TPMS cannot alert you to severe and sudden tire damage caused by external factors such as nails or road debris. • If you feel any vehicle instability, immediately take your foot off the accelerator, apply the brakes gradually with light force, and slowly move to a safe position off the road. 6-14 WARNING Tampering with, modifying, or disabling the Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) components may interfere with the system's ability to warn the driver of low tire pressure conditions and/or TPMS malfunctions. Tampering with, modifying, or disabling the Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) components may void the warranty for that portion of the vehicle. WARNING For EUROPE • Do not modify the vehicle; it may interfere with the TPMS function. • The wheels on the market do not have a TPMS sensor. For your safety, we recommend that you use parts for replacement from an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. • If you use the wheels on the market, use a TPMS sensor approved by a HYUNDAI dealer. If your vehicle is not equipped with a TPMS sensor or TPMS does not work properly, you may fail the periodic vehicle inspection conducted in your country. ❈All vehicles sold in the EUROPE market during below period must be equipped with TPMS. - New model vehicle : Nov. 1, 2012 ~ - Current model vehicle : Nov. 1, 2014~ (Based on vehicle registrations) IF YOU HAVE A FLAT TIRE With Tire Mobility Kit (TMK) CAUTION WARNING OAEE069001 For safe operation, carefully read and follow the instructions in this manual before use. Tire Mobility Kit is placed under the luggage tray. (1) Compressor (2) Sealant bottle The Tire Mobility Kit is a temporary fix to the tire and the tire should be inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer as soon as possible. Do not use the Tire Mobility Kit to repair punctures in the tire walls. This can result in an accident due to tire failure. WARNING Have your tire repaired as soon as possible. The tire may lose air pressure at any time after inflating with the Tire Mobility Kit. With the Tire Mobility Kit you stay mobile even after experiencing a tire puncture. The compressor and sealing compound system effectively and comfortably seals most punctures in a passenger car tire caused by nails or similar objects and reinflates the tire. After you ensure that the tire is properly sealed you can drive cautiously on the tire (distance up to 200 km (120 miles)) at a max. speed of (80 km/h (50mph)) in order to reach a service station or tire dealer for the tire replacement. It is possible that some tires, especially with larger punctures or damage to the sidewall, cannot be sealed completely. Air pressure loss in the tire may adversely affect tire performance. For this reason, you should avoid abrupt steering or other driving maneuvers, especially if the vehicle is heavily loaded or if a trailer is in use. 6-15 What to do in an emergency When two or more tires are flat, do not use the tire mobility kit because the supported one sealant of Tire Mobility Kit is only used for one flat tire. Introduction 6 What to do in an emergency The Tire Mobility Kit is not designed or intended as a permanent tire repair method and is to be used for one tire only. This instruction shows you step by step how to temporarily seal the puncture simply and reliably. Read the section "Notes on the safe use of the Tire Mobility Kit". Notes on the safe use of the Tire Mobility Kit • Park your car at the side of the road so that you can work with the Tire Mobility Kit away from moving traffic. • To be sure your vehicle will not move, even when you’re on fairly level ground, always set your parking brake. • Only use the Tire Mobility Kit for sealing/inflation passenger car tires. Only punctured areas located within the tread region of the tire can be sealed using the tire mobility kit. • Do not use on motorcycles, bicycles or any other type of tires. 6-16 • When the tire and wheel are damaged, do not use Tire Mobility Kit for your safety. • Use of the Tire Mobility Kit may not be effective for tire damage larger than approximately 6 mm (0.24 inch). Please contact the nearest HYUNDAI dealership if the tire cannot be made roadworthy with the Tire Mobility Kit. • Do not use the Tire Mobility Kit if a tire is severely damaged by driving run flat or with insufficient air pressure. • Do not remove any foreign objects such as nails or screws that have penetrated the tire. • Provided the car is outdoors, leave the vehicle ON ( ) indicator ON). Otherwise operating the compressor may eventually drain the car battery. • Never leave the Tire Mobility Kit unattended while it is being used. • Do not leave the compressor running for more than 10 minutes at a time or it may overheat. • Do not use the Tire Mobility Kit if the ambient temperature is below -30°C (-22°F). • In case of skin contact with the sealant, wash the area thoroughly with plenty of water. If the irritation persists, seek medical attention. • In case of eye contact with the sealant, flush your eyes for at least 15 minutes. If the irritation persists, seek medical attention. • In case of swallowing the sealant, rinse the mouth and drink plenty of water. However, never give anything to an unconscious person and seek medical attention immediately. • Long time exposure to the sealant may cause damage to bodily tissue such as kidney, etc. Components of the Tire Mobility Kit Connectors, cable and connection hose are stored in the compressor housing. ODE067044 Strictly follow the specified sequence, otherwise the sealant may escape under high pressure. 6-17 What to do in an emergency 1. Speed restriction label 2. Sealant bottle and label with speed restriction 3. Filling hose from sealant bottle to wheel 4. Connectors and cable for power outlet direct connection 5. Holder for the sealant bottle 6. Compressor 7. ON/OFF switch 8. Pressure gauge for displaying the tire inflation pressure 9. Button for reducing tire inflation pressure 6 What to do in an emergency WARNING Do not use the tire sealant after the sealant has expired (i.e. past the expiration date on the sealant container). This can increase the risk of tire failure. Using the Tire Mobility Kit WARNING WARNING • Keep out of reach of children. • Avoid contact with eyes. • Do not swallow. 6-18 OIGH067042 OAEPH068014 Detach the speed restriction label (0) from the sealant bottle (1), and place it in a highly visible place inside the vehicle such as on the steering wheel to remind the driver not to drive too fast. 1. Shake the sealant bottle (1). 2. Screw the filling hose (2) onto the connector of the sealant bottle. 3. Ensure that the ON/OFF switch on the compressor is in the OFF position. NOTICE 4. Unscrew the valve cap from the valve of the flat tire and screw the filling hose (2) of the sealant bottle onto the valve. OAEE069006 Securely install the sealant filling hose to the valve. If not, sealant may flow backward, possibly clogging the filling hose. OAEE069008 5. Plug the compressor power cord (3) into the vehicle power outlet. 6. With the POWER button in the ON position, switch on the compressor and let it run for approximately 5~7 minutes to fill the sealant up to proper pressure. (Refer to the Tire and Wheels, chapter 8). The inflation pressure of the tire after filling is unimportant and will be checked/corrected later. Be careful not to overinflate the tire and stay away from the tire when filling it. 6-19 What to do in an emergency OAEE069005 6 What to do in an emergency CAUTION Distributing the sealant Checking the tire inflation pressure Do not attempt to drive your vehicle if the tire pressure is below 200 kpa (29 psi). This could result in an accident due to sudden tire failure. 7. Switch off the compressor. 8. Detach the hoses from the sealant bottle connector and from the tire valve. Return the Tire Mobility Kit to its storage location in the vehicle. 6-20 OLMF064106 9. Immediately drive approximately 7~10 km (4~6 miles or about 10 minutes) to evenly distribute the sealant in the tire. Do not exceed a speed of 80 km/h (50 mph). If possible, do not fall below a speed of 20 km/h (12 mph). While driving, if you experience any unusual vibration, ride disturbance or noise, reduce your speed and drive with caution until you can safely pull off of the side of the road. Call for road side service or towing. OAEE069005 1. After driving approximately 7~10 km (4~6 miles or about 10 minutes), stop at a safe location. 2. Connect the filling hose (2) of the compressor directly to the tire valve. 3. Plug the compressor power cord into the vehicle power outlet. - To increase the inflation pressure: Switch on the compressor, position to "I". To check the current inflation pressure setting, briefly switch off the compressor. - To reduce the inflation pressure: Press the button (8) on the compressor. i Information The pressure gauge may show higher than actual reading when the compressor is running. To get an accurate tire pressure, the compressor needs to be turned off. CAUTION Tire pressure sensor (if equipped with TPMS) When you use the Tire Mobility Kit including sealant not approved by HYUNDAI, the tire pressure sensors may be damaged by sealant. The sealant on the tire pressure sensor and wheel should be removed when you replace the tire with a new one and inspect the tire pressure sensors at an authorized dealer. What to do in an emergency 4. Adjust the tire inflation pressure to the recommended tire inflation. With the POWER button ON, proceed as follows. i Information 6 When reinstalling the repaired or replaced tire and wheel on the vehicle, tighten the wheel lug nut to 11~13 kgf·m (79~94 lbf·ft). 6-21 What to do in an emergency TOWING Towing service Dolly It is acceptable to tow the vehicle with the rear wheels on the ground (without dollies) and the front wheels off the ground. If any of the loaded wheels or suspension components are damaged or the vehicle is being towed with the front wheels on the ground, use a towing dolly under the front wheels. When being towed by a commercial tow truck and wheel dollies are not used, the front of the vehicle should always be lifted, not the rear. OAEE069016R Dolly OAEE069018 If emergency towing is necessary, we recommend having it done by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer or a commercial tow-truck service. Proper lifting and towing procedures are necessary to prevent damage to the vehicle. The use of wheel dollies or flatbed is recommended. 6-22 OAEE069019 CAUTION • Do not tow the vehicle with the front wheels on the ground as this may cause damage to the vehicle. • Do not tow with sling-type equipment. Use wheel lift or flatbed equipment. Removable towing hook ■ Front NOTICE Failure to shift to N (Neutral) may cause internal damage to the vehicle. OAEE066011 ■ Rear OAEE066010 1. Open the tailgate and remove the towing hook from the tool case. The tool case is placed under the luggage tray. What to do in an emergency When towing your vehicle in an emergency without wheel dollies: 1. While depressing the brake pedal shift to the N (Neutral) position and turn the vehicle off. The POWER button will be in the ACC position. 2. Release the parking brake. 6 OAE066028 2. Remove the hole cover by pressing the lower part of the cover on the bumper. 3. Install the towing hook by turning it clockwise into the hole until it is fully secured. 4. Remove the towing hook and install the cover after use. 6-23 What to do in an emergency Emergency towing If towing is necessary, we recommend you have it done by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer or a commercial tow truck service. If towing service is not available in an emergency, your vehicle may be temporarily towed using a cable or chain secured to the emergency towing hook at the front (or rear) of the vehicle. Use extreme caution when towing the vehicle with a cable or chain. A driver must be in the vehicle to steer it and operate the brakes. Towing in this manner may be done only on hard-surfaced roads for a short distance and at low speeds. Also, the wheels, axles, power train, steering and brakes must all be in good condition. 6-24 CAUTION The driver must be in the vehicle for steering and braking operations when the vehicle is being towed. Passengers other than the driver must not be in the vehicle. Always follow these emergency towing precautions: • While depressing the brake pedal shift to the N (Neutral) position and turn the vehicle off. The POWER button will be in the ACC position. • Release the parking brake. • Depress the brake pedal with more force than normal since you will have reduced braking performance. • More steering effort will be required because the power steering system will be disabled. • Use a vehicle heavier than your own to tow your vehicle. • The drivers of both vehicles should communicate with each other frequently. • Before emergency towing, check that the hook is not broken or damaged. • Fasten the towing cable or chain securely to the hook. • Do not jerk the hook. Apply steady and even force. NOTICE What to do in an emergency Accelerate or decelerate the vehicle in a slow and gradual manner while maintaining tension on the tow rope or chain to start or drive the vehicle, otherwise tow hooks and the vehicle may be damaged. NOTICE OAEE066017 • Use a towing cable or chain less than 5 m (16 feet) long. Attach a white or red cloth (about 30 cm (12 inches) wide) in the middle of the cable or chain for easy visibility. • Drive carefully so the towing cable or chain remains tight during towing. • Before towing, check the reduction gear for fluid leaks under your vehicle. If the reduction gear fluid is leaking, flatbed equipment or a towing dolly must be used. To avoid damage to your vehicle and vehicle components when towing: • Always pull straight ahead when using the towing hooks. Do not pull from the side or at a vertical angle. • Do not use the towing hooks to pull a vehicle out of mud, sand or other conditions from which the vehicle cannot be driven out under its own power. • Limit the vehicle speed to 15 km/h (10 mph) and drive less than 1.5 km (1 mile) when towing to avoid serious damage to the reduction gear. 6 6-25 What to do in an emergency PAN-EUROPEAN ECALL SYSTEM (IF EQUIPPED) The vehicle is equipped with a device* connected with the PanEuropean eCall system for making emergency call to response teams. The Pan-European eCall system is an automatic emergency call service made in event of a traffic accident or other** accidents on the roads of Europe. (only in countries with regulation on this system) The system allows contacting with an officer of the single duty dispatch service in case of accidents on the roads of Europe. (only in countries with regulation on this system) The Pan-European eCall system given conditions, stated in the Owner's Manual as well as Warranty and Service book transmits data to the Public Safety Answering Point (PSAP) including such information as vehicle location, vehicle type, VIN (vehicle identification number of the vehicle). OAEE069045L ➀ Road accident ➁ Wireless network ➂ Public Safety Answering Point (PSAP) ➃ Rescue * Pan-European eCall device in the Owner's Manual means equipment, installed in the vehicle, which provides connection with the Pan-European eCall system. ** "Other accidents" mean any accidents on the roads of Europe (only in countries with regulation on this system) resulted in injured people and/or necessity of provision of assistance. In case of registration of any accident, it is necessary to stop a vehicle, press button SOS (location of the button is specified on the picture in the chapter "Pan-European eCall (IF EQUIPPED)") of the Owner's Manual. When making a call, the system gathers information about the vehicle (from which a call was made), after which connects the car with an officer of the Public Safety Answering Point (PSAP) to tell about the reason of the emergency call. 6-26 Description of the ecall in-vehicle system What to do in an emergency Once the data which is stored in the Pan-European eCall system is delivered to the rescue center to assist the driver and passengers with proper rescue operations, the data will be deleted after rescue operation is completed. 6 ESKEV-501 Overview of the 112-based eCall in-vehicle system, its operation and functionalities: refer to this section. The 112-based eCall service is a public service of general interest and is accessible free of charge. The 112-based eCall in-vehicle system is activated by default. It is activated automatically by means of in- vehicle sensors in the event of a severe accident. 6-27 What to do in an emergency It will also be triggered automatically when the vehicle is equipped with a TPS system which does not function in the event of a severe accident. The 112-based eCall in-vehicle system can also be triggered manually, if needed. Instructions for manual activation of the system: refer to this section. In the event of a critical system failure that would disable the 112-based eCall in-vehicle system, the following warning will be given to the occupants of the vehicle: refer to this section. 6-28 Information on data processing Any processing of personal data through the 112-based eCall in-vehicle system shall comply with the personal data protection rules provided for in Directives 95/46/EC (1) and 2002/58/EC (2) of the European Parliament and of the Council, and in particular, shall be based on the necessity to protect the vital interests of the individuals in accordance with Article 7(d) of Directive 95/46/EC (3). Processing of such data is strictly limited to the purpose of handling the emergency eCall to the single European emergency number 112. Types of data and its recipients The 112-based eCall in-vehicle system may collect and process only the following data: - Vehicle Identification Number - Vehicle type (passenger vehicle or light commercial vehicle) - Vehicle propulsion storage type (gasoline/diesel/CNG/LPG/electric/hydrogen) - Vehicle recent locations and direction of travel - Log file of the automatic activation of the system and its timestamp - Any additional data (if applicable): Not applicable Recipients of data processed by the 112-based eCall in-vehicle system are the relevant public safety answering points designated by the respective public authorities of the country on which territory they are located, to first receive and handle eCalls to the single European emergency number 112. Additional information (if available): Not applicable Arrangements for data processing The 112-based eCall in-vehicle system is designed in such a way as to ensure that the data contained in the system memory is not available outside the system before an eCall is triggered. Additional remarks (if any): Not applicable The 112-based eCall in-vehicle system is designed in such a way as to ensure that it is not traceable and not subject to any constant tracking in its normal operation status. Additional remarks (if any): Not applicable The 112-based eCall in-vehicle system is designed in such a way as to ensure that data in the system internal memory is automatically and continuously removed. The vehicle location data is constantly overwritten in the internal memory of the system so as always to keep maximum of the last three up-to-date locations of the vehicle necessary for the normal functioning of the system. The log of activity data in the 112based eCall in-vehicle system is kept for no longer than necessary for attaining the purpose of handling the emergency eCall and in any case not beyond 13 hours from the moment an emergency eCall was initiated. Additional remarks (if any): Not applicable What to do in an emergency (1) Directive 95/46/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council of 24 October 1995 on the protection of individuals with regard to the processing of personal data and on the free movement of such data (OJ L 281, 23.11.1995, p. 31). (2) Directive 2002/58/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council of 12 July 2002 concerning the processing of personal data and the protection of privacy in the electronic communications sector (Directive on privacy and electronic communications) (OJ L 201, 31.7.2002, p. 37). (3) Directive 95/46/EC is repealed by Regulation (EU) 2016/679 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 27 April 2016 on the protection of natural persons with regard to the processing of personal data and on the free movement of such data (General Data Protection Regulation) (OJ L 119, 4.5.2016, p. 1). The Regulation applies from 25 May 2018. 6 6-29 What to do in an emergency Modalities for exercising data subject's rights The data subject (the vehicle's owner) has a right of access to data and as appropriate to request the rectification, erasure or blocking of data, concerning him or her, the processing of which does not comply with the provisions of Directive 95/46/EC. Any third parties to whom the data have been disclosed have to be notified of such rectification, erasure or blocking carried out in compliance with this Directive, unless it proves impossible or involves a disproportionate effort. The data subject has a right to complain to the competent data protection authority if he or she considers that his or her rights have been infringed as a result of the processing of his or her personal data. Contact service responsible for handling access requests (if any): Not applicable 6-30 Pan-European eCall System SOS button: the driver/passenger makes an emergency call to the single duty dispatch service by pressing the button. LED: The red and green LED illuminates for 3 seconds when the ignition switch is in the ON position. After that they will switch off at normal operation of the system. If there are some problems in the system, the LED remains in red. OAEPH069046L Elements of the Pan-European eCall system, installed in passenger compartment: ➀ SOS button ➁ LED Automatic accident reporting System operation in the event of a traffic accident Connection with the Public Safety Answering Point (PSAP) Emergency services CAUTION OAEE069047L The Pan-European eCall device automatically makes an emergency call to the Public Safety Answering Point (PSAP) for proper rescuing operations in event of vehicle accident. For proper emergency services and support the Pan-European eCall system automatically transmits the accident data to the Public Safety Answering Point (PSAP) when a traffic accident is detected. In this case, the emergency call cannot be hung up by pressing the SOS button and the Pan-European eCall system remains connected until the emergency service officer, receiving the call, disconnects the emergency call. Operation of the system is impossible in case of absence of mobile transmission and GPS and Galileo signals. What to do in an emergency In minor traffic accidents the PanEuropean eCall system may not execute an emergency call. However, an emergency call may be made manually by pressing the SOS button. 6 6-31 What to do in an emergency Manual accident reporting OAEE069047L The driver or passenger manually can make an emergency call in the Public Safety Answering Point(PSAP), by pressing SOS button to call the necessary emergency services. A call to the emergency services through the Pan-European eCall system can be cancelled by pressing the SOS button again only before the call connection. After activation of emergency call in the manual mode (for proper emergency services and support), the Pan-European eCall system automatically transmits the road accident data / or data on other accident to the officer of the Public Safety Answering Point(PSAP) (during emergency call) by pressing the SOS button. If the driver or passenger accidentally presses the SOS button, it can be canceled by pressing the button again. In case of road accident or other accident for activation of emergency call in manual mode it is necessary: 6-32 1. Stop the vehicle in accordance with traffic rules to ensure safety to yourself and other participants of road traffic; 2. Press the SOS button, when pressing the button SOS registration of the device in the wireless telephonic communication networks is carried out, minimum data set about vehicle and its location is collected in accordance with of the technical requirements of the device. After that connection with the officer of the PanEuropean eCall system is made for clearing up reasons (conditions) of the emergency call. 3. After clearing up reasons of the emergency call, the officer of the Public Safety Answering Point (PSAP) sends emergency services and completes the emergency call. If the emergency call is not carried out in accordance with the procedure, mentioned above, the emergency call will be considered as erroneous. WARNING • The Pan-European eCall system battery supplies power during 1 hour in case main power source of the vehicle is cut off due to the collision during the emergency situations. • The Pan-European eCall system battery should be replaced every 3 years. For more information refer to the Maintenance Schedule in chapter 7. (Continued) (Continued) Arbitrary Removal or Modification If red LED illuminates in normal driving conditions, this can indicate malfunction of the PanEuropean eCall system. Please, have the Pan-European eCall system checked at an authorized HYUNDAI dealer immediately. Otherwise correct operation of the Pan-European eCall system device, installed in your vehicle is not guaranteed. Owner of the vehicle incurs liability for consequences, occurred as a result of nonobservance of conditions, mentioned above. (Continued) The Pan-European eCall system calls emergency services for assistance. Thus, any arbitrary removal or changes to the PanEuropean eCall system settings may affect your driving safety. Also, it may even make an erroneous emergency call to the Public Safety Answering Point (PSAP). Thereby, we kindly ask you not to make any changes by yourself or by the third parties in the settings of the equipment of the Pan-European eCall system, installed in your vehicle. 6-33 What to do in an emergency Emergency power supply of the Pan-European eCall system from the battery (Continued) LED illumination in red (system malfunction) 6 Maintenance Motor compartment...............................................7-3 Maintenance services ...........................................7-4 Owner's responsibility......................................................7-4 Owner maintenance precautions ..................................7-4 Owner maintenance...............................................7-5 Owner maintenance schedule........................................7-5 Scheduled maintenance services.........................7-7 Explanation of scheduled maintenance items..7-16 Coolant...................................................................7-17 Brake fluid ............................................................7-18 Checking the brake fluid level .....................................7-18 Washer fluid .........................................................7-19 Checking the washer fluid level ..................................7-19 Climate control air filter .....................................7-20 Filter inspection...............................................................7-20 Blade inspection ..............................................................7-22 Blade replacement ..........................................................7-22 Battery (12 Volt) ..................................................7-24 For best battery service................................................7-25 Battery capacity label ...................................................7-25 Battery recharging .........................................................7-26 Reset features .................................................................7-27 Tires and wheels ..................................................7-28 Tire care ............................................................................7-28 Recommended cold tire inflation pressures.............7-29 Check tire inflation pressure........................................7-30 Tire rotation ...................................................................7-31 Wheel alignment and tire balance ..............................7-32 Tire replacement ............................................................7-32 Wheel replacement .........................................................7-33 Tire traction ....................................................................7-33 Tire maintenance ............................................................7-33 Tire sidewall labeling......................................................7-33 Low aspect ratio tires ....................................................7-37 Fuses......................................................................7-39 Instrument panel fuse replacement ...........................7-40 Motor compartment panel fuse replacement..........7-41 Fuse/relay panel description .......................................7-42 Maintenance Normal maintenance schedule - For Europe ......................................................................7-8 Maintenance under severe usage conditions - For Europe ....................................................................7-10 Normal maintenance schedule - Except Europe..............................................................7-12 Maintenance under severe usage conditions - Except Europe..............................................................7-14 Wiper blades .........................................................7-22 7 Light bulbs.............................................................7-54 Headlamp, position lamp, turn signal lamp bulb replacement.............................................................7-55 Headlamp aiming (For Europe) ....................................7-59 Daytime running lamp ....................................................7-63 Side repeater lamp replacement .................................7-63 Rear combination lamp bulb replacement ................7-63 Rear fog lamp ..................................................................7-66 High mounted stop lamp ...............................................7-66 License plate light bulb replacement .........................7-66 Interior light bulb replacement ....................................7-66 Appearance care ..................................................7-68 Exterior care ....................................................................7-68 Interior care......................................................................7-74 MOTOR COMPARTMENT 1. Coolant reservoir 2. Brake fluid reservoir 3. Fuse box 4. Battery (12 volt) Maintenance 5. Coolant cap 6. Windshield washer fluid reservoir 7 The actual motor compartment in the vehicle may differ from the illustration. OAEE076001N 7-3 Maintenance MAINTENANCE SERVICES You should exercise the utmost care to prevent damage to your vehicle and injury to yourself whenever performing any maintenance or inspection procedures. We recommend you have your vehicle maintained and repaired by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. An authorized HYUNDAI dealer meets HYUNDAI’s high service quality standards and receives technical support from HYUNDAI in order to provide you with a high level of service satisfaction. Owner’s responsibility Maintenance service and record retention are the owner’s responsibility. You should retain documents that show proper maintenance has been performed on your vehicle in accordance with the scheduled maintenance service charts shown on the following pages. You need this information to establish your compliance with the servicing and maintenance requirements of your vehicle warranties. Detailed warranty information is provided in your Service Passport. Repairs and adjustments required as a result of improper maintenance or a lack of required maintenance are not covered. Owner maintenance precautions Inadequate, incomplete or insufficient servicing may result in operational problems with your vehicle that could lead to vehicle damage, an accident, or personal injury. This chapter provides instructions only for the maintenance items that are easy to perform. Several procedures can be done only by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer with special tools. Your vehicle should not be modified in any way. Such modifications may adversely affect the performance, safety or durability of your vehicle and may, in addition, violate conditions of the limited warranties covering the vehicle. NOTICE Improper owner maintenance during the warranty period may affect warranty coverage. For details, read the separate Service Passport provided with the vehicle. If you’re unsure about any service or maintenance procedure, have it done by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. 7-4 OWNER MAINTENANCE WARNING Owner maintenance schedule When you stop for fuel: • Check coolant level in the coolant reservoir. • Check the windshield washer fluid level. • Check for low or under-inflated tires. WARNING Be careful when checking your coolant level when the parts in the motor compartment are hot. This may result in coolant being blown out of the opening and cause serious burns and other injuries. 7-5 Maintenance Performing maintenance work on a vehicle can be dangerous. If you lack sufficient knowledge and experience or the proper tools and equipment to do the work, have it done by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. ALWAYS follow these precautions for performing maintenance work: • Park your vehicle on level ground, shift to P (Park) position, apply the parking brake, place the POWER button in the OFF position. • Block the tires (front and back) to prevent the vehicle from moving. Remove loose clothing or jewelry that can become entangled in moving parts. • Keep flames, sparks, or smoking materials away from the battery related parts. The following lists are vehicle checks and inspections that should be performed by the owner or an authorized HYUNDAI dealer at the frequencies indicated to help ensure safe, dependable operation of your vehicle. Any adverse conditions should be brought to the attention of your dealer as soon as possible. These Owner Maintenance vehicle checks are generally not covered by warranties and you may be charged for labor, parts and lubricants used. 7 Maintenance While operating your vehicle: At least monthly: At least once a year: • Check for vibrations in the steering wheel. Notice if there is any increased steering effort or looseness in the steering wheel, or change in its straight-ahead position. • Notice if your vehicle constantly turns slightly or “pulls” to one side when traveling on smooth, level road. • When stopping, listen and check for unusual sounds, pulling to one side, increased brake pedal travel or “hard-to-push” brake pedal. • If any slipping or changes in the operation of your reduction gear occurs, check the reduction gear fluid level. • Check the reduction gear P (Park) function. • Check the parking brake. • Check for fluid leaks under your vehicle (water dripping from the air conditioning system during or after use is normal). • Check coolant level in the coolant reservoir. • Check the operation of all exterior lights, including the stoplights, turn signals and hazard warning flashers. • Check the inflation pressures of all tires including the spare for tires that are worn, show uneven wear, or are damaged. • Check for loose wheel lug nuts. • Clean body and door drain holes. • Lubricate door hinges and hood hinges. • Lubricate door and hood locks and latches. • Lubricate door rubber weather strips. • Check the air conditioning system. • Inspect and lubricate reduction gear linkage and controls. • Clean the battery and terminals. • Check the brake fluid level. 7-6 At least twice a year: (i.e., every Spring and Fall) • Check radiator, heater and air conditioning hoses for leaks or damage. • Check windshield washer spray and wiper operation. Clean wiper blades with clean cloth dampened with washer fluid. • Check headlamp alignment. • Check the seat belts for wear and function. SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE SERVICES If your vehicle is operated under the above conditions, you should inspect, replace or refill more frequently than the following Normal Maintenance Schedule. After the periods or distance shown in the chart, continue to follow the prescribed maintenance intervals. 7-7 Maintenance Follow Normal Maintenance Schedule if the vehicle is usually operated where none of the following conditions apply. If any of the following conditions apply, you must follow the Maintenance Under Severe Usage Conditions. • Repeated driving short distance of less than 8 km (5 miles) in normal temperature or less than 16 km (10miles) in freezing temperature • Low speed driving for long distances • Driving on rough, dusty, muddy, unpaved, graveled or salt-spread roads • Driving in areas using salt or other corrosive materials or in very cold weather • Driving in heavy dust conditions • Driving in heavy traffic area • Driving on uphill, downhill, or mountain road repeatedly • Towing a trailer or using a camper, or roof rack • Driving as a patrol car, taxi, other commercial use of vehicle towing • Driving over 170 km/h (106 miles/h) • Frequently driving in stop-and-go conditions 7 Maintenance Normal maintenance schedule - For Europe The following maintenance services must be performed to ensure good vehicle performance. Keep receipts for all vehicle services to protect your warranty. Where both mileage and time are shown, the frequency of service is determined by whichever occurs first. MAINTENANCE INTERVALS Months Miles×1,000 MAINTENANCE Km×1,000 ITEM Number of months or driving distance, whichever comes first 12 24 36 48 60 72 84 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 15 30 45 60 75 90 105 At first, inspect 60,000 km (40,000 miles) or 48 months after that, inspect every 30,000 km (20,000 miles) or 24 months Cooling system Coolant *1 Reduction gear fluid Battery condition Brake lines, hoses and connections Brake pedal Parking brake Brake fluid Brake discs and pads I R *1 *2 I I I I Replace every 60,000 km (40,000 miles) or 36 months *2 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I R I R I R I I I I I I I : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or replace. : Replace or change. : When replacing or adding coolant, we recommend that you visit an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. : For your convenience, it can be replaced prior to it's interval when you do maintenance of other items. 7-8 96 80 120 I I I I I R I Normal maintenance schedule - For Europe Number of months or driving distance, whichever comes first 12 24 36 48 60 72 84 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 15 30 45 60 75 90 105 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I R R R Replace every 3 years. 96 80 120 I I I I I I I R I : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or replace. R : Replace or change. Maintenance MAINTENANCE INTERVALS Months Miles×1,000 MAINTENANCE ITEM Km×1,000 Steering gear rack, linkage and boots Driveshaft and boots Tire (pressure & tread wear) Front suspension ball joints Bolt and nuts on chassis and body Air conditioner refrigerant Air conditioner compressor Climate control air filter ERA-GLONASS system battery (if equipped) 7 7-9 Maintenance Maintenance under severe usage conditions - For Europe The following items must be serviced more frequently on cars mainly used under severe driving conditions. Refer to the chart below for the appropriate maintenance intervals. R : Replace I : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or replace Maintenance operation Maintenance intervals Driving condition Reduction gear fluid R Every 120,000 km (80,000 miles) C, D, E, F, G, H, I, J Steering gear rack, linkage and boots I Inspect more frequently depending on the condition C, D, E, F, G Front suspension ball joints I Inspect more frequently depending on the condition C, D, E, F, G Disc brakes and pads, calipers and rotors I Inspect more frequently depending on the condition C, D, E, G, H Driveshaft and boots I Inspect more frequently depending on the condition C, D, E, F, G, H, I Climate control air filter R Replace more frequently depending on the condition C, E Maintenance item 7-10 Severe driving conditions A : Repeatedly driving short distance of less than 8 km (5 miles) in normal temperature or less than 16 km (10 miles) in freezing temperature B : Low speed driving for long distances C : Driving on rough, dusty, muddy, unpaved, graveled or salt spread roads D : Driving in areas using salt or other corrosive materials or in very cold weather F : Driving in heavy traffic area G : Driving on uphill, downhill, or mountain roads repeatedly H : Towing a trailer, or using a camper or roof rack I : Driving as a patrol car, taxi, other commercial use or vehicle towing J : Driving over 170 km/h (106 mile/h) K : Frequently driving in stop-and-go conditions E : Driving in heavy dust conditions Maintenance 7 7-11 Maintenance Normal maintenance schedule - Except Europe The following maintenance services must be performed to ensure good vehicle performance. Keep receipts for all vehicle services to protect your warranty. Where both mileage and time are shown, the frequency of service is determined by whichever occurs first. MAINTENANCE INTERVALS Months Miles×1,000 MAINTENANCE Km×1,000 ITEM Number of months or driving distance, whichever comes first 12 24 36 48 60 72 84 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 15 30 45 60 75 90 105 At first, inspect 60,000 km (40,000 miles) or 48 months after that, inspect every 30,000 km (20,000 miles) or 24 months Cooling system Coolant *1 Reduction gear fluid For Middle East Battery condition Except Middle East Brake lines, hoses and connections Brake pedal Parking brake I R *1 *2 I I Replace every 60,000 km (40,000 miles) or 36 months *2 I Inspect 10,000 km (6,200 miles) or 6 months I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or replace. : Replace or change. : When replacing or adding coolant, we recommend that you visit an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. : For your convenience, it can be replaced prior to it's interval when you do maintenance of other items. 7-12 96 80 120 I I I I I Normal maintenance schedule - Except Europe Number of months or driving distance, whichever comes first 12 24 36 48 60 72 84 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 15 30 45 60 75 90 105 I R I R I R I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I R R R R R R R Replace every 3 years. 96 80 120 R I I I I I I I I R Maintenance MAINTENANCE INTERVALS Months Miles×1,000 MAINTENANCE ITEM Km×1,000 Brake fluid Brake discs and pads Steering gear rack, linkage and boots Driveshaft and boots Tire (pressure & tread wear) Front suspension ball joints Bolt and nuts on chassis and body Air conditioner refrigerant Air conditioner compressor Climate control air filter ERA-GLONASS system battery (if equipped) 7 I : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or replace. R : Replace or change. 7-13 Maintenance Maintenance under severe usage conditions - Except Europe The following items must be serviced more frequently on cars mainly used under severe driving conditions. Refer to the chart below for the appropriate maintenance intervals. R : Replace I : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or replace Maintenance operation Maintenance intervals Driving condition Reduction gear fluid R Every 120,000 km (80,000 miles) C, D, E, F, G, H, I, J Steering gear rack, linkage and boots I Inspect more frequently depending on the condition C, D, E, F, G Front suspension ball joints I Inspect more frequently depending on the condition C, D, E, F, G Disc brakes and pads, calipers and rotors I Inspect more frequently depending on the condition C, D, E, G, H Driveshaft and boots I Inspect more frequently depending on the condition C, D, E, F, G, H, I Climate control air filter R Replace more frequently depending on the condition C, E Maintenance item 7-14 Severe driving conditions A : Repeatedly driving short distance of less than 8 km (5 miles) in normal temperature or less than 16 km (10 miles) in freezing temperature B : Low speed driving for long distances C : Driving on rough, dusty, muddy, unpaved, graveled or salt spread roads D : Driving in areas using salt or other corrosive materials or in very cold weather F : Driving in heavy traffic area G : Driving on uphill, downhill, or mountain roads repeatedly H : Towing a trailer, or using a camper or roof rack I : Driving as a patrol car, taxi, other commercial use or vehicle towing J : Driving over 170 km/h (106 mile/h) K : Frequently driving in stop-and-go conditions E : Driving in heavy dust condition Maintenance 7 7-15 Maintenance EXPLANATION OF SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE ITEMS Cooling system Brake fluid Check cooling system components, such as radiator, coolant reservoir, hoses and connections for leakage and damage. Replace any damaged parts. Check brake fluid level in the brake fluid reservoir. The level should be between the MIN and the MAX marks on the side of the reservoir. Use only hydraulic brake fluid conforming to DOT 4 specification. Coolant The coolant should be changed at the intervals specified in the maintenance schedule. Brake discs, pads, calipers and rotors Steering gear box, linkage & boots/lower arm ball joint With the vehicle stopped and the hybrid system off, check for excessive free-play in the steering wheel. Check the linkage for bends or damage. Check the dust boots and ball joints for deterioration, cracks, or damage. Replace any damaged parts. The reduction gear fluid should be inspected according to the intervals specified in the maintenance schedule. Check the pads, the disc, and the rotor for any excessive wear-out. Inspect calipers for any fluid leakage For more information on checking the pads or lining wear limit, refer to the HYUNDAI web site. (http://service.hyundai-motor.com) Brake hoses and lines Suspension mounting bolts Air conditioning refrigerant Visually check for proper installation, chafing, cracks, deterioration and any leakage. Replace any deteriorated or damaged parts immediately. Check the suspension connections for looseness or damage. Retighten to the specified torque. Check the air conditioning lines and connections for leakage and damage. Reduction gear fluid 7-16 Drive shafts and boots Check the drive shafts, boots and clamps for cracks, deterioration, or damage. Replace any damaged parts and, if necessary, repack the grease. COOLANT WARNING Since a specific coolant water is applied for electric vehicles, replenishment of other antifreeze or water may cause problems to the vehicle. The electric motor for the cooling fan is controlled by coolant temperature, refrigerant pressure and vehicle speed. As the coolant temperature decreases, the electric motor will automatically shut off. This is a normal condition. WARNING OAEE076002L The electric motor for the cooling fan may continue to operate or start up when the vehicle is not operating and can cause serious injury. Keep hands, clothing and tools away from the rotating fan blades of the cooling fan. Maintenance Check the condition and connections of all cooling system hoses and heater hoses. Replace any swollen or deteriorated hoses. The coolant level should be filled between the MAX and the MIN marks on the side of the coolant reservoir when the parts in the motor compartment is cool. If the coolant level is low, have your vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. Use only designated coolant water for electric vehicles, adding other types of water or antifreeze can damage the vehicle. 7 7-17 Maintenance BRAKE FLUID Checking the brake fluid level If the level is low, add the specified brake fluid to the MAX level. The level will fall with accumulated mileage. This is a normal condition associated with the wear of the brake linings. If the fluid level is excessively low, we recommend that the brake system be checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. WARNING OAEE076003 Check the fluid level in the reservoir periodically. The fluid level should be between MAX and MIN marks on the side of the reservoir. Before removing the reservoir cap and adding brake fluid, clean the area around the reservoir cap thoroughly to prevent brake fluid contamination. 7-18 If the brake system requires frequent additions of fluid this could indicate a leak in the brake system. We recommend that the vehicle be inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. WARNING Do not allow brake fluid to come in contact with your eyes. If brake fluid comes in contact with your eyes, flush your eyes with clean water for at least 15 minutes and get immediate medical attention. NOTICE • Do not allow brake fluid to contact the vehicle’s body paint, as paint damage will result. • Brake fluid, which has been exposed to open air for an extended time should NEVER be used as its quality cannot be guaranteed. It should be disposed of properly. • Do not use the wrong kind of brake fluid. A few drops of mineral based oil, such as engine oil, in your brake system can damage brake system parts. i Information Use only the specified brake fluid (Refer to “Recommended Lubricants and Capacities” in chapter 8). WASHER FLUID Checking the washer fluid level To prevent serious injury or death, take the following safety precautions when using washer fluid: • Do not use coolant or antifreeze in the washer fluid reservoir. Coolant can severely obscure visibility when sprayed on the windshield and may cause loss of vehicle control resulting in an accident or damage to paint and body trim. • Do not allow sparks or flame to contact the washer fluid or the washer fluid reservoir. Washer fluid may contain alcohol and can be flammable. • Do not drink washer fluid and avoid contact with skin. Washer fluid is poisonous to humans and animals. • Keep washer fluid away from children and animals. Maintenance OAEE076004 Check the fluid level in the washer fluid reservoir and add fluid if necessary. Plain water may be used if washer fluid is not available. However, use washer solvent with antifreeze characteristics in cold climates to prevent freezing. WARNING 7 7-19 Maintenance CLIMATE CONTROL AIR FILTER Filter inspection The climate control air filter should be replaced according to the Maintenance Schedule. If the vehicle is operated in severely air-polluted cities or on dusty rough roads for a long period, it should be inspected more frequently and replaced sooner. Replace the climate control air filter by following the procedure below and be careful to avoid damaging other components. OAEE076006 1. With the glove box open, remove the stoppers on both sides to allow the glove box to hang freely on the hinges. 7-20 OAEE076005 2. Remove the support rod (1). NOTICE Install a new climate control air filter in the correct direction with the arrow symbol (↓) facing downwards to prevent noise and reduced effectiveness. OHG070041 3. Press and hold the lock (1) on both sides of the cover. 4. Pull out (2) the cover. 5. Replace the climate control air filter. 6. Reassemble in the reverse order of disassembly. Maintenance OAEE076029 7 7-21 Maintenance WIPER BLADES Blade inspection Blade replacement Contamination of either the windshield or the wiper blades with foreign matter can reduce the effectiveness of the windshield wipers. Common sources of contamination are insects, tree sap, and hot wax treatments used by some commercial car washes. If the blades are not wiping properly, clean both the window and the blades with a good cleaner or mild detergent, and rinse thoroughly with clean water. When the wipers no longer clean adequately, the blades may be worn or cracked, and require replacement. NOTICE To prevent damage to the wiper blades, arms or other components, do not: • Use gasoline, kerosene, paint thinner, or other solvents on or near them. • Attempt to move the wipers manually. • Use non-specified wiper blades. i Information Commercial hot waxes applied by automatic car washes have been known to make the windshield difficult to clean. 7-22 NOTICE • In order to prevent damage to the hood and the wiper arms, the wiper arms should only be lifted when in the top wiping position. • Always return the wiper arms to the windshield before driving. OLF074017 1. Raise the wiper arm. OAD075075L OAD075076L 2. Lift up the wiper blade clip (1). Then lift up the wiper blade (2). 3. While pushing the lock (3), pull down the wiper blade (4). 4. Remove the wiper blade from the wiper arm (5). 5. Install a new wiper blade assembly in the reverse order of removal. 6. Return the wiper arm on the windshield. Maintenance OAD075074L 7 7-23 Maintenance BATTERY (12 VOLT) WARNING To prevent SERIOUS INJURY or DEATH to you or bystanders, always follow these precautions when working near or handling the battery: Always read and follow instructions carefully when handling a battery. Wear eye protection designed to protect the eyes from acid splashes. Keep all flames, sparks, or smoking materials away from the battery. Hydrogen is always present in battery cells, is highly combustible, and may explode if ignited. Keep batteries out of reach of children. (Continued) 7-24 (Continued) Batteries contain sulfuric acid which is highly corrosive. Do not allow acid to contact your eyes, skin or clothing. If acid gets into your eyes, flush your eyes with clean water for at least 15 minutes and get immediate medical attention. If acid gets on your skin, thoroughly wash the area. If you feel pain or a burning sensation, get medical attention immediately. • When lifting a plastic-cased battery, excessive pressure on the case may cause battery acid to leak. Lift with a battery carrier or with your hands on opposite corners. • Do not attempt to jump start your vehicle if your battery is frozen. (Continued) (Continued) • NEVER attempt to recharge the battery when the vehicle’s battery cables are connected to the battery. • The electrical ignition switch works with high voltage. NEVER touch these components with the “ ” indicator ON or when the POWER button is in the ON position. NOTICE For best battery service Battery capacity label ■ Example • When you do not use the vehicle for a long time in a low temperature area, disconnect the battery and keep it indoors. • Always charge the battery fully to prevent battery case damage in low temperature areas. OAEE076007 1. AGM60L-DIN : The HYUNDAI model name of battery 2. 12V : The nominal voltage 3. 60Ah(20HR) : The nominal capacity (in Ampere hours) 4. 100RC : The nominal reserve capacity (in min.) 5. 640CCA : The cold-test current in amperes by SAE 6. 512A : The cold-test current in amperes by EN 7-25 Maintenance • Keep the battery securely mounted. • Keep the battery top clean and dry. • Keep the terminals and connections clean, tight, and coated with petroleum jelly or terminal grease. • Rinse any spilled acid from the battery immediately with a solution of water and baking soda. OLMB073072 ❈ The actual battery label in the vehicle may differ from the illustration. 7 Maintenance Battery recharging By battery charger Your vehicle has a maintenance-free, calcium-based battery. • If the battery becomes discharged in a short time (because, for example, the headlights or interior lights were left on while the vehicle was not in use), recharge it by slow charging (trickle) for 10 hours. • If the battery gradually discharges because of high electric load while the vehicle is being used, recharge it at 20-30A for two hours. 7-26 WARNING Always follow these instructions when recharging your vehicle’s battery to avoid the risk of SERIOUS INJURY or DEATH from explosions or acid burns: • Before performing maintenance or recharging the battery, turn off all accessories and place the POWER button to the OFF position. • Keep all flames, sparks, or smoking materials away from the battery. • Always work outdoors or in an area with plenty of ventilation. • Wear eye protection when checking the battery during charging. • The battery must be removed from the vehicle and placed in a well ventilated area. (Continued) (Continued) • Watch the battery during charging, and stop or reduce the charging rate if the battery cells begin boiling violently. • The negative battery cable must be removed first and installed last when the battery is disconnected. Disconnect the battery charger in the following order: (1) Turn off the battery charger main switch. (2) Unhook the negative clamp from the negative battery terminal. (3) Unhook the positive clamp from the positive battery terminal. • Always use a genuine HYUNDAI approved battery when you replace the battery. By jump starting Reset features After a jump start from a good battery, drive the vehicle for 20-30 minutes before it is shutoff. The vehicle may not restart if you shut it off before the battery had a chance to adequately recharge. See “Jump Starting” in chapter 6 for more information on jump starting procedures. Some items need to be reset after the battery has been discharged or the battery has been disconnected. See chapter 3 for: • Power Windows • Trip Computer • Climate Control System • Clock • Audio System • Sunroof • Driver Position Memory System i Information Maintenance An inappropriately disposed battery can be harmful to the environment and human health. Dispose the battery according to your local law(s) or regulation. 7 7-27 Maintenance TIRES AND WHEELS WARNING Tire failure may cause loss of vehicle control resulting in an accident. To reduce risk of SERIOUS INJURY or DEATH, take the following precautions: • Inspect your tires monthly for proper inflation as well as wear and damage. • The recommended cold tire pressure for your vehicle can be found in this manual and on the tire label located on the driver’s side center pillar. Always use a tire pressure gauge to measure tire pressure. Tires with too much or too little pressure wear unevenly causing poor handling. • Check the pressure of the spare every time you check the pressure of the other tires on your vehicle. (Continued) 7-28 (Continued) • Replace tires that are worn, show uneven wear, or are damaged. Worn tires can cause loss of braking effectiveness, steering) control, or traction. • Always use tires of the same type, size, brand, construction and tread pattern all four tires. Using tires and wheels other than the recommended sizes could cause unusual handling characteristics, poor vehicle control, or negatively affect your vehicle’s Anti-Lock Brake System (ABS) resulting in a serious accident. Tire care For proper maintenance, safety, and maximum fuel economy, you must always maintain recommended tire inflation pressures and stay within the load limits and weight distribution recommended for your vehicle. Recommended cold tire inflation pressures OAE086002L Recommended pressures must be maintained for the best ride, vehicle handling, and minimum tire wear. Over-inflation or under-inflation can reduce tire life, adversely affect vehicle handling, and lead to sudden tire failure that could result in loss of vehicle control resulting in an accident. Severe under-inflation can lead to severe heat build-up, causing blowouts, tread separation and other tire failures that can result in the loss of vehicle control resulting in an accident. This risk is much higher on hot days and when driving for long periods at high speeds. 7-29 Maintenance All specifications (sizes and pressures) can be found on a label attached to the driver’s side center pillar. All tire pressures (including the spare) should be checked when the tires are cold. “Cold tires” means the vehicle has not been driven for at least three hours or driven less than 1.6 km (one mile). Warm tires normally exceed recommended cold tire pressures by 28 to 41 kPa (4 to 6 psi). Do not release air from warm tires to adjust the pressure or the tires will be under-inflated. For recommended inflation pressure, refer to “Tire and Wheels” in chapter 8. WARNING 7 Maintenance CAUTION • Under-inflation results in excessive wear, poor handling and reduced fuel economy. Wheel deformation is also possible. Keep your tire pressures at the proper levels. If a tire frequently needs refilling, we recommend it be checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. • Over-inflation produces a harsh ride, excessive wear at the center of the tire tread, and a greater possibility of damage from road hazards. 7-30 Check tire inflation pressure Check your tires, including the spare tire, once a month or more. How to check Use a good quality tire pressure gauge to check tire pressure. You can not tell if your tires are properly inflated simply by looking at them. Radial tires may look properly inflated when they are under-inflated. Remove the valve cap from the tire valve stem. Press the tire gauge firmly onto the valve to get a pressure measurement. If the cold tire inflation pressure matches the recommended pressure on the tire and loading information label, no further adjustment is necessary. If the pressure is low, add air until you reach the recommended pressure. Make sure to put the valve caps back on the valve stems. Without the valve cap, dirt or moisture could get into the valve core and cause air leakage. If a valve cap is missing, install a new one as soon as possible. If you overfill the tire, release air by pushing on the metal stem in the center of the tire valve. Recheck the tire pressure with the tire gauge. Be sure to put the valve caps back on the valve stems. Without the valve cap, dirt or moisture could get into the valve core and cause air leakage. If a valve cap is missing, install a new one as soon as possible. Tire rotation i Information The outside and inside of the unsymmetrical tire is distinguishable. When installing an unsymmetrical tire, be sure to install the side marked "outside" face the outside. If the side marked "inside" is installed on the outside, it will have a bad effect on vehicle performance. CBGQ0706 ■ Without a spare tire WARNING • Do not use the compact spare tire for tire rotation. • Do not mix bias ply and radial ODH073802 Disc brake pads should be inspected for wear whenever tires are rotated. ply tires under any circumstances. This may cause unusual handling characteristics that may cause loss of vehicle control resulting in an accident. 7-31 Maintenance To equalize tread wear, HYUNDAI recommends that the tires be rotated every 10,000 km (6,000 miles) or sooner if irregular wear develops. During rotation, check the tires for correct balance. When rotating tires, check for uneven wear and damage. Abnormal wear is usually caused by incorrect tire pressure, improper wheel alignment, outof-balance wheels, severe braking or severe cornering. Look for bumps or bulges in the tread or side of tire. Replace the tire if you find either of these conditions. Replace the tire if fabric or cord is visible. After rotation, be sure to bring the front and rear tire pressures to specification and check lug nut tightness (proper torque is 11~13 kgf·m [79~94 lbf·ft]). ■ With a full-size spare tire (if equipped) 7 Maintenance Wheel alignment and tire balance The wheels on your vehicle were aligned and balanced carefully at the factory to give you the longest tire life and best overall performance. In most cases, you will not need to have your wheels aligned again. However, if you notice unusual tire wear or your vehicle pulling one way or the other, the alignment may need to be reset. If you notice your vehicle vibrating when driving on a smooth road, your wheels may need to be rebalanced. NOTICE Improper wheel weights can damage your vehicle’s aluminum wheels. Use only approved wheel weights. 7-32 Tire replacement WARNING Tread wear indicator OLMB073027 If the tire is worn evenly, a tread wear indicator will appear as a solid band across the tread. This shows there is less than 1.6 mm (1/16 in.) of tread left on the tire. Replace the tire when this happens. Do not wait for the band to appear across the entire tread before replacing the tire. To reduce the risk of DEATH or SERIOUS INJURY: • Replace tires that are worn, show uneven wear, or are damaged. Worn tires can cause loss of braking effectiveness, steering control, and traction. • Always replace tires with the same size as each tire that was originally supplied with this vehicle. Using tires and wheels other than the recommended sizes could cause unusual handling characteristics, poor vehicle control, or negatively affect your vehicle’s Anti-Lock Brake System (ABS) resulting in a serious accident. (Continued) Wheel replacement Tire maintenance When replacing the metal wheels for any reason, make sure the new wheels are equivalent to the original factory units in diameter, rim width and offset. In addition to proper inflation, correct wheel alignment helps to decrease tire wear. If you find a tire is worn unevenly, have your dealer check the wheel alignment. When you have new tires installed, make sure they are balanced. This will increase vehicle ride comfort and tire life. Additionally, a tire should always be rebalanced if it is removed from the wheel. Tire traction Tire traction can be reduced if you drive on worn tires, tires that are improperly inflated or on slippery road surfaces. Tires should be replaced when tread wear indicators appear. To reduce the possibility of losing control, slow down whenever there is rain, snow or ice on the road. Tire sidewall labeling This information identifies and describes the fundamental characteristics of the tire and also provides the tire identification number (TIN) for safety standard certification. The TIN can be used to identify the tire in case of a recall. 7-33 Maintenance (Continued) • When replacing tires (or wheels), it is recommended to replace the two front or two rear tires (or wheels) as a pair. Replacing just one tire can seriously affect your vehicle’s handling. • Tires degrade over time, even when they are not being used. Regardless of the remaining tread, HYUNDAI recommends that tires be replaced after six (6) years of normal service. • Heat caused by hot climates or frequent high loading conditions can accelerate the aging process. Failure to follow this warning may cause sudden tire failure, which could lead to a loss of vehicle control resulting in an accident. 7 Maintenance 1 5,6 7 4 2 3 1 OLMB073028 1. Manufacturer or brand name Manufacturer or brand name is shown. 2. Tire size designation A tire’s sidewall is marked with a tire size designation. You will need this information when selecting replacement tires for your car. The following explains what the letters and numbers in the tire size designation mean. 7-34 Example tire size designation: (These numbers are provided as an example only; your tire size designator could vary depending on your vehicle.) 205/55 R16 91H 205 - Tire width in millimeters. 55 - Aspect ratio. The tire’s section height as a percentage of its width. R - Tire construction code (Radial). 16 - Rim diameter in inches. 91 - Load Index, a numerical code associated with the maximum load the tire can carry. H - Speed Rating Symbol. See the speed rating chart in this section for additional information. Wheel size designation Wheels are also marked with important information that you need if you ever have to replace one. The following explains what the letters and numbers in the wheel size designation mean. Example wheel size designation: 6.5JX16 6.5 - Rim width in inches. J - Rim contour designation. 16 - Rim diameter in inches. Tire speed ratings The chart below lists many of the different speed ratings currently being used for passenger car tires. The speed rating is part of the tire size designation on the sidewall of the tire. This symbol corresponds to that tire’s designed maximum safe operating speed. Maximum Speed 180 km/h (112 mph) 190 km/h (118 mph) 210 km/h (130 mph) 240 km/h (149 mph) Above 240 km/h (149 mph) 4. Tire ply composition and material Any tires that are over six years old, based on the manufacturing date, (including the spare tire) should be replaced by new ones. You can find the manufacturing date on the tire sidewall (possibly on the inside of the wheel), displaying the DOT Code. The DOT Code is a series of numbers on a tire consisting of numbers and English letters. The manufacturing date is designated by the last four digits (characters) of the DOT code. The number of layers or plies of rubber-coated fabric in the tire. Tire manufacturers also must indicate the materials in the tire, which include steel, nylon, polyester, and others. The letter "R" means radial ply construction; the letter "D“ means diagonal or bias ply construction; and the letter "B" means belted-bias ply construction. DOT : XXXX XXXX OOOO The front part of the DOT means a plant code number, tire size and tread pattern and the last four numbers indicate week and year manufactured. For example: DOT XXXX XXXX 1519 represents that the tire was produced in the 15th week of 2019. 5. Maximum permissible inflation pressure This number is the greatest amount of air pressure that should be put in the tire. Do not exceed the maximum permissible inflation pressure. Refer to the Tire and Loading Information label for recommended inflation pressure. 7-35 Maintenance Speed Rating Symbol S T H V Z 3. Checking tire life (TIN : Tire Identification Number) 7 Maintenance 6. Maximum load rating This number indicates the maximum load in kilograms and pounds that can be carried by the tire. When replacing the tires on the vehicle, always use a tire that has the same load rating as the factory installed tire. 7. Uniform tire quality grading Quality grades can be found where applicable on the tire sidewall between tread shoulder and maximum section width. For example: TREADWEAR 200 TRACTION AA TEMPERATURE A 7-36 Tread wear The tread wear grade is a comparative rating based on the wear rate of the tire when tested under controlled conditions on a specified government test course. For example, a tire graded 150 would wear one-and-ahalf times (1½) as well on the government course as a tire graded 100. The relative performance of tires depends upon the actual conditions of their use, however, and may depart significantly from the norm due to variations in driving habits, service practices and differences in road characteristics and climate. These grades are molded on the sidewalls of passenger vehicle tires. The tires available as standard or optional equipment on your vehicle may vary with respect to grade. Traction - AA, A, B & C The traction grades, from highest to lowest, are AA, A, B and C. Those grades represent the tire’s ability to stop on wet pavement as measured under controlled conditions on specified government test surfaces of asphalt and concrete. A tire marked C may have poor traction performance. WARNING The traction grade assigned to this tire is based on straightahead braking traction tests, and does not include acceleration, cornering, hydroplaning, or peak traction characteristics. WARNING The temperature grade for this tire is established for a tire that is properly inflated and not overloaded. Excessive speed, under-inflation, over-inflation, or excessive loading, either separately or in combination, can cause heat build-up and possible sudden tire failure. This may cause loss of vehicle control resulting in an accident. Low aspect ratio tires (if equipped) A low aspect ratio tire, of which the aspect ratio is lower than 50, is designed for a sporty-look vehicle. The low aspect ratio is to optimize handling and braking. Thus, it may be uncomfortable to ride and it may generate noises, in comparison with a normal tire. Maintenance Temperature - A, B & C The temperature grades are A (the highest), B and C representing the tire’s resistance to the generation of heat and its ability to dissipate heat when tested under controlled conditions on a specified indoor laboratory test wheel. Sustained high temperature can cause the material of the tire to degenerate and reduce tire life, and excessive temperature can lead to sudden tire failure. Grades B and A represent higher levels of performance on the laboratory test wheel than the minimum required by law. 7 7-37 Maintenance CAUTION The side wall of a low aspect ratio tire is shorter than the normal one. Thus, the low-aspect wheel and tire are easily damaged. Follow the below instructions. • When driving on a rough road or driving off a road, be careful not to damage the tires and wheels. After driving, inspect the tires and wheels. • When passing over a pothole, speed bump, manhole, or curb stone, slowly drive the vehicle not to damage the tires and wheels. • When there is an impact on a tire, inspect the tire condition. Or, contact an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. (Continued) 7-38 (Continued) • Inspect the tire condition and pressure every 3,000 km (1,800 miles) to prevent a tire damage. • It is difficult to recognize a tire damage only with your eyes. When there is a slight hint of a tire damage, check and replace the tire to prevent the damage caused by air leakage. • When a tire is damaged while driving on a rough road, off a road, or over obstacles, such as a pothole, manhole, or curb stone, your warranty does not cover the damage. • The tire information is specified on the tire side wall. FUSES ■ Blade type Normal Blown ■ Cartridge type Normal Blown ■ Multi fuse Blown OAEE076008 A vehicle’s electrical system is protected from electrical overload damage by fuses. This vehicle has 2 (or 3) fuse panels, one located in the driver’s side panel bolster, the other in the motor compartment. i Information Three kinds of fuses are used: blade type for lower amperage rating, cartridge type, and multi fuse for higher amperage ratings. WARNING NEVER replace a fuse with anything but another fuse of the same rating. • A higher capacity fuse could cause damage and possibly cause a fire. • Do not install a wire or aluminum foil instead of the proper fuse - even as a temporary repair. It may cause extensive wiring damage and possibly a fire. NOTICE Do not use a screwdriver or any other metal object to remove fuses because it may cause a short circuit and damage the system. 7-39 Maintenance Normal If any of your vehicle’s lights, accessories, or controls do not work, check the appropriate circuit fuse. If a fuse has blown, the element inside the fuse will be melted or broken. If the electrical system does not work, first check the driver’s side fuse panel. Before replacing a blown fuse, turn the vehicle and all switches off, and then disconnect the negative battery cable. Always replace a blown fuse with one of the same rating. If the replacement fuse blows, this indicates an electrical problem. Avoid using the system involved and immediately consult an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. 7 Maintenance Instrument panel fuse replacement In an emergency, if you do not have a spare fuse, use a fuse of the same rating from a circuit you may not need for operating the vehicle, such as the cigarette lighter fuse. If the headlamps or other electrical components do not work and the fuses are OK, check the fuse panel in the motor compartment. If a fuse is blown, it must be replaced with the same rating. OAEE076010 OAEE079009 1. Turn the vehicle off. 2. Turn all other switches off. 3. Open the fuse panel cover. 4. Refer to the label on the inside of the fuse panel cover to locate the suspected fuse location. 7-40 5. Pull the suspected fuse straight out. Use the removal tool provided in the motor compartment fuses panel. 6. Check the removed fuse; replace it if it is blown. Spare fuses are provided in the instrument panel fuse panels (or in the motor compartment fuse panel). 7. Push in a new fuse of the same rating, and make sure it fits tightly in the clips. If it fits loosely, we recommended that you consult an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. Fuse switch i Information Motor compartment panel fuse replacement ■ Blade type fuse OAEE079011 OAEE076033 ■ Cartridge type fuse Maintenance Always, place the fuse switch to the ON position. If you move the switch to the OFF position, some items such as the audio system and digital clock must be reset and the smart key may not work properly. OIK057165L If the fuse switch is OFF, “Turn on FUSE SWITCH” message will appear. NOTICE • Always place the fuse switch in the ON position while driving the vehicle. • Do not move the transportation fuse switch repeatedly. The fuse switch may be damaged. 7 OAEE076045L 1. Turn the vehicle off. 2. Turn all other switches off. 3. Remove the fuse panel cover by pressing the tap and pulling up. 7-41 Maintenance 4. Check the removed fuse; replace it if it is blown. To remove or insert the fuse, use the fuse puller in the motor compartment fuse panel. 5. Push in a new fuse of the same rating, and make sure it fits tightly in the clips. If it fits loosely, consult an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. Multi fuse Fuse/relay panel description Instrument panel fuse panel NOTICE After checking the fuse panel in the motor compartment, securely install the fuse panel cover. You may hear a clicking sound if the cover is securely latched. If it is not securely latched, electrical failure may occur from water contact. OAEE076013 If the multi fuse is blown, we recommend that you consult an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. OAEE079014 Inside the fuse/relay box cover, you can find the fuse/relay label describing fuse/relay name and capacity. i Information Not all fuse panel descriptions in this manual may be applicable to your vehicle; the information is accurate at the time of printing. When you inspect the fuse box on your vehicle, refer to the fuse box label. 7-42 Maintenance 7 OAEE076047L 7-43 Maintenance Instrument panel fuse panel Fuse Name Symbol Fuse Rating Circuit Protected 10A Electro Chromic Mirror, A/V & Navigation Head Unit, Audio, Driver IMS Module, Rear Seat Warmer Module, Auto Head Lamp Leveling Device Module, Head Lamp Leveling Device Actuator LH/RH, Vess Unit, Front Air Ventilation Seat Control Module, Front Seat Warmer Control Module 10A Lane Keeping Assist Unit, Crash Pad Switch, FCA Unit, Blind-Spot Collision Warning Radar LH/RH, Electronic Parking Brake Switch Interior Lamp 10A Front Vanity Lamp LH/RH, Room Lamp, Overhead Console Lamp, Luggage Lamp, Wireless Charger Unit, Rain Sensor Air bag 15A SRS Control Module E- Shifter 1 10A SBW Switch, Front Console Switch 5 Module 5 MODULE Module 4 MODULE 4 Ignition 1 IG1 25A PCB Block Cluster CLUSTER 10A Instrument Cluster 10A IPS Control Module, Main Battery Charging Switch, Charge Lamp, PTC Heater, A/V & Navigation Head Unit, Instrument Cluster, A/C Control Module 7.5A Active Air Flap LH/RH 10A Active Air Flap LH/RH, Electric Water Pump (Engine), VPD Sensor, BMS Control Module, E/R Junction Block 7.5A Instrument Cluster 7.5A EPCU, Smart Key Control Module Ignition 3 2 Memory 2 Module 8 Air bag Indicator Start 7-44 2 MEMORY 8 MODULE IND Instrument panel fuse panel Fuse Name Symbol Module 2 MODULE Fuse Rating Circuit Protected E/R Junction Block, Wireless Charger Unit, SBW (Shift-by-wire) Switch, BCM, USB Charging Connector, Smart Key Control Module, Audio, A/V & Navigation Head Unit, Power Outside Mirror Switch, AMP 7.5A Smart Key Control Module MEMORY 10A Instrument Cluster, Driver IMS Module, BCM, A/C Control Module, Auto Light & Photo Sensor, Driver Door Module, Passenger Door Module, ICM Relay Box (Outside Mirror Folding/Unfolding Relay) MULTI MEDIA 10A Audio, A/V & Navigation Head Unit Ignition 3 3 10A CCM Unit Ignition 3 1 10A ICM Relay Box 7.5A EPS Unit 10A Tail Gate Relay, Main Battery Charging Switch, Quick Charging Connector Door Lock/Unlock Actuator(Except Europe), Charging Connector Door Lock/Unlock Actuator (for Europe) 15A Smart Key Control Module 7.5A Front Seat Warmer Control Module, Front Air Ventilation Seat Control Module, Rear Seat Warmer Module 3 Button Start 3 Memory 1 1 Multi Media Electric Power Steering 1 1 Tailgate Button Start 1 Module 7 1 7 MODULE Maintenance 10A 2 7-45 7 Maintenance Instrument panel fuse panel Fuse Name Symbol Fuse Rating Circuit Protected Heated Steering 15A BCM Sunroof 20A Sunroof Motor RH 25A Power Window (RH) Relay, Passenger Power Window Switch, Driver Safety Power Window LH 25A Power Window (LH) Relay, Driver Power Window Switch, Passenger Safety Power Window Module 7.5A Immobilizer Module, Smart Key Control Module, Start/Stop Button Switch 7.5A Stop Lamp Switch, Smart Key Control Module OBC 10A OBC Air conditioner 7.5A Ionizer, A/C Control Module, Electronic A/C Compressor, E/R Junction Block Washer 15A Multifunction Switch 25A Rear Seat Warmer Module 10A CCM Unit(for Europe), Normal Charging Connector Lamp(except Europe), ICM Relay Box (Charging Connector Lock/Unlock Relay) 30A Driver Seat Manual Switch, Driver IMS Module Power Window Right-hand Power Window Left-hand Button Start 2 Brake Switch Seat Heater Rear 2 BRAKE SWITCH RR Charger Power Seat Driver 7-46 DRV Instrument panel fuse panel Fuse Name Symbol AMP Fuse Rating Circuit Protected AMP 10A Driver Power Outside Mirror, Passenger Power Outside Mirror, Data Link Connector, FCA Unit 20A Door Lock/Unlock Relay, ICM Relay Box (Dead Lock Relay), Driver/Passenger Smart Key Outside Handle, Driver/Passenger Door Module 10A Wiper Motor, PCB Block (Front Wiper (Low) Relay) 7.5A BCM, Smart Key Control Module 25A Front Seat Warmer Control Module, Front Air Ventilation Seat Control Module Heated Mirror 10A Driver Power Outside Mirror, Passenger Power Outside Mirror, A/C Control Module Rear Heated 25A Rear Defogger (+) (Upper) 30A Wiper Motor, PCB Block (Front Wiper (Low) Relay) Module 1 1 MODULE Door Lock Wiper Front 2 Module 6 Seat Heater Front Wiper Front 1 FRT2 6 MODULE FRT FRT1 Maintenance 30A 7 7-47 Maintenance Motor compartment fuse panel OAEE076016 Inside the fuse/relay box cover, you can find the fuse/relay label describing fuse/relay name and capacity. i Information Not all fuse panel descriptions in this manual may be applicable to your vehicle; the information is accurate at the time of printing. When you inspect the fuse panel in your vehicle, refer to the fuse panel label. 7-48 OAEE076048L Motor compartment fuse panel Type Fuse Rating MAIN 150A Low Voltage DC-DC Converter, E/R Junction Block 60A PCB Block 60A IGPM 60A IGPM 50A IGPM 60A Engine Room Junction Block 40A Engine Room Junction Block 40A Engine Room Junction Block IG1 40A E/R Junction Block IG2 40A E/R Junction Block 80A EPS Unit 5 2 3 4 Multi Fuse 1 Circuit Protected Maintenance Symbol 7 7-49 Maintenance Motor compartment fuse panel Type Symbol Engine Room Junction Block 10A E/R Junction Block, Multipurpose Check Connector 40A IGPM 30A Electronic Parking Brake Switch 30A Electronic Parking Brake Switch 1 ACTIVE HYDRAULIC BOSSTER 40A Multipurpose Check Connector, IBAU 2 ACTIVE HYDRAULIC BOSSTER 30A Multipurpose Check Connector, IBAU 40A Engine Room Junction Block 20A Cigarette Lighter 20A Power Outlet 15A IGPM, Rear Defogger (+) (Lower) 1 POWER OUTLET 3 POWER OUTLET 2 POWER OUTLET 2 7-50 Circuit Protected 25A 1 Fuse Fuse Rating Motor compartment fuse panel Type Symbol Fuse Rating Circuit Protected 10A SCU, SBW Switch, Front Console Switch 10A Engine Room Junction Block, Electronic A/C Compressor 10A Electric Water Pump (EV) 15A ICM Relay Box 15A Active Air Flap, E/R Junction Block 15A BMS Control Module 10A Burglar Alarm Horn Relay 10A EPCU 10A Multipurpose Check Connector, IBAU 10A EPCU, OBC, VPD Relay, BMS Control Module Maintenance Fuse 7 7-51 Maintenance Motor compartment fuse panel Type Fuse 7-52 Symbol Fuse Rating Circuit Protected 15A EPCU 20A PCB Block 20A Horn Relay Motor compartment fuse panel (Battery terminal cover) Maintenance OAEE076018 Inside the fuse/relay box cover, you can find the fuse/relay label describing fuse/relay name and capacity. i Information Not all fuse panel descriptions in this manual may be applicable to your vehicle; the information is accurate at the time of printing. When you inspect the fuse panel in your vehicle, refer to the fuse panel label. 7 OAEE076043 NOTICE After checking the fuse panel in the motor compartment, securely install the cover. If it is not securely latched, electrical failure may occur from water contact. 7-53 Maintenance LIGHT BULBS Consult an authorized HYUNDAI dealer to replace most vehicle light bulbs. It is difficult to replace vehicle light bulbs because other parts of the vehicle must be removed before you can get to the bulb. This is especially true for removing the headlamp assembly to get to the bulb(s). Removing/installing the headlamp assembly can result in damage to the vehicle. i Information The headlamp and tail lamp lenses could appear frosty if the vehicle is washed after driving or the vehicle is driven at night in wet weather. This condition is caused by temperature difference between the lamp inside and outside and, it does not indicate a problem with your vehicle. When moisture condenses in the lamp, it will be removed after driving with the headlamp on. The removable level may differ depending on lamp size, lamp position and environmental condition. However, if moisture is not removed, we recommend that your vehicle is inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. 7-54 WARNING • Prior to replacing a lamp, depress the foot brake, shift to P (Park), apply the parking brake, place the POWER button in the OFF position and take the key with you when leaving the vehicle to avoid sudden movement of the vehicle and to prevent possible electric shock. • Be aware the bulbs may be hot and may burn your fingers. i Information • A normally functioning lamp may flicker momentarily to stabilize the vehicle’s electrical control system. However, if the lamp goes out after flickering momentarily, or continues to flicker, we recommend the system be checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. • The position lamp may not turn on when the position lamp switch is turned on, but the position lamp and headlamp switch may turn on when the headlamp switch is turned on. This may be caused by network failure or vehicle electrical control system malfunction. If this occurs, we recommend the system be checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. Headlamp, position lamp, turn signal lamp bulb replacement Type A WARNING OAE076052 OAE076028 (1) Headlamp (Low) (2) Headlamp (High) (3) Turn signal lamp (4) Position lamp care. Halogen bulbs contain pressurized gas that will produce flying pieces of glass that could cause injuries if broken. • Wear eye protection when changing a bulb. Allow the bulb to cool down before handling it. i Information Traffic Change (For Europe) The low beam light distribution is asymmetric. If you go abroad to a country with opposite traffic direction, this asymmetric part will dazzle oncoming car driver. To prevent dazzle, ECE regulation demand several technical solutions (ex. automatic change system, adhesive sheet, down aiming). This headlamps are designed not to dazzle opposite drivers. So, you need not change your headlamps in a country with opposite traffic direction. 7-55 Maintenance • Handle halogen bulbs with • Always handle them carefully, and avoid scratches and abrasions. If the bulbs are lit, avoid contact with liquids. • Never touch the glass with bare hands. Residual oil may cause the bulb to overheat and burst when lit. • A bulb should be operated only when installed in a headlamp. • If a bulb becomes damaged or cracked, replace it immediately and carefully dispose of it. 7 Maintenance Position lamp Low beam i Information The headlamp aiming should be adjusted after an accident or after the headlamp assembly is reinstalled at an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. High beam OAE076030 OAE076031 Headlamp and position lamp 1. Open the hood. 2. Disconnect the negative battery cable. 3. Remove the bulb cover (1) by turning it counterclockwise. 4. Disconnect the bulb socket-connector. (for low beam and high beam) 5. Remove the bulb from the headlamp assembly. 6. Install a new bulb. 7. Connect the bulb socket-connector. (for low beam and high beam) 8. Install the bulb cover (1) by turning it clockwise. Turn signal lamp 1. Open the hood. 2. Disconnect the negative battery cable. 3.Remove the socket from the assembly by turning the socket counterclockwise until the tabs on the socket align with the slots on the assembly. 4.Remove the bulb from the socket by pressing it in and rotating it counterclockwise until the tabs on the bulb align with the slots in the socket. Pull the bulb out of the socket. 7-56 5.Insert a new bulb by inserting it into the socket and rotating it until it locks into place. 6.Install the socket into the assembly by aligning the tabs on the socket with the slots in the assembly. 7.Push the socket into the assembly and turn the socket clockwise. Type B WARNING HID headlamp Do not attempt to replace or inspect the low beam (XENON bulb) due to electric shock danger. If the low beam (XENON bulb) is not working, have your vehicle checked by an authorized HYUNDAI Dealer. OAE078052 Headlamp and position lamp If the light bulb does not operate, we recommend that you have the vehicle checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. i Information If your vehicle is equipped with High Intensity Discharge (HID) headlamps, these headlamps contain mercury. So if you need to have your vehicle disposed, you should remove the HID Headlamps before disposal. The removed HID headlamps should be recycled, re-used or disposed as hazardous waste. 7-57 Maintenance (1) Headlamp (high) (2) Headlamp (low) (3) Turn signal lamp (4) Position lamp 7 Maintenance i Information HID lamps have superior performance vs. halogen bulbs. HID lamps are estimated by the manufacturer to last twice as long or longer than halogen bulbs depending on their frequency of use. They will probably require replacement at some point in the life of the vehicle. Cycling the headlamps on and off more than typical use will shorten HID lamps life. HID lamps do not fail in the same manner as halogen incandescent lamps. If a headlamp goes out after a period of operation but will immediately relight when the headlamp switch is cycled it is likely the HID lamp needs to be replaced. HID lighting components are more complex than conventional halogen bulbs thus have higher replacement cost. i Information The headlamp aiming should be adjusted after an accident or after the headlamp assembly is reinstalled at an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. 7-58 i Information Traffic Change (For Europe) The low beam light distribution is asymmetric. If you go abroad to a country with opposite traffic direction, this asymmetric part will dazzle oncoming car driver. To prevent dazzle, ECE regulation demand several technical solutions (ex. automatic change system, adhesive sheet, down aiming). This headlamps are designed not to dazzle opposite drivers. So, you need not change your headlamps in a country with opposite traffic direction. OAEPH078041 Turn signal lamp 1. Open the hood. 2. Disconnect the negative battery cable. 3.Remove the socket from the assembly by turning the socket counterclockwise until the tabs on the socket align with the slots on the assembly. 4.Remove the bulb from the socket by pressing it in and rotating it counterclockwise until the tabs on the bulb align with the slots in the socket. Pull the bulb out of the socket. 5.Insert a new bulb by inserting it into the socket and rotating it until it locks into place. 6.Install the socket into the assembly by aligning the tabs on the socket with the slots in the assembly. 7.Push the socket into the assembly and turn the socket clockwise. Headlamp aiming (For Europe) Headlamp aiming ■ Without headlight leveling device • Type B • Type A OAE076057L/OAEE076050L 1. Inflate the tires to the specified pressure and remove any loads from the vehicle except the driver, spare tire, and tools. 7-59 Maintenance OAE076056L/OAEE076049L ■ With headlight leveling device • Type B • Type A 2. The vehicle should be placed on a flat floor. 3. Draw vertical lines (Vertical lines passing through respective head lamp centers) and a horizontal line (Horizontal line passing through center of head lamps) on the screen. 4. With the headlamp and battery in normal condition, aim the headlamps so the brightest portion falls on the horizontal and vertical lines. 5. To aim the low beam left or right, turn the driver clockwise or counterclockwise. To aim the low beam up or down, turn the driver clockwise or counterclockwise. To aim the high beam up or down, turn the driver clockwise or counterclockwise. 7 Maintenance Aiming point H1 : Height between the head lamp bulb center and ground (Low beam) H2 : Height between the head lamp bulb center and ground (High beam) W1 : Distance between the two head lamp bulbs centers (Low beam) W2 : Distance between the two head lamp bulbs centers (High beam) OAEE079068L ■ Type A ■ Type B Vehicle condition H1 H2 W1 W2 Without driver 738.6 (29.08) 712.8 (28.06) 1,465 (57.67) 1,238 (48.74) With driver 731.6 (28.80) 705.8 (27.78) 1,465 (57.67) 1,238 (48.74) 7-60 Unit: mm (in) Vehicle condition H1 H2 Without driver 724.6 (28.52) 706.2 (27.80) With driver 717.6 (28.25) 699.2 (27.53) W1 W2 1400.8 (55.14) 1175.2 (46.26) Headlamp low beam (LHD side) ■ Based on 10m screen &DUD[LV 9HUWLFDOOLQHRIOHIW KHDGODPSEXOEFHQWHU 9HUWLFDOOLQHRIULJKW KHDGODPSEXOEFHQWHU +RUL]RQWDOOLQHRI KHDGODPSEXOEFHQWHU &XWRIIOLQH  Maintenance : /RZEHDP + /RZEHDP 7 *5281' OAEE076052L 1. Turn the low beam on without driver aboard. 2. The cut-off line should be projected in the cut-off line shown in the picture. 3. When aiming the low beam, vertical aiming should be adjusted after adjusting the horizontal aiming. 4. If headlamp leveling device is equipped, adjust the head lamp leveling device switch to “0”. 7-61 Maintenance Headlamp low beam (RHD side) ■ Based on 10m screen &DUD[LV 9HUWLFDOOLQHRIOHIW KHDGODPSEXOEFHQWHU 9HUWLFDOOLQHRIULJKW KHDGODPSEXOEFHQWHU +RUL]RQWDOOLQHRI KHDGODPSEXOEFHQWHU &XWRIIOLQH  : /RZEHDP + /RZEHDP *5281' OAEE076053L 1. Turn the low beam on without driver aboard. 2. The cut-off line should be projected in the cut-off line shown in the picture. 3. When aiming the low beam, vertical aiming should be adjusted after adjusting the horizontal aiming. 4. If headlamp leveling device is equipped, adjust the head lamp leveling device switch to “0”. 7-62 Daytime running lamp Side repeater lamp replacement Rear combination lamp bulb replacement OAE078049 OAE076034 If the LED lamp does not operate, we recommend that you have the vehicle checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. OAE078053 (1) Stop/Tail lamp (2) Turn signal lamp (3) Tail lamp (4) Backup lamp (5) Stop lamp Maintenance If the LED lamp does not operate, we recommend that you have the vehicle checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. 7 Stop/Tail lamp If the LED lamp does not operate, we recommend that you have the vehicle checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. 7-63 Maintenance Turn signal lamp OAE076037 OAE076038 OAEPH078031 Turn signal lamp 1. Turn off the vehicle. 2. Open the tailgate. 3. Open the lamp assembly retaining screw covers. 4. Loosen the lamp assembly retaining screws with a cross-tip screwdriver. 5. Remove the rear combination lamp assembly from the body of the vehicle. 6. Remove the socket from the assembly by turning the socket counterclockwise until the tabs on the socket align with the slots on the assembly. 7. Remove the bulb from the socket by pressing it in and rotating it counterclockwise until the tabs on the bulb align with the slots in the socket. Pull the bulb out of the socket. 8. Insert a new bulb by inserting it into the socket and rotating it until it locks into place. 9. Install the socket into the assembly by aligning the tabs on the socket with the slots in the assembly. Push the socket into the assembly and turn the socket clockwise. 7-64 10. Reinstall the lamp assembly to the body of the vehicle Back up lamp 6. Insert a new bulb by inserting it into the socket and rotating it until it locks into place. 7. Install the socket into the assembly by aligning the tabs on the socket with the slots in the assembly. Push the socket into the assembly and turn the socket clockwise. 8. Reinstall the service cover. OAEPH078040 Backup lamp 1. Turn off the vehicle. 2. Open the tailgate. 3. Remove the service cover using a flat-blade screwdriver. Maintenance OAEE079025 4. Remove the socket from the assembly by turning the socket counterclockwise until the tabs on the socket align with the slots on the assembly. 5. Remove the bulb by pulling it straight out. 7 7-65 Maintenance Rear fog lamp (if equipped) If the LED lamp does not operate, we recommend that you have the vehicle checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. License plate light bulb replacement Interior light bulb replacement Map lamp and room lamp ■ Map lamp (LED type) High mounted stop lamp OAE076044 OAE079043 If the high mounted stop lamp does not operate, we recommend that you contact an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. 1. Using a flat-blade screwdriver, gently pry the lens cover from the lamp housing. 2. Remove the bulb by pulling it straight out. 3. Install a new bulb. 4. Reinstall in the reverse order. OAEE076026 ■ Room lamp (LED type) OAEE076027 If the LED lamp does not operate, we recommend that you have the vehicle checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. 7-66 Map lamp, room lamp, vanity mirror lamp and luggage compartment lamp ■ Map lamp (Bulb type) ■ Vanity mirror lamp 1. Using a flat-head screwdriver, gently pry the lens from the interior light housing. 2. Remove the bulb by pulling it straight out. 3. Install a new bulb into the socket. 4. Align the lens tabs with the interior light housing notches and snap the lens into place. NOTICE ■ Luggage compartment lamp Maintenance OAE076048 OAE076045 ■ Room lamp (Bulb type) Use care not to dirty or damage lenses, lens tabs, and plastic housings. 7 OAE076046 OAE076047 7-67 Maintenance APPEARANCE CARE Exterior care Exterior general caution Finish maintenance Washing It is very important to follow the label directions when using any chemical cleaner or polish. Read all warning and caution statements that appear on the label. To help protect your vehicle’s finish from rust and deterioration, wash it thoroughly and frequently at least once a month with lukewarm or cold water. If you use your vehicle for off-road driving, you should wash it after each off-road trip. Pay special attention to the removal of any accumulation of salt, dirt, mud, and other foreign materials. Make sure the drain holes in the lower edges of the doors and rocker panels are kept clear and clean. Insects, tar, tree sap, bird droppings, industrial pollution and similar deposits can damage your vehicle’s finish if not removed immediately. Even prompt washing with plain water may not completely remove all these deposits. A mild soap, safe for use on painted surfaces, should be used. After washing, rinse the vehicle thoroughly with lukewarm or cold water. Do not allow soap to dry on the finish. High-pressure washing • When using high-pressure washers, make sure to maintain sufficient distance from the vehicle. Insufficient clearance or excessive pressure can lead to component damage or water penetration. • Do not spray the camera, sensors or its surrounding area directly with a high pressure washer. Shock applied from high pressure water may cause the device to not operate normally. • Do not bring the nozzle tip close to boots (rubber or plastic covers) or connectors as they may be damaged if they come into contact with high pressure water. 7-68 WARNING After washing the vehicle, test the brakes while driving slowly to see if they have been affected by water before getting on the road. If braking performance is impaired, dry the brakes by applying them lightly while maintaining a slow forward speed. NOTICE • Do not use strong soap, chemical detergents or hot water, and do not wash the vehicle in direct sunlight or when the body of the vehicle is warm. • Be careful when washing the side windows of your vehicle. Especially, with high-pressure water, water may leak through the windows and wet the interior. • To prevent damage to the plastic parts, do not clean with chemical solvents or strong detergents. • To prevent damage to the charging door, make sure to close and lock the vehicle doors when washing (high-pressure washing, automatic car washing, etc.) the vehicle. OAEE079046L NOTICE • Water washing in the motor compartment including high pressure water washing may cause the failure of electrical circuits located in the motor compartment. • Never allow water or other liquids to come in contact with electrical/electronic components inside the vehicle as this may damage them. 7-69 Maintenance High-pressure washing • When using high-pressure washers, make sure to maintain sufficient distance from the vehicle. Insufficient clearance or excessive pressure can lead to component damage or water penetration. • Do not spray the camera, sensors or its surrounding area directly with a high pressure washer. Shock applied from high pressure water may cause the device to not operate normally. • Do not bring the nozzle tip close to boots (rubber or plastic covers) or connectors as they may be damaged if they come into contact with high pressure water. 7 Maintenance NOTICE Matte paint finish vehicle Automatic car wash which uses rotating brushes should not be used as this can damage the surface of your vehicle. A steam cleaner which washes the vehicle surface at high temperature may result the oil to adhere and leave stains that is difficult to remove. Use a soft cloth (e.g. microfiber towel or sponge) when washing your vehicle and dry with a microfiber towel. When you hand wash your vehicle, you should not use a cleaner that finishes with wax. If the vehicle surface is too dirty (sand, dirt, dust, contaminant, etc.), clean the surface with water before washing the vehicle. 7-70 Waxing A good coat of wax is a barrier between your paint and contaminate. Keeping a good coat of wax on your vehicle will help protect it. Wax the vehicle when water will no longer bead on the paint. Always wash and dry the vehicle before waxing. Use a good quality liquid or paste wax, and follow the manufacturer’s instructions. Wax all metal trim to protect it and to maintain its luster. Removing oil, tar, and similar materials with a spot remover will usually strip the wax from the finish. Be sure to re-wax these areas even if the rest of the vehicle does not yet need waxing. NOTICE • Wiping dust or dirt off the body with a dry cloth will scratch the finish. • Do not use steel wool, abrasive cleaners, or strong detergents containing highly alkaline or caustic agents on chrome-plated or anodized aluminum parts.This may result in damage to the protective coating and cause discoloration or paint deterioration. NOTICE Matte paint finish vehicle Do not use any polish protector such as a detergent, an abrasive and a polish. In case wax is applied, remove the wax immediately using a silicon remover and if any tar or tar contaminant is on the surface use a tar remover to clean. However, be careful not to apply too much pressure on the painted area. Bright-metal maintenance Deep scratches or stone chips in the painted surface must be repaired promptly. Exposed metal will quickly rust and may develop into a major repair expense. • To remove road tar and insects, use a tar remover, not a scraper or other sharp object. • To protect the surfaces of brightmetal parts from corrosion, apply a coating of wax or chrome preservative and rub to a high luster. • During winter weather or in coastal areas, cover the bright metal parts with a heavier coating of wax or preservative. If necessary, coat the parts with non-corrosive petroleum jelly or other protective compound. NOTICE If your vehicle is damaged and requires any metal repair or replacement, be sure the body shop applies anti-corrosion materials to the parts repaired or replaced. NOTICE Matte paint finish vehicle In case of matte paint finish vehicles, it is impossible to modify only the damaged area and repair of the whole part is necessary. If the vehicle is damaged and painting is required, we recommend that you have your vehicle maintained and repaired by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. Take extreme care, as it is difficult to restore the quality after the repair. Thoroughly flush the vehicle underbody and wheel openings with lukewarm or cold water once a month, after off-road driving and at the end of each winter. Pay special attention to these areas because it is difficult to see all the mud and dirt. It will do more harm than good to wet down the road grime without removing it. The lower edges of doors, rocker panels, and frame members have drain holes that should not be allowed to clog with dirt; trapped water in these areas can cause rusting. WARNING Underbody maintenance Corrosive materials used for ice and snow removal and dust control may collect on the underbody. If these materials are not removed, accelerated rusting can occur on underbody parts such as the fuel lines, frame, floor pan and exhaust system, even though they have been treated with rust protection. After washing the vehicle, test the brakes while driving slowly to see if they have been affected by water. If braking performance is impaired, dry the brakes by applying them lightly while maintaining a slow forward speed. 7-71 Maintenance Finish damage repair 7 Maintenance Aluminum wheel maintenance The aluminum wheels are coated with a clear protective finish. NOTICE • Do not use abrasive cleaner, polishing compound, solvent, or wire brushes on aluminum wheels. • Clean the wheel when it has cooled. • Use only a mild soap or neutral detergent, and rinse thoroughly with water. Also, clean the wheels after driving on salted roads. • Do not wash the wheels with high-speed car wash brushes. • Do not use any cleaners containing acid or alkaline detergents. 7-72 Corrosion protection Protecting your vehicle from corrosion By using the most advanced design and construction practices to combat corrosion, HYUNDAI produces vehicles of the highest quality. However, this is only part of the job. To achieve the long-term corrosion resistance your vehicle can deliver, the owner’s cooperation and assistance is also required. Common causes of corrosion The most common causes of corrosion on your vehicle are: • Road salt, dirt and moisture that is allowed to accumulate underneath the vehicle. • Removal of paint or protective coatings by stones, gravel, abrasion or minor scrapes and dents which leave unprotected metal exposed to corrosion. High-corrosion areas If you live in an area where your vehicle is regularly exposed to corrosive materials, corrosion protection is particularly important. Some of the common causes of accelerated corrosion are road salts, dust control chemicals, ocean air and industrial pollution. Moisture breeds corrosion Moisture creates the conditions in which corrosion is most likely to occur. For example, corrosion is accelerated by high humidity, particularly when temperatures are just above freezing. In such conditions, the corrosive material is kept in contact with the vehicle surfaces by moisture that is slow to evaporate. Mud is particularly corrosive because it is slow to dry and holds moisture in contact with the vehicle. Although the mud appears to be dry, it can still retain moisture and promote corrosion. High temperatures can also accelerate corrosion of parts that are not properly ventilated so the moisture can be dispersed. For all these reasons, it is particularly important to keep your vehicle clean and free of mud or accumulations of other materials. This applies not only to the visible surfaces but particularly to the underside of the vehicle. • If you live in a high-corrosion area — where road salts are used, near the ocean, areas with industrial pollution, acid rain, etc.—, you should take extra care to prevent corrosion. In winter, hose off the underside of your vehicle at least once a month and be sure to clean the underside thoroughly when winter is over. Keep your garage dry Don’t park your vehicle in a damp, poorly ventilated garage. This creates a favorable environment for corrosion. This is particularly true if you wash your vehicle in the garage or drive it into the garage when it is still wet or covered with snow, ice or mud. Even a heated garage can contribute to corrosion unless it is well ventilated so moisture is dispersed. Keep paint and trim in good condition Scratches or chips in the finish should be covered with "touch-up" paint as soon as possible to reduce the possibility of corrosion. If bare metal is showing through, the attention of a qualified body and paint shop is recommended. Bird droppings are highly corrosive and may damage painted surfaces in just a few hours. Always remove bird droppings as soon as possible. 7-73 Maintenance To help prevent corrosion Keep your vehicle clean The best way to prevent corrosion is to keep your vehicle clean and free of corrosive materials. Attention to the underside of the vehicle is particularly important. • When cleaning underneath the vehicle, pay particular attention to the components under the fenders and other areas that are hidden from view. Do a thorough job; just dampening the accumulated mud rather than washing it away will accelerate corrosion rather than prevent it. Water under high pressure and steam are particularly effective in removing accumulated mud and corrosive materials. • When cleaning lower door panels, rocker panels and frame members, be sure that drain holes are kept open so that moisture can escape and not be trapped inside to accelerate corrosion. 7 Maintenance Interior care Interior general precautions Prevent caustic solutions such as perfume and cosmetic oil, from contacting the interior parts because they may cause damage or discoloration. If they do contact the interior parts, wipe them off immediately. See the instructions for the proper way to clean vinyl. NOTICE • Never allow water or other liquids to come in contact with electrical/electronic components inside the vehicle as this may damage them. • When cleaning leather products (steering wheel, seats etc.), use neutral detergents or low alcohol content solutions. If you use high alcohol content solutions or acid/ alkaline detergents, the color of the leather may fade or the surface may get stripped off. 7-74 Cleaning the upholstery and interior trim Vinyl (if equipped) Remove dust and loose dirt from vinyl with a whisk broom or vacuum cleaner. Clean vinyl surfaces with a vinyl cleaner. Fabric (if equipped) Remove dust and loose dirt from fabric with a whisk broom or vacuum cleaner. Clean with a mild soap solution recommended for upholstery or carpets. Remove fresh spots immediately with a fabric spot cleaner. If fresh spots do not receive immediate attention, the fabric can be stained and its color can be affected. Also, its fire-resistant properties can be reduced if the material is not properly maintained. NOTICE Using anything but recommended cleaners and procedures may affect the fabric’s appearance and fire-resistant properties. Leather (if equipped) • Features of seat leather - Leather is made from the outer skin of an animal, which goes through a special process to be available for use. Since it is a natural product, each part differs in thickness or density. Wrinkles may appear as a natural result of stretching and shrinking depending on the temperature and humidity. - The seat is made of stretchable fabric to improve comfort. - The parts contacting the body are curved and the side supporting area is high which provides driving comfort and stability. - Wrinkles may appear naturally from usage. It is not a fault of the products. NOTICE • Cleaning the leather seats - Remove all contaminations instantly. Refer to instructions below for removal of each contaminant. - Cosmetic products (sunscreen, foundation, etc.) Apply cleansing cream on a cloth and wipe the contaminated spot. Wipe off the cream with a wet cloth and remove water with a dry cloth. - Beverages (coffee, soft drink, etc.) Apply a small amount of neutral detergent and wipe until contaminations do not smear. - Oil Remove oil instantly with absorbable cloth and wipe with stain remover used only for natural leather. - Chewing gum Harden the gum with ice and remove gradually. 7-75 Maintenance • Wrinkles or abrasions which appear naturally from usage are not covered by warranty. • Belts with metallic accessories, zippers or keys inside the back pocket may damage the seat fabric. • Make sure not to wet the seat. It may change the nature of natural leather. • Jeans or clothes which could bleach may contaminate the surface of the seat covering fabric. • Caring for the leather seats - Vacuum the seat periodically to remove dust and sand on the seat. It will prevent abrasion or damage of the leather and maintain its quality. - Wipe the natural leather seat cover often with dry or soft cloth. - Use of proper leather protector may prevent abrasion of the cover and helps maintain the color. Be sure to read the instructions and consult a specialist when using leather coating or protective agent. - Light colored (beige, cream beige) leather is easily contaminated and the stain is noticeable. Clean the seats frequently. - Avoid wiping with wet cloth. It may cause the surface to crack. 7 Maintenance Cleaning the seat belt webbing Clean the belt webbing with any mild soap solution recommended for cleaning upholstery or carpet. Follow the instructions provided with the soap. Do not bleach or re-dye the webbing because this may weaken the seat belt. Cleaning the interior window glass If the interior glass surfaces of the vehicle become fogged (that is, covered with an oily, greasy or waxy film), they should be cleaned with glass cleaner. Follow the directions on the glass cleaner container. NOTICE Do not scrape or scratch the inside of the rear window. This may result in damage to the rear window defroster grid. 7-76 Specifications & Consumer information Specifications & Consumer information Dimensions ..............................................................8-2 Electric vehicle specifications..............................8-2 Bulb wattage...........................................................8-3 Tires and wheels ....................................................8-4 Tire load and speed capacity ...............................8-5 Air conditioning system ........................................8-5 Volume and weight ................................................8-5 Recommended lubricants and capacities ...........8-6 Vehicle identification number (VIN)....................8-7 Vehicle certification label .....................................8-7 Tire specification and pressure label .................8-8 Motor number.........................................................8-8 Air conditioner compressor label ........................8-8 Declaration of conformity ....................................8-9 8 Specifications & Consumer information DIMENSIONS Items mm (in) Overall length 4,470 (175.9) Overall width 1,820 (71.6) Overall height For Europe 1,475 (58) Except Europe 1,475 (58) Front tread 1,552 (61.1) Rear tread 1,564 (61.5) Wheelbase 2,700 (106.3) ELECTRIC VEHICLE SPECIFICATIONS Motor Max. Output (kW) 100 Max. Torque (Nm) 295 OBC : On-Board Battery Chargers 8-2 Battery (Lithium-Ion Polymer) Capacity (kWh) 38.3 Power Output (kW) 113 Charger (OBC) Voltage (V) 319 Max. Output (kW) 7.2 BULB WATTAGE Light bulb Low High Headlamp Type A Front Map lamp Interior Room lamp Vanity mirror lamp Luggage compartment lamp Low/High Type Type Type Type A B A B Wattage 55 60 5 21 LED LED 21 LED LED LED 21 LED 16 LED LED 5 10 LED 8 LED 5 10 Specifications & Consumer information Rear Position lamp Turn signal lamp Headlamp Type B Position lamp Turn signal lamp Daytime running light (DRL) Side repeater lamp Tail/Stop lamp Turn signal lamp Tail lamp Backup lamp Fog lamp High mounted stop lamp License plate lamp Bulb type H7LL 9005HL+ W5W PY21W LED LED PY21W LED LED LED PY21W LED W16W LED LED W5W W10W LED FESTOON LED FESTOON FESTOON 8 8-3 Specifications & Consumer information TIRES AND WHEELS Item Tire size Full size tire 205/60 R16 Wheel size Inflation pressure, bar (kPa, psi) Normal load *1 Front Rear 6.5J X 16 2.5 (250, 36) 2.5 (250, 36) Maximum load Front Rear 2.5 (250, 36) 2.5 (250, 36) Wheel lug nut torque kgf·m (lbf·ft, N•m) 11~13 (79~94, 107~127) *1 : Normal load : Up to 3 persons NOTICE • It is permissible to add 20 kPa (3 psi) to the standard tire pressure specification if colder temperatures are expected soon. Tires typically lose 7 kPa (1 psi) for every 7°C (12°F) temperature drop. If extreme temperature variations are expected, recheck your tire pressure as necessary to keep them properly inflated. • An air pressure generally decreases, as you drive up to a high-altitude area above sea level. Thus, if you plan to drive a high-altitude area, check the tire pressures in advance. If necessary, inflate them to a proper level (Air inflation per altitude: +10 kPa/1 km (+2.4 psi/1 mile). CAUTION When replacing tires, use the same size originally supplied with the vehicle. Using tires of a different size can damage the related parts or not work properly. 8-4 TIRE LOAD AND SPEED CAPACITY Item Full size tire *1 LI : LOAD INDEX Tire size Wheel size 205/60 R16 6.5J X 16 Load Capacity Speed Capacity LI * kg SS *2 km/h 92 630 H 210 1 *2 SS : SPEED SYMBOL Specifications & Consumer information AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM Items without heat pump Refrigerant g (oz.) with heat pump Compressor lubricant g (oz.) Weight of Volume Classification 550±25 (19.40±0.88) 1,100±25 (38.80±0.88) R-1234yf (For Europe) R-134a (Except Europe) 180±10 (6.34±0.35) POE Contact an authorized HYUNDAI dealer for more details. VOLUME AND WEIGHT Luggage volume l (cu ft) Gross vehicle weight 1,970 (4,343) 8 kg (lbs.) Min. Max. 455 (16.0) 1,410 (49.8) Min : Behind rear seat to roof Max : Behind front seat to roof 8-5 Specifications & Consumer information RECOMMENDED LUBRICANTS AND CAPACITIES To help achieve proper vehicle performance and durability, use only lubricants of the proper quality. These lubricants and fluids are recommended for use in your vehicle. Lubricant Reduction gear fluid Volume 1.0 ~ 1.1 l (1.0 ~ 1.1 US qt.) without heat pump 4.1 ~ 4.2 l (4.33 ~ 4.44 US qt.) with heat pump 4.6 ~ 4.7 l (4.86 ~ 4.97 US qt.) Coolant Brake fluid 8-6 Classification 70W, API GL-4, TCGO-9(MS517-14) Designated coolant water for electric vehicles 0.7 ~ 0.8 l DOT 4 (0.74 ~ 0.85 US qt.) (SAE J1704 DOT-4 LV, ISO4925 CLASS-6, FMVSS 116 DOT-4) VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION NUMBER (VIN) ■ Frame number VEHICLE CERTIFICATION LABEL ■ VIN label (if equipped) OAEPH089004L The vehicle identification number (VIN) is the number used in registering your vehicle and in all legal matters pertaining to its ownership, etc. The number is punched on the floor under the passenger's (or driver's) seat. To check the number, open the cover. The VIN is also on a plate attached to the top of the dashboard. The number on the plate can easily be seen through the windshield from outside. OAE086002 The vehicle certification label attached on the driver’s (or front passenger’s) side center pillar gives the vehicle identification number (VIN). Specifications & Consumer information OAE086001 8 8-7 Specifications & Consumer information TIRE SPECIFICATION AND PRESSURE LABEL AIR CONDITIONER COMPRESSOR LABEL MOTOR NUMBER ■ Left-hand drive OAE086002L ■ Right-hand drive The motor number is stamped on the motor block as shown in the drawing. The motor number can be seen from under the vehicle. OAE086002R The tires supplied on your new vehicle are chosen to provide the best performance for normal driving. The tire label located on the driver's side center pillar gives the tire pressures recommended for your vehicle. 8-8 OAEE086001 OHC081001 A compressor label informs you the type of compressor your vehicle is equipped with such as model, supplier part number, production number, refrigerant (1) and refrigerant oil (2). DECLARATION OF CONFORMITY ■ Example Specifications & Consumer information CE0678 The radio frequency components of the vehicle comply with requirements and other relevant provisions of Directive 1995/5/EC. Further information including the manufacturer's declaration of conformity is available on HYUNDAI web site as follows: http://service.hyundai-motor.com 8 8-9 Appendix Шофиране през зимата (Bulgarian)..................9-2 Téli vezetés (Hungarian) .....................................9-6 Vetrarakstur (Icelandic) .....................................9-10 Jazda zimą (Polish)...........................................9-14 Appendix AI Appendix ШОФИРАНЕ ПРЕЗ ЗИМАТА (BULGARIAN) Тежките зимни атмосферни условия могат да предизвикат по-голямо износване и други проблеми. За да сведете до минимум проблемите, свързани с шофирането през зимата, следвайте препоръките подолу: 9-2 Сняг или поледица За да карате своето превозно средство при дълбока снежна покривка може да се наложи да използвате зимни гуми или да поставите вериги върху тях. Ако са необ ходими зимни гуми, трябва да изберете гуми със същия размер и вид като тези на оригиналните гуми. В противен случай това може да се отрази неблагоприятно на безопасността и експлоатацията на Вашия автомобил. Освен това карането с висока скорост, бързото ускорение, внезапното натискане на спирачки и резките завои крият сериозни опасности. При забавяне на скоростта, използвайте доколкото е възможно спирачките на дви гателя. Внезапното натискане на спирачки на заснежена или заледена настилка може да предизвика занасяне. Трябва да под държате достатъчна дистанция между автомобила, който се движи пред Вас, и Вашия автомобил. Освен това натискайте спирачката леко. Следва да се отбележи че инсталирането на веригите върху гума та ще позволи прилагането на по-голяма движеща сила, но няма да предотврати занасянето встрани. К СВЕДЕНИЮ Веригите за гуми не са позволени във всички държави. Проверете норма тивната уредба в своята страна преди да поставите вериги за гуми. Г уми за сняг Ако поставите гуми за сняг на своя авто- мобил се уверете, че това са радиалнигуми със същия размер и товарен индекс като тези на оригиналните гуми. Поставете гуми за сняг на всичките четири колела, за да балансирате експлоатацията на своя автомобил във всякакви атмос- ферни условия. Имайте предвид, че тягата на гумите за сняг върху суха настилка не може да бъде толкова голяма колкото тази на оригиналните гуми. Следва да карате внимателно, дори когато пътищата са почистени. Консултирайте се с доставчика на гуми за максималната препоръчителна скорост. ОСТОРОЖНО Вериги за гуми Размер на гумите за сняг Г умите за сняг следва да са равностойни по размер и тип на тези на стандартните гуми на автомобила. В противен случай това може да се отрази неблагоприятно на безопасността и експлоатацията на Вашия автомобил. Не монтирайте гуми с шипове, преди да сте проверили местните, национални и общински разпоредби за възможни ограничения в тяхната употреба. OAEE059015 9-3 Appendix Тъй като страниците на радиалните гуми са по-тънки, те могат да се повредят, ако върху тях се монтират някои видове вери- ги за сняг. Ето защо се препоръчва изпол- зването на гуми за сняг, а не на вериги за сняг. Не поставяйте вериги върху автомо- били, чиито колела са с алуминиеви джан- ти; веригите за сняг могат да повредят колелата. Ако трябва да се използват вериги за сняг, използвайте телени вериги с дебелина от поне 12 мм. A Appendix Повредата на Вашия автомобил вследствие на непра- вилната употреба на вериги за сняг не е в обхвата на гаранцията на производителя на Вашия автомобил. Поставяйте веригите винаги по две, на предните гуми. Обърнете внимание, че поставянето на вериги на гумите на автомобила осигурява по-добра задвижваща сила, но не предпазва от странични поднасяния. 9-4 ВНИМАНИЕ • Уверете се, че размерът и видът на веригите са правилните за Вашите гуми. Неправилните вериги за сняг могат да повредят каросерията и окачването на автомобила и този тип повреда може да не е в обхвата на производствената гаранция за Вашия автомобил. Също така куките за свързване на веригите за сняг могат да се повредят от намиращите се в контакт с тях автомобилни части, като това може да доведе до разхлабването им. Уверете се, че веригите за сняг са от клас S според класификацията на Дружеството на автомобилните инженери (SAE). (продолжение) (продолжение) • Винаги проверявайте дали веригите са били поставени правилно след като изминете около 0,5 до 1 км, за да се уверите в безопасното им поставяне. Затегнете веригите или ги поставете отново, ако са се разхлабили. Монтиране на вериги Когато инсталирате веригите, следвайте инструкциите на производителя и ги затег- нете максимално. Карайте бавно с инста- лирани вериги. Ако чуете, че веригите са навлезли в контакт с каросерията или шасито, спрете и ги затегнете. Ако те все още са в контакт, намалете скоростта до преустановяване на контакта. Свалете веригите веднага, щом започнете да кара- те по почистените пътища. ОСТОРОЖНО Поставяне на вериги Когато поставяте вериги за сняг, паркирайте автомобила на равно място далеч от пътното движение. Включете аварийните светлини и поставете зад автомобила светлоотразителен триъгълник, ако разполагате с такъв. Винаги поставяйте скоростния лост в положение „P” (Паркиране), задействайте ръчната спирачка и изгасете двигателя на автомобила, преди да поставяте вериги за сняг. ОСТОРОЖНО • Веригите с грешен размер или тези, които са неправилно инсталирани, могат да повредят спирачните накладки, окачването, каросерията и колелата. • Спрете и затегнете веригите повтор- но винаги, щом ги чуете да удрят автомобила. Appendix Вериги за гуми • Използването на вериги може да се отрази неблагоприятно на работата на Вашия автомобил. • Не надвишавайте пределната ско- рост, препоръчана от производителя, или скоростта от 30 км/ч, което е по- ниско. • Карайте внимателно и избягвайте неравности, дупки, резки завои и други опасности на пътя, които могат да накарат автомобила да подскача. • Избягвайте резките завои или изпол- зването на спирачки, ако колелата са блокирани. ВНИМАНИЕ A 9-5 Appendix TÉLI VEZETÉS (HUNGARIAN) Télen a nehéz időjárási feltételek nagyobb elhasználódást és más problémákat eredményezhetnek. A téli vezetés problémáinak csökkentése érdekében célszerű követnie a következő javaslatokat: 9-6 Havas vagy jeges útviszonyok Mély hóban közlekedéshez szükség lehet téli gumiabroncsok használatára vagy kerekeire hólánc felszerelésére. Ha téli gumiabroncsokra van szüksége, a gyárilag felszerelttel megegyező méretű és típusú gumiabroncsot kell választani. Ennek figyelmen kívül hagyása hátrányosan befolyásolja gépkocsija biztonságát és vezethetőségét. Ezen túlmenően a nagy sebességű haladás, a hirtelen gyorsítás, a hirtelen fékezés és a gyors kanyarvétel nagyon veszélyes gyakorlat. Lassításkor a lehető legjobban használja ki motorja fékhatását. Havas vagy jeges úton a hirtelen fékezés megcsúszást okozhat. Elegendően nagy követési távolságot kell tartania saját gépkocsija és az Ön előtt haladó jármű között. Tehát óvatosan fékezzen. Jegyezze meg, hogy hólánc használatakor megnő a hajtóerő, de nem segít az oldalra kicsúszás elkerülésében. MEGJEGYZÉS A hólánc nem legális minden országban. Ellenőrizze az Ön országának törvényeit, mielőtt felszereli a hóláncot. Téli gumiabroncs Ha téli gumiabroncsot akar használni, először győződjön meg arról, hogy ezek megfelelő méretű és terhelhetőségű radiál abroncsok. Kifejezetten javasoljuk, hogy mind a négy kerékre szereltessen téli gumiabroncsot, hogy biztosítsa gépkocsija jó vezethetőségét. Ne feledje, hogy a téli gumiabroncsok tapadása száraz úton nem olyan jó, mint a gépkocsira eredetileg felszerelt gumiabroncsoké. Még tiszta úton is óvatosan kell vezetnie. Tájékozódjon a gumiszerelőnél a megengedett legnagyobb sebességgel kapcsolatban. VIGYÁZAT! A téli gumiabroncsok mérete Hólánc OAEE059015 Mivel a radiál gumiabroncsok oldalfala vékonyabb, megsérülhetnek bizonyos fajtájú hólánc felszerelésétől. Ezért inkább javasoljuk a téli gumiabroncsok használatát, mint a hólánc használatát. Ne szereljen fel hóláncot alumínium keréktárcsás kerékre, mivel a hólánc sérüléseket okozhat a keréktárcsán. Ha mégis hóláncot kellene használnia, használjon 12 mm-es átmérőnél kisebb, kábeltípusú hóláncot. Gépkocsijának a hólánc helytelen használatából eredő káraira nem vonatkozik a garancia. 9-7 Appendix A téli gumiabroncsnak mind méretében, mind szerkezetében meg kell egyeznie az eredeti nyárival. Ellenkező esetben gépkocsija biztonsága és vezethetősége kedvezőtlenül változhat. Ne szereltessen fel szöges gumiabroncsot, mielőtt tájékozódna a használatukra, illetve esetleges tiltásukra vonatkozó helyi előírásokról. A Appendix A hóláncot mindig párban szerelje fel az első kerekekre. Fontos megjegyezni, hogy a kerekekre felszerelt hólánc nagyobb tapadóerőt biztosít, azonban nem akadályozza meg a kicsúszást oldalra. 9-8 FIGYELEM! • Ügyeljen arra, hogy a hólánc a gumiabroncsaihoz megfelelő méretű és típusú legyen. A nem megfelelő méretű hólánc megrongálhatja gépkocsija karosszériáját és felfüggesztéseit, és erre nem vonatkozik a gépkocsi garanciája. Ezenkívül a hólánc összekötő kapcsai megsérülhetnek a karosszériához ütődéstől, amitől a hólánc meglazulhat, és leeshet a kerékről. Kizárólag az SAE szabvány szerinti „S” osztályú hóláncot használjon. • 0,5 - 1km megtétele után ellenőrizze megfelelő elhelyezkedésüket a biztonságos felszerelésük érdekében. Ha meglazultak, húzza meg újra, vagy szerelje fel ismét a hóláncokat. A hуlбnc felszerelйse A hólánc felszerelésekor figyelmesen kövesse gyártójának utasításait, és a lehető legfeszesebbre húzza meg a láncot. A felszerelt hólánccal lassan közlekedjen. Ha a lánc hozzáverődik a karosszériához vagy az alvázhoz, álljon meg és feszítsen rajta. Ha még mindig hozzáér, lassítson le annyira, hogy megszűnjön a kontaktus. Haladéktalanul távolítsa el a láncokat, amint tiszta útra ér. VIGYÁZAT! Hólánc felszerelése Hólánc felszerelésekor forgalomtól távol eső sík felületen álljon félre. Kapcsolja be a vészvillogót, és tegyen ki elakadásjelző háromszöget a gépkocsi mögé. A hólánc felszerelése előtt mindig kapcsolja P állásba (Parkolás) a sebességváltó választókarját, működtesse a rögzítőféket, majd állítsa le a gépkocsit. VIGYÁZAT! Hólánc • A hólánc használata jelentősen • A nem megfelelő méretű vagy rosszul felszerelt hólánc megrongálhatja gépkocsija féktömlőit, felfüggesztéseit, karosszériáját és a kerekeit. • Álljon meg és húzza feszesebbre a hóláncokat, ha beleütnek a gépkocsi valamelyik alkatrészébe. Appendix korlátozza a gépkocsi kezelhetőségét. • Ne lépje túl a 30 km/h sebességet, vagy a hólánc gyártója által meghatározott maximális sebességet. Mindig a kettő közül alacsonyabb értéket tartsa be. • Vezessen óvatosan, kerülje a bukkanókat, lyukakat, éles kanyarokat és az úton előforduló egyéb veszélyforrásokat, melyek a gépkocsi erős berugózását okozzák. • Tartózkodjon az éles kanyarvételtől és a blokkoló kerekekkel történő fékezéstől. FIGYELEM! A 9-9 Appendix VETRARAKSTUR (ICELANDIC) Akstur í þungri færð og vetrarveðri leiðir til aukins slits á ökutækinu og skapar ýmis vandamál. Hægt er að draga úr erfiðleikum sem fylgja vetrarakstri ef farið er að þessum ráðleggingum: 9-10 Akstur í snjó eða hálku Við akstur í djúpum snjó kann að vera nauðsynlegt að nota vetrarhjólbarða eða setja keðjur á hjólbarðana. Reynist nauðsynlegt að nota vetrarhjólbarða þarf að velja hjólbarða af sömu stærð og gerð og venjulegu hjólbarðarnir. Sé það ekki gert getur það dregið úr öryggi og skert aksturseiginleika ökutækisins. Hraðakstur, skyndileg hröðun, nauðhemlun og krappar beygjur geta enn fremur falið í sér mikla hættu. Þegar dregið er úr hraða er ráðlegt að beita vélarhemlun sem kostur er. Við nauðhemlun á snævi þöktum eða hálum vegum getur ökutækið hæglega runnið til. Nauðsynlegt er að halda hæfilegri fjarlægð á milli þíns ökutækis og ökutækisins fyrir framan. Alltaf ætti að beita hemlinum mjúklega. Hafa ber í huga að ef keðjur eru settar á hjólbarða fæst aukinn drifkraftur en það hindrar þó ekki að ökutækið renni til hliðanna. ATHUGIÐ Notkun snjókeðja er ólögleg í sumum ríkjum. Kynnið ykkur gildandi landslög áður en keðjur eru settar upp. Vetrarhjólbarðar Ef vetrarhjólbarðar eru settir á ökutækið þarf að gæta þess að nota þverofna hjól- barða af sömu stærð og ásþunga og upprunalegu hjólbarðarnir. Setjið vetrarhjólbarða á öll fjögur hjólin til að tryggja örugga stýringu ökutækisins við öll veðurskilyrði. Hafið í huga að á auðum vegi kunna vetrarhjólbarðar að hafa minna grip en hjólbarðarnir sem fylgdu ökutækinu. Því þarf að aka af gætni, jafnvel á auðum vegum. Ráðfærið ykkur við söluaðila hjólbarðanna um ráðlagðan hámarkshraða. VIÐVÖRUN Keðjur á hjólbarða OAEE059015 Hliðar þverofinna hjólbarða eru þynnri en á öðrum hjólbörðum og sumar gerðir snjókeðja geta því valdið skemmdum á þeim. Því er ráðlegt að nota vetrarhjólbarða fremur en keðjur, ef þess er kostur. Setjið aldrei keðjur á hjólbarða ökutækja sem búin eru álfelgum þar sem keðjurnar geta valdið skemmdum á felgunum. Ef óhjákvæmilegt reynist að nota keðjur skal nota vírkeðjur sem eru innan við 12 mm á þykkt. Ábyrgðartrygging söluaðila ökutækisins tekur ekki til skemmda sem orsakast af rangri notkun snjókeðja. 9-11 Appendix Stærðir vetrarhjólbarða Vetrarhjólbarðar ættu að vera af sömu stærð og gerð og hjólbarðarnir sem fylgdu ökutækinu. Misræmi á því getur dregið úr öryggi og skert aksturseiginleika ökutækisins. Áður en negldir hjólbarðar eru settir upp er rétt að kynna sér reglugerðir um notkun slíkra hjólbarða í viðkomandi landi, fylki eða sveitarfélagi. A Appendix Aðeins skal setja keðjur á í pörum og aðeins á framhjólbarðana. Hafa ber í huga að ef keðjur eru settar á hjólbarða fæst aukinn drifkraftur. Það hindrar þó ekki að ökutækið renni til hliðanna. 9-12 VARÚÐ • Gætið þess að snjókeðjurnar séu af þeirri stærð og gerð sem hæfir hjólbörðunum. Notkun snjókeðja af rangri gerð getur valdið skemmdum á yfirbyggingu og fjöðrun ökutækisins og kann að falla utan ábyrgðartryggingar söluaðila ökutækisins. Þá geta festikrókar keðjanna skemmst vegan núnings við íhluti ökutækisins og snjókeðjurnar losnað af hjólbarðanum. Gætið þess að snjókeðjurnar séu með SAEvottun í S-flokki. • Eftir um það bil 0,5-1 km akstur skal ævinlega skoða keðjurnar aftur til að tryggja að þær hafi verið settar upp á réttan og öruggan hátt. Herðið keðjurnar eða setjið þær aftur á ef þær hafa losnað. Uppsetning б keрjum Þegar keðjur eru settar á skal fylgja leiðbeiningum framleiðanda og herða keðjurnar eins mikið og unnt er. Þegar keðjur hafa verið settar á skal aka hægt. Ef hljóð heyrist sem bendir til að keðjurnar séu í snertingu við yfirbyggingu eða undirvagn er rétt að nema staðar og herða keðjurnar. Ef snerting virðist enn eiga sér stað skal hægja aksturinn þar til hljóðið þagnar. Takið keðjurnar niður um leið og komið er á rudda og snjólausa vegi. VIÐVÖRUN VIÐVÖRUN VARÚÐ Uppsetning á keðjum Keðjur á hjólbarða • Séu snjókeðjur af rangri stærð Þegar snjókeðjur eru settar upp skal leggja ökutækinu á sléttum fleti fjarri umferð. Kveikið á viðvörunarljósum ökutækisins og setjið þríhyrningslaga viðvörunarskilti upp fyrir aftan ökutækið, ef það er tiltækt. Hafið ökutækið ævinlega í stöðuhemli og drepið á ökutækinu áður en snjókeðjur eru settar upp. • Notkun keðja getur skert eða rangt upp settar geta þær valdið skemmdum á hemlalögn, fjöðrun, yfirbyggingu og hjólum ökutækisins. • Hvenær sem hljóð bendir til þess að keðjurnar sláist við ökutækið skal stöðva akstur og herða keðjurnar. aksturs- eiginleika ökutækisins. • Akið ekki hraðar en 30 km/klst. eða samkvæmt ráðlögðum hámarkshraða framleiðanda keðjanna, hvort sem reynist lægra. • Akið gætilega og sneiðið hjá þústum, holum, kröppum beygjum og öðrum hættum á veginum, sem gætu valdið hristingi ökutækisins. • Forðist krappar beygjur eða læsta hemlun. Appendix A 9-13 Appendix JAZDA ZIMĄ (POLISH) Surowe warunki pogodowe zimą powodują większe zużycie pojazdu i inne problemy. Aby zminimalizować problemy związane z jazdą w zimie, postępuj zgodnie z poniższymi sugestiami: 9-14 Jazda w warunkach śniegowych i przy oblodzeniu Aby prowadzić pojazd w głębokim śniegu, może okazać się niezbędne użycie opon zimowych lub zainstalowanie łańcuchów śniegowych. Jeśli potrzebne okażą się opony zimowe, konieczne jest wybranie opon o rozmiarze i typie odpowiadających oponom, w jakie pojazd był pierwotnie wyposażony. Jeśli założone zostaną nieodpowiednie opony, będzie to miało negatywny wpływ na bezpieczeństwo i prowadzenie pojazdu. Ponadto jazda z nadmierną prędkością, gwałtowne przyspieszanie, nagłe hamowanie i ostre skręty będą stanowiły potencjalnie bardzo duże niebezpieczeństwo. Podczas zwalniania należy w pełni wykorzystać hamowanie silnikiem. Nagłe hamowanie na zaśnieżonej lub oblodzonej drodze może spowodować poślizg pojazdu. Należy utrzymywać odpowiedni odstęp od pojazdu jadącego z przodu. Hamulców należy używać ostrożnie. Należy pamiętać, że założenie łańcuchów śniegowych zapewni większą siłę napędową, ale nie zapobiegnie ślizganiu się na boki. UWAGA Stosowanie łańcuchów śniegowych nie jest zgodne z prawem we wszystkich krajach. Przed założeniem łańcuchów śniegowych należy sprawdzić przepisy danego kraju. Opony zimowe Kiedy zakładane są opony zimowe, należy upewnić się, że są to opony radialne o takim samym rozmiarze i zakresie obciążeń co pierwotne opony pojazdu. Opony zimowe należy zakładać na wszystkie cztery koła pojazdu, by we wszystkich warunkach pogodowych pojazd pozwalał się prowadzić równomiernie. Należy pamiętać, że przyczepność zapewniana przez opony zimowe na suchej drodze może nie być równie wysoka jak przyczepność pierwotnych opon pojazdu. Pojazd należy prowadzić ostrożnie nawet wtedy, gdy drogi są oczyszczone. Aby poznać informacje na temat zalecanych ograniczeń prędkości dla danych opon, należy skontaktować się ze sprzedawcą opon. OSTRZEŻENIE Łańcuchy śniegowe (przeciwpoślizgowe) Rozmiar opon zimowych Opony zimowe powinny mieć rozmiar i typ odpowiadający standardowym oponom pojazdu. Jeśli tak nie jest, może to mieć negatywny wpływ na bezpieczeństwo i prowadzenie pojazdu. Opon okolcowanych nie należy zakładać bez uprzedniego sprawdzenia w przepisach lokalnych, stanowych i miejskich, czy na ich użycie nie są nałożone ograniczenia. OAEE059015 9-15 Appendix Ponieważ ścianki boczne opon radialnych są cieńsze, założenie niektórych rodzajów łańcuchów śniegowych może spowodować ich uszkodzenie. Z tego względu zaleca się korzystanie z opon zimowych zamiast łańcuchów śniegowych. Łańcuchów śniegowych nie należy zakładać w pojazdach, które są wyposażone w felgi aluminiowe, ponieważ mogą one powodować uszkodzenia felg. Jeśli użycie łańcuchów śniegowych jest niezbędne, należy zastosować łańcuchy drutowe o grubości poniżej 12 mm. A Appendix Uszkodzenia pojazdu spowodowane użyciem niewłaściwych łańcuchów śniegowych nie jest objęte gwarancją producenta pojazdu. Łańcuchy na opony należy zakładać jedynie parami i na przednich oponach. Należy pamiętać, że założenie łańcuchów na oponach zwiększy siłę napędową, ale nie zapobiegnie poślizgowi bocznemu. OSTROŻNIE • Należy upewnić się, że łańcuchy śniegowe mają odpowiedni rozmiar i typ dla opon pojazdu. Zastosowanie niewłaściwych łańcuchów śniegowych może spowodować uszkodzenie nadwozia oraz zawieszenia, a zniszczenia powstałe w ten sposób mogą nie być objęte gwarancją producenta pojazdu. (Ciąg dalszy) 9-16 (Ciąg dalszy) Ponadto, haczyki łączące łańcuchów śniegowych mogą zostać zniszczone na skutek stykania się z elementami samochodu, co może spowodować zsunięcie się łańcuchów z opon. Należy upewnić się, że łańcuchy śniegowe są klasy “S” SAE i posiadają certyfikat. • Po przejechaniu ok. 0,5 do 1 km (0,3 do 0,6 mil), dla zachowania bezpieczeństwa, należy zawsze sprawdzić, czy łańcuchy śniegowe zostały poprawnie założone. Jeśli łańcuchy poluzowały się, należy je zacisnąć lub założyć ponownie. Zakіadanie іaсcuchуw њniegowych Zakładając łańcuchy śniegowe należy postępować zgodnie z instrukcjami podanymi przez producenta. Łańcuchy należy założyć tak ciasno, jak to tylko możliwe. Kiedy łańcuchy są już założone, pojazd należy prowadzić powoli. Jeśli dadzą się słyszeć dźwięki świadczące o tym, że łańcuchy stykają się z nadwoziem lub podwoziem, należy zatrzymać samochód i zacisnąć je. Jeśli łańcuchy wciąż stykają się z elementami pojazdu, należy zmniejszać prędkość, aż łańcuchy przestaną uderzać w samochód. Łańcuchy należy zdjąć jak tylko rozpocznie się jazdę po oczyszczonej drodze. OSTRZEŻENIE Zakładanie łańcuchów śniegowych Aby założyć łańcuchy śniegowe, należy zatrzymać pojazd na płaskim podłożu, z dala od ruchu drogowego. Włączyć światła awaryjne pojazdu i umieścić za nim trójkąt ostrzegawczy, jeśli jest on dostępny. Przed rozpoczęciem zakładania łańcuchów śniegowych należy zawsze umieścić dźwignię zmiany biegów w położeniu P (Postój), zaciągnąć hamulec postojowy i wyłączyć silnik pojazdu. OSTRZEŻENIE • Łańcuchy o niewłaściwym rozmiarze lub niepoprawnie założone mogą uszkodzić linki hamulcowe pojazdu, zawieszenie, nadwozie oraz koła. • Za każdym razem, kiedy da się usłyszeć, że łańcuchy uderzają w samochód, należy zatrzymać się i zacisnąć je. Appendix Łańcuchy śniegowe • Użycie łańcuchów śniegowych może mieć negatywny wpływ na prowadzenie pojazdu. • Pojazdu nie należy prowadzić szybciej niż 30 km/h (20 mil/h) lub z prędkością większą, niż zalecana przez producenta, którakolwiek z tych wartości okaże się mniejsza. • Pojazd należy prowadzić ostrożnie i unikać wybojów, dziur, ostrych skrętów i innych zagrożeń drogowych, które mogą powodować podskakiwanie pojazdu. • Należy unikać ostrych zakrętów lub hamowania z zablokowanymi kołami. OSTROŻNIE A 9-17